The URL can be used to link to this page

BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT - 14-0030-PRBRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (PROJECT No. 14- 0030 -PR) CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for Clearwater BID DOCUMENTS AUGUST/ 2014 VOLUME I BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (PROJECT No. 14-0030-PR) CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS ADDENDUM NO. 5 For BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 14- 0030 -PR DATE: September 5, 2014 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 5 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned A. Final Questions and Respective Responses QUESTION 1: On page 11 63 10 - 17 of 54 it states that the warranty shall be 5 years parts and labor. However it also states that spare parts inventory must be stored on -site for 10 years. Wouldn't this than be considered a 10 -year parts /5 -year labor warranty? RESPONSE 1: Yes you are correct we will make adjustment to the Bidders Proposal to addresses contactor is to provide 10% for all spare parts for 10 years. Bid line items Bid Option 1 .3.g and Bid Option 3.3.g will be rewritten: "Provide 5 %(or two (2) if 5% is Ierx, than two (2) 10% or four (4) if 10% is less than four (4) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, LED Modules, processors, power supplies, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2.M.): " Additive Alternates No. 1 & 3 addresses only for warranty labor and & materials for years 6 -10. Materials would include consumables to maintain the video boards. However this also includes warranty contractor to shipped replacement parts switched out for repair of scoreboards to their repair maintenance facility. Repaired maintenance the parts are to be shipped back to the project site and place in the spare part inventory. The warranty contractor shall use all refurbished spare parts prior to using any new spare parts in maintenance of the video boards. QUESTION 2: What is the size of the Time and Temperature display that we need to supply? RESPONSE 2: Time and Temperature display shall be the same size as existing. QUESTION 3: Redundant Fiber Optic Line 12 Strand and Conduit, our Electrician will provide a quote to pull out the old fiber and put in two new 12 strand fibers in the existing conduit. RESPONSE 3: The contractor shall bid the Redundant Fiber Optic line 12 Strand as stated in the bidding document Bid Option No. 1.3.m & and Bid Option No. 3.3.m. This includes routing as necessary from the score board to the video control room and installation as required for a complete operational video board system to the satisfaction of the Owner. Running two sets of Fiber Optic Line 12 strand in existing conduit is not acceptable. Page 1 of 2 1 B. City's Clarification to Addendum No. 4, Responses 3, 4 and 6 ADDENDUM NO.4, RESPONSE 3. Delete and replace with the following revised Response: RESPONSE 3: Cursive Sign effect is not applicable for this project and this specific requirement shall be deleted from the specification. ADDENDUM NO.4, RESPONSE 4. Delete and replace with the following revised Response: RESPONSE 4: Yes, the existing naming rights sign to be reused is backlit. ' ADDENDUM NO.4, RESPONSE 6. Delete and replace with the following revised Response: RESPONSE 6: Refer to specification section 11 63 10 Article 2.3.A.17 on page 26 for pixel spacing. A pixel shared /virtual product is not acceptable. C. No New Questions 1 1 The City will not provide answers to any new questions, follow -up questions, requests for clarifications or requests for information. D. Contract Documents Section V Bid Tab — delete current Section V in its entirety and replace with Section V included in this Addendum. Changes were made to the following: Page 2 of 2 Bid Option No. 1 Page 17 Line Item 3.g. Additive Alternate No. 1 Page 20 Line Items 1. and 1.a. Bid Option No. 3 Page 23 Line Item 3.g. Additive Alternate No. 3 Page 26 Line Items 1. and 1.a. THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACT BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 29 SectionV.docx Page i 3/25/2014 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF BOND NUMBER: CONTRACT BOND (1) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Contractor and whose home address is as (Surety) HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety ", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner ") in the penal sum of: Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 20 , entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT PROJECT #14- 0030 -PR a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub - Contractor, or Sub - Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. SectionV.docx Page 1 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 t CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20 ATTEST: Print Name: WITNESS: Print Name: COUNTERSIGNED: Print Name: CONTRACTOR By: Print Name: Title: SURETY By: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: Section V.docx Page 2 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 t 1 CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and , of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) in the amount of $ In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. SectionV.docx Page 3 of 27 3/25/2014 r CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and /or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SectionV.docx Page 4 of 27 3/25/2014 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (3) The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. SectionV.docx Page 5 of 27 3/25/2014 r CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: (SEAL) William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk By: Approved as to form: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Title: (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SectionV.docx Page 6 of 27 3/25/2014 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned oaths and take acknowledgments, deposes and says: That he is the of authority, duly authorized to administer , who after being duly sworn, (TITLE) , a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at (herein, the "Contractor "). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub - contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 . NOTARY PUBLIC AFFIANT BY: My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT SectionV.docx Page 7 of 27 3/25/2014 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Principal, and as Surety, who's address is , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Principal, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this day of , 20 (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Principal By: Title Surety SectionV.docx Page 8 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of Sworn to before me this (Title) (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public Type /print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SectionV.docx Page 9 of 27 3/25/2014 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF ) being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public SectionV.docx Page 10 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD - VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.docx Page 11 of 27 3/25/2014 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). SectionV.docx Page 12 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: Title: Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Zip Code Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20_. SectionV.docx Page 13 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 1 PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (14- 0030 -PR) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) SectionV.docx Page 14 of 27 3/25/2014 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) SEE BID TAB ON NEXT PAGE SectionV.docx Page 15 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Item No. 1. BID OPTION NO. 1 DESCRIPTION 1.a. 1.b. 1.c Bid Option No. 1 Left field main display assembly (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -1) Scoring control console Video scoring display control system Baseline fascia at right field. (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -3) Time and temperature display (new) Naming rights, facility or team identification signage.(existing to remain) Inspection, testing, evaluating all existing steel and foundation supporting current video display and signage elements. Engineering the existing steel support system including any reinforcing required to support new video board and new or existing signage elements. Cleaning and coating steel with high performance painting system (minimum 10 year warranty) for local environmental conditions. All electrical, mechanical and structural engineering and construction elements for new display All professional engineering services by a registered professional structural, electrical and mechanical engineer in the State of Florida including obtaining all permitting requirements The bid price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs Display Price Control System Price Installation Price QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE Unit Cost Quantity Price 1 $ 1 1.d. Subtotal of Bid Option No. 1 (Items 1.a. — 1.c.) $ 2. Include repairs as required to the existing scoreboard framing per Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing recommendations, report by McCarthy & Associates, Inc dated July 15, 2014 1 Lump Sum $ y, Operation & Mamtenance an d Spare Parts: Maintain spare parts inventory on -site as listed in this specification from end of initial warranty period through year 10 of display life. Within 72 hours of notification that spare part has been used, that part (excluding bulbs) shall be replaced by the service representative /manufacturer. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major components and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Final Acceptance shall occur after the displays have functioned without failure for: Soft opening events: Phillies Spring Training Games Clearwater Threshers Games Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. SectionV.docx Page 16 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO. 1 (continued) 3.e. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season 3.f. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 3 and 5. 3.f Cont' d. Spare Parts: The Video Board Contractor shall be required to provide spare part as a requirement to this project and stored on site by the Owner for utilization for the duration of the maintenance by the Video Board Contractor. These spare partsare described in the Technical Specification developed by Ewing Cole Section 11 63 10 — VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEM and are included in the in the following sections listed below. The Video Board Contractor shall verify all the spare part is included, if there is a discrepancy between the technical specifications and the bill of quantities shall be brought to the attention of the Owner/Engineer. PHYSICAL DESIGN CRITERIA - Unless otherwise noted the following is the requirement for Spares throughout the Scoring and Matrix system (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2): 3.g. Provide 10% (or four (4) if 10% is less than four (4)) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, LED modules, processors, power supplies, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2, M.): 3.h. Provide two (2) spare printed circuit cards and transmit/receive interface of each type used in the system. 3.i. Provide 25% spares of any air filters —after final acceptance. 3.j. Provide extenders where required for service and maintenance of equipment. 3.k. 3.1. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display. Provide lockable; weatherized storage cabinets within scoreboard enclosure (where available for that display) for storage of spare parts inventory. Storage cabinet to include laminated parts list of each item included in cabinet inventory attached to lid/door of cabinet. 5 2 Quantity Unit 1 1 1 Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum 3.m. Redundant Fiber Optic Line 12 strand and conduit 1 Lump Sum 3.n. Subtotal of Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts (Items 3.a. — 3.m.) 4. LED DISPLAYS - Electronic connection between replay system and LED video boards. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. One complete backup set of transmitters and receivers shall be provided. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.3): 1 Lump Sum 5. 6. 7. VIDEO DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.4): Lump Sum DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.5): CONTROLCABLING (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.11): 1 Lump Sum 7.a. Provide a single spare for each transceiver (line driver) type used by the scoring/matrix system. 1 Lump Sum 7.b. Provide back -up to any cabling sufficient to maintain game in progress clock functions /displays. Provide one spare cable of each type to each display. It is not acceptable to use spare pairs within the Same cable. Lump Sum 8. Provide cost for development of material submittals; shop drawings (signed sealed structural engineering, mechanical, electrical drawings); correction of shop drawings after review by Ewing Cole, processing drawings for Building Permit with City of Clearwater Building Department and collection of Building Permit this process shall begin upon notice to Video Board Contractor intent to award contract for and after Pre - Construction Meeting an actual Award of Contract by City Council 1 Lump Sum SectionV.docx Page 17 of27 3/25/2014 r I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I BID OPTION NO. 1 (continued) 9. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO. 1 (Items 1 -8 above) 10. *10% CONTINGENCY 11. TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO. 1 (Items 9 & 10) 1 SectionV.docx Page 18 of 27 3/25/2014 r 1 1 1 1 BID OPTION NO.2 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1. All scope elements for Bid Option No. 1 except as follows: 1 Lump Sum S — Provide new structural steel instead of using the existing steel support. — All steel shall be prepared and painted with high performance painting system with a minimum of 10 year labor and material warranty. — The Bid Option No. 2 price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO.2 3. *10% CONTINGENCY 4. I TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO.2 (Items 2 & 3) I SectionV.docx Page 19 of 27 3/25/2014 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 1 or Bid Option No. 2) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. DESCRIPTION 1. Provide warranty including labor, equipment and materials to cover years 6 through 10 Unit Cost Quantity Price 1.a. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the extended warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. 5 1.b. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season 5 1.c. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. 2 l.d. Sub -total of Items 1.a. -1.c. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Item 1.d.) 3. 4. � *10% CONTINGENCY TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items 2 & 3) SectionV.docx Page 20 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.2 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 1 or Bid Option No. 2) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE l.a. Service Contract for parts and labor for Years 6 through 10 for the scope of work covered under 10 63 10. Pricing shall remain in effect until the end of the warranty period or until the Owner accepts or declines this service contract whichever occurs first. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major component and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Requirement of service contract: All cost for US factory parts repair or replacement shall included. — Following expiration of warranty period, Owner will removed failed components from display (scoring or video) and ship, at Owner's expense, to US repair depot. — Installer (or installer's Supplier) shall repair or replace components and ship to Owner, at installer's expense using next -day delivery for Tuesday to Saturday deliveries (in Clearwater, Florida). Installer shall ship repair parts, within 24hours to request of Owner, prior to their receipt of failed part. — Repair and return shipment shall be in a timely fashion to maintain display operations. — In the event of parts failure of more than 5% of display(s), the installer shall dispatch to the site, at installer's cost, factory technicians to assess the cause, and means of returning to operation. Site visit timing shall be coordinated with Owner, and in the event that adequate notice is provided (36 -48 hours), shall be provided prior to stadium events where more than 50% of the facilities seating capacity is expected. 1 Lump Sum $ 1.b. — Warranty, labor & materials for years 6 - 10, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event Unit Cost Quantity Price $ $ 5 $ I.c. — Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $ 5 $ 1.d. — As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. $ 2 $ 1.e. Subtotal of Items l.a: l.d. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.2 (Item i.e.) 3. *10% CONTINGENCY 4. ' TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.2 (Items 2 & 3) SectionV.docx Page 21 of 27 3/25/2014 1 Item No. DESCRIPTION 1. l.a. l.b. 1.c 1.d. 2. 3.a 3.b 3.c Bid Option No. 3 Left field main display assembly (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -2) Scoring control console Video scoring display system Baseline fascia at right field. (see Ewine Cole Sketch SK -3) New temperature and time control New naming rights, facility or team identification signage. Inspection, testing, evaluating all existing steel and foundation supporting current video display and signage elements. Engineering the existing steel support system including any reinforcing required to support new video board and new or existing signage elements. Cleaning and coating steel with high performance painting system (minimum 10 year warranty) for local environmental conditions. All electrical, mechanical and structural engineering and construction elements for new display. All professional engineering services by a registered professional structural, electrical and mechanical engineer in the State of Florida including obtaining all permits. The bid price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs Display Price Control System Price Installation Price Subtotal of Bid Option No. 1 (Items I.a. — 1.c.) Include repairs as required to the existing scoreboard framing per Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing recommendations, report by McCarthy & Associates, Inc dated July 15, 2014 Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts: Maintain spare parts inventory on -site as listed in this specification from end of initial warranty period through year 10 of display life. Within 72 hours of notification that spare part has been used, that part (excluding bulbs) shall be replaced by the service representative /manufacturer. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major components and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Final Acceptance shall occur after the displays have functioned without failure for: Soft opening events: Phillies Spring Training Games Clearwater Threshers Games BID OPTION NO.3 SectionV.docx 1 Page 22 of 27 3/25/2014 1 BID OPTION NO. 3 (continued) 3.d. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. 3.e. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season 3.f. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 3 and 5. 3.f. cont' d. Spare Parts: The Video Board Contractor shall be required to provide spare part as a requirement to this project and stored on site by the Owner for utilization for the duration of the maintenance by the Video Board Contractor. These spare parts are described in the Technical Specification developed by Ewing Cole Section 11 63 10 — VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEM and are included in the in the following sections listed below. The Video Board Contractor shall verify all the spare part is included, if there is a discrepancy between the technical specifications and the bill of quantities shall be brought to the attention of the Owner /Engineer. PHYSICAL DESIGN CRITERIA - Unless otherwise noted the following is the requirement for Spares throughout the Scoring and Matrix system (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2): 3.g. Provide 10% (or two (4) if 10% is less than two (4)) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, LED modules, processors, power supplies, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2, M.): 3.h. Provide two (2) spare printed circuit cards and transmit/receive interface of each type used in the system. 3.i. Provide 25% spares of any air filters —after final acceptance. 3.j. Provide extenders where required for service and maintenance of equipment. 3.k. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display. 3.1. Provide lockable; weatherized storage cabinets within scoreboard enclosure (where available for that display) for storage of spare parts inventory. Storage cabinet to include laminated parts list of each item included in cabinet inventory attached to lid/door of cabinet. 3.m. Redundant Fiber Optic Line 12 strand and conduit 3.n. 5 $ 5 $ 2 1 Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum Lump Sum 1 Subtotal of Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts (Items 3.a. —3.m.) Lump Sum Lump Sum 4. LED DISPLAYS - Electronic connection between replay system and LED video boards. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. One complete backup set of transmitters and receivers shall be provided. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.3): 1 Lump Sum 5. 6. 7. VIDEO DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.4): DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.5): CONTROLCABLING (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.11): Lump Sum 1 Lump Sum 7.a. Provide a single spare for each transceiver (line driver) type used by the scoring/matrix system. 1 Lump Sum 7.b. Provide back -up to any cabling sufficient to maintain game in progress clock functions /displays. Provide one spare cable of each type to each display. It is not acceptable to use spare pairs within the Same cable. 1 Lump Sum SectionV.docx Page 23 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 BID OPTION NO. 3 (continued) 8. Provide cost for development of material submittals; shop drawings (signed sealed structural engineering, mechanical, electrical drawings); correction of shop drawings after review by Ewing Cole, processing drawings for Building Permit with City of Clearwater Building Department and collection of Building Permit this process shall begin upon notice to Video Board Contractor intent to award contract for and after Pre - Construction Meeting an actual Award of Contract by City Council 1 Lump Sum $ 9. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO.3 (Items 1 -8 above) 10. *10% CONTINGENCY 11. ' TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO.3 (Items 9 & 10) SectionV.docx Page 24 of 27 3/25/2014 SectionV.docx Page 25 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO.4 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1. All scope elements for Bid Option No. 3 except as follows: I Lump Sum $ • Provide new structural steel instead of using the existing steel support. • All steel shall be prepared and painted with high performance painting system with a minimum of 10 year labor and material warranty. • The Bid Option No. 4 price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO.4 3. *10% CONTINGENCY 4. I TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO.4 (Items 2 & 3) I SectionV.docx Page 25 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.3 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 3 or Bid Option No. 4) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. DESCRIPTION TOTAL PRICE l.a. 1.b. 1.c. 1.d. Provide warranty including labor, equipment and materials to cover years 6 through 10 Unit Cost Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the extended warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. Sub -total of Items 1.a. -1.c. Quantity 5 5 2 Price 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.3 (Item 1.d.) 3. 4. I *10% CONTINGENCY TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.3 (Items 2 & 3) I SectionV.docx Page 26 of 27 3/25/2014 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO.4 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 3 or Bid Option No. 4) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1.a. Service Contract for parts and labor for Years 6 through 10 for the scope of work covered under 10 63 10. Pricing shall remain in effect until the end of the warranty period or until the Owner accepts or declines this service contract whichever occurs first. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major component and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Requirement of service contract: All cost for US factory parts repair or replacement shall included. — Following expiration of warranty period, Owner will removed failed components from display (scoring or video) and ship, at Owner's expense, to US repair depot. — Installer (or installer's Supplier) shall repair or replace components and ship to Owner, at installer's expense using next -day delivery for Tuesday to Saturday deliveries (in Clearwater, Florida). Installer shall ship repair parts, within 24hours to request of Owner, prior to their receipt of failed part. — Repair and return shipment shall be in a timely fashion to maintain display operations. — In the event of parts failure of more than 5% of display(s), the installer shall dispatch to the site, at installer's cost, factory technicians to assess the cause, and means of returning to operation. Site visit timing shall be coordinated with Owner, and in the event that adequate notice is provided (36 -48 hours), shall be provided prior to stadium events where more than 50% of the facilities seating capacity is expected. 1 Lump Sum $ .,.,,' Unit Cost Quantity Price x to Vim, l.b. — Warranty, labor & materials for years 6 - 10, within the warranty Y Y period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event $ 5 $ 1.c. — Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $ 5 $ i Ate; =� l.d. — As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. $ 2 $ l.e. Subtotal of Items 1.a.-1.d. $ 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Item 1.e.) 3. *10% CONTINGENCY 4. I TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items 2 & 3) SectionV.docx Page 27 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL 10% Bid Proposal Bond shall be calculated based on Bidder's Grand Total Item No. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 1. Total Amount of Bid Option No. 1 $ 2. Total Amount of Additive Alternate No. 2 $ 3. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (Items 1 -2) I $ THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. *CONTINGENCY LINE ITEM SHALL ONLY BE UTILIZED FOR ITEMS NOT IN THE SCOPE OF WORK AS OUTLINED IN THE BID PACKAGE, UTILIZATION OF CONTINGENCY FUND MUST BE IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR OF ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THE BIDDING PACKAGE TO THE OWNER FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE OF WORK AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER IN THE UTILIZATION OF THE CONTINGENCY FUNDS. CONTINGENCY FUNDS NOT UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER UPON CLOSING OUT PURCHASE ORDER SHORT. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY LINE ITEMS AND /OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON LINE ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SectionV.docx Page 28 of 27 3/25/2014 1 1 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF COUNTY OF Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 20 , by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Printed Name SectionV.docx Page 29 of 27 3/25/2014 ADDENDUM NO. 4 For BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 14- 0030 -PR DATE: September 4, 2014 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 4 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned QUESTION 1: Who will be responsible for payment of the order? RESPONSE 1: The contract for the work will be directly with City of Clearwater — Owner of the facility. QUESTION 2: Are we to charge Sales tax, or use tax on the order? We see Owner Direct Purchase is a possibility for this order and want to verify what tax you would like us to show. RESPONSE 2: The Video Board Contractor shall provide all State of Florida sales taxes required for all materials and equipment for the project at time of bidding. The City may elect to provide direct purchase order for tax savings for all equipment and materials for this project and will be decided at the pre - construction meeting and appropriate information will be provided at that time. QUESTION 3: Specification: 2.10.B.1.a.1 lists cursive Sign effect. What sign is this for? RESPONSE 3: Cursive Sign is not applicable for this project. QUESTION 4: Is the naming rights display to be backlit? RESPONSE 4: Yes. QUESTION 5: I could not find the schedule of displays? Could you please tell me where to find this? RESPONSE 5: Regarding the questions related to schedule of displays and pixel resolution, refer to Addendum No. 3, Question /Response 14. QUESTION 6: It was mentioned in the meeting the pixel resolution might be a 15OT but no one was sure. As a follow up to this I asked if a pixel shared product was allowed, or Optimized Technology? A verbal answer was no that would not be allowed but I did not see that question in writing. RESPONSE 6: The LED spacing is to be 15 millimeters. A pixel shared /virtual product is not acceptable. THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager 1 1 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 For BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 14- 0004 -PR DATE: August 27, 2014 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 and Pre -Bid Agenda TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned A. Pre -Bid Meeting - The Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting was held, as scheduled, on Friday, August 22, 2014, at 1:30 p.m. at Bright House Networks Field's Administrative Offices. A copy of the Pre -Bid Meeting Agenda is included with this Addendum. The following questions were asked at the Pre -Bid Meeting. QUESTION 1: Are there soil reports of the existing scoreboards? RESPONSE 1: Yes there are soil reports for the Bright House Networks Stadium and are included with this Addendum. QUESTION 2: Is the Video Board Contractor responsible for raising the existing long electrical panel and the existing transformer? RESPONSE 2: In reviewing the situation at the site visit, the Owner has elected not to include to raise the existing electrical panel or the electric transformer; that work will be performed by others. ' QUESTION 3: Who is responsible for installing the fiber optic cable from the Scoreboard Room to the Video Display Boards? 1 1 1 RESPONSE 3: The Video Board Contractor awarded this project will be responsible for installing a new fiber optic cable at a minimum of 12 strands of fiber for both the primary and redundant fiber optic cable to the new LED Video Display Boards. QUESTION 4: Redundancy fiber optic cable and conduit is it really needed; who is required to install the conduit and fiber optic cable; where is the conduit to be installed? RESPONSE 4: Yes, the redundant 12 strand fiber optic cable and conduit is required. Installation of the fiber optic cable and conduit shall be installed by the contractor who is awarded this contract. As to the location of the fiber optic cable and conduit, the contractor shall coordinate a site meeting prior to submitting their bid proposal with Nic Repper (Phillies), at that time a determination of location where to place the conduit for the fiber optics cable will be made. Nic Repper may be reached at: dom1438(c�aol.com or phone number 727 - 641 -8741. The redundant fiber optic cable installed shall be tested after installation and is 100% operational to the satisfaction of the Owner. The redundant 12 strand fiber optic cable will be a separate line item in the bid tabulation. QUESTION 5: Is the Video Board Contractor responsible for the equipment in the Scoreboard Room? 1 RESPONSE 5: The video board contractor is responsible for display control and network equipment to be provided in the scoreboard control room and the nearby amp room. Final equipment location within these rooms shall be as directed by ballpark personnel. The Video Board Contractor is not responsible for additional equipment (video head end equipment) in the Scoreboard Room provided by others; however the Video Board Contractor is required to coordinate with the equipment supplier of the additional scoreboard room equipment and in making the LED video scoreboard 100% operational to the satisfaction of the Owner. QUESTION 6: Is the ship ladder required? The existing catwalks will require modifications if ship ladders are required or is it okay to use vertical ladder? RESPONSE 6: Ship ladder is not required and straight vertical ladder is acceptable. All ladders shall be in accordance with all OSHA standards. The existing ladder from grade must be modified to terminate at the lowest catwalk level. Provide ladder from lowest catwalk level to all catwalk levels above. QUESTION 7: Catwalk is not existing if lower scoreboard is removed, LED video scoreboard is used in its replacement, are we to install new catwalks? RESPONSE 7: Yes, the Video Board Contractor is required to install catwalks wherever necessary for complete access to the entire video board. QUESTION 8: Do we need to provide a hoist? RESPONSE 8: No. QUESTION 9: Do we have access on both sides of the scoreboard and is it possible to use a lift on both sides of the scoreboard? RESPONSE 9: Yes, there is access to both sides of the score board and there is access for a lift on both sides. QUESTION 10: What are we to do with the existing scoreboards? RESPONSE 10: The ribbon scoreboard (SK -3) to replace the scoreboard by first base shall be taken down and saved for the Owner's use at another facility. This scoreboard shall be taken down and placed by service drive for Owner collection. Scoreboard replacement at left field (SK -1 & SK -2) shall be disposed of by the Video Board Contractor off site at a proper disposal site. Naming rights sign and flag poles are to be reused during the construction of the new video display board. QUESTION 11: When will we have a Prequalification Interview, we feel that Friday, August 29, 2014 in the afternoon will be in conflict with the Labor Day weekend since many of us have already made plans. Is it possible to do this meeting after Labor Day weekend? RESPONSE 11: The Pre - qualification interview process has been re- scheduled for Tuesday, September 2, 2014, in the afternoon. Interview questions will be provided by the Owner and the contractor will be required to answer the questions in writing and submit to the Owner at the Pre - qualification interview. Date and time of interview is provided at the end of this document. QUESTION 12: Are we to provide lighting protection, this is something we normally do not do? RESPONSE 12: Video Scoreboard Contractor shall be required to provide lightning protection at left field main display scoreboard. City of Clearwater has utilized the following company for lightning protection - All South Lightning Protection System - P. O. Box 21252 - Tampa, Florida 33622 -1252 — 2 President, Ronald Poirier — e -mail Ron(c�aslp.net — work phone no. (813) 630 -2757 — fax (813) 630- 2758 — cell phone no. (813) 917 -4567. QUESTION 13: Please explain the Bid Tabulation? RESPONSE 13: Bid tabulation schedule: Options 1 and 3 are exactly the same except for the size of the LED Display Video Board. The Video Board Contractor is to reuse the existing structure with modifications by adding new structural steel framing as required for installation of the new LED Display Video Board per SK -1 and SK -2, respectively, by Ewing Cole. Options 2 and 4 are inclusive of options 1 & 3 plus providing a new support structure should the Video Board Contractor's structural engineer determine the existing structure is not adequate to support the new LED Video Display Boards based on wind load or any other reason the existing structure will not support the new Board as described in Options 1 and 3. Extended Warranty and Support Services are inclusive in Options 1 and 3 for years 1 through end of year 5. It is the intent of the Owner to have a long term relationship with the Video Board Contractor in the assistance of maintaining, providing spare parts, and operation of the the new LED Video Display Board. Additive Alternative line items are provided to carry out Extended Warranty and Support Services for years 6 through end of year 10 in assistance in continuing of maintaining, providing spare parts, and operation of the new LED Video Display Board. The Owner will create maintenance, spare parts and operation purchase order and transfer, including any contingency funds remaining, Extended Warranty and Support Services line items into this Operation and Maintenance of the LED Video Display Board. Funds from this Operation and Maintenance Purchase Order will be distributed upon completion of each work item and invoiced by the Video Board Contractor for maintenance, spare parts and operation of the LED Video Display Board. It was noted to the prospective bidders there is a line item for development of signed, sealed drawings by the structural, and MEP engineers and development of other items required for the pre- construction meeting prior to the award of the project by City Council on October 2, 2014. The intent is to provide notice to the successful bidder via letter of intent to award on or about September 16, 2014, to the responsible lowest bidder of the LED Video Display Board Contractor so he may begin development of items required for the pre - construction meeting since there is only 100 calendar days to implement the project upon Notice to Proceed. This line item also allows the Owner to pay the Video Board Contractor for work performed should the City Council not award the project. QUESTION 14: Will a display schedule be provided per specification section 2.3 -A -13? What is pixel spacing requirement for video boards? RESPONSE 14: Specification section 11 63 10 paragraph 4.3 references sketches and requires contractor to confirm existing sizes in the field. Also note paragraphs 2.3 -A -17 & 18 require a maximum of 15 mm pixel spacing and that the minimum active area of displays shall conform to dimensions stated on the sketches. No additional display schedules will be provided. Additional display requirements are contained throughout the specification and will not be repeated in a schedule. B. Contract Documents — a. Document Changes: i. Section V Bid Tab — delete current Section V in its entirety and replace with Section V included in this Addendum. ii. Soils Report — insert Soils Report, included in this Addendum, to the end of the Appendix. 3 1 1 iii. Pre - Qualification — insert questionnaire and interview schedule, included in this Addendum, to the end of the Pre - Qualification Application (located in the Appendix). iv. Table of Contents — delete current Table of Contents in its entirety and replace with Table of Contents included in this Addendum. v. Appendix Table of Contents — delete current Appendix Table of Contents in its entirety and replace with Appendix Table of Contents included in this Addendum. b. Specification Language Updates i. Specification Section 11 63 10, paragraph 1.4 -H. Revise "Provide speed gun interface..." to "Provide speed gun and interface..." ii. Specification Section 11 63 10, paragraph 1.5. Add Item "1.5 -L" as follows: "The prime contractor shall provide a full -time project manager on site for the duration of construction. This individual shall be a full -time employee of the prime contractor." iii. Specification Section 11 63 10, paragraph 2.3 -A -4. Add Item "2.3- A -4 -k" as follows: "Provide through -hole LED mounting configuration." iv. Specification Section 11 63 10, add paragraph 2.13 as follows: "RADAR GUN — Provide Stalker Pro II high performance sports radar gun and associated software, cabling and outlets as required to integrate with video board display system. Radar gun shall be located behind home plate and cable shall terminate in a nearby outdoor rated outlet. Final location as determined by Owner. Provide connection cable between radar gun and outlet." C. Pre - Qualification Interviews — Pre - qualification Interviews of each of the following contractors will be held: Location: Bright House Networks Field Conference Room 601 Old Coachman Rd. North Clearwater, FL 33755 Date: Tuesday, September 2, 2014 Time: 1:30 PM — DAKTRONICS 2:30 PM — TS Sports /Panasonic 3:30 PM — YESCO D. Pre - Qualification Questionnaire — Included in this Addendum, are the Pre - qualification interview questions. The contractor will be required to answer the questions in writing and submit to the Owner at the Pre - qualification Interview. Contractor /Bidder shall provide eight (8) hard copies of their interview questions and responses for distribution at the interview. 4 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager 1 City of Clearwater, Florida BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (PROJECT No. 14- 0030 -PR) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (9900 PAINTING and 11 63 10 VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEMS) APPENDIX EWING COLE SKETCHES, STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, STRUCTURAL ASSESSMENT, GENERAL BUILDING PERMIT DRAWINGS, PRE - QUALIFICATION APPLICATION and INTERVIEW QUESTIONS, OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE INSTRUCTIONS AND SOIL BORING REPORT SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer 1 1 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS: Ewing Cole Sketches 1. EWING COLE Sketch — SK -1 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed Video Board - Dated 6 -23 -14 2. EWING COLE Sketch - SK -2 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed New Naming Rights Signage, New Temperature Display & Relocate Existing Flag Poles (3) - Dated 6 -23 -14 3. EWING COLE Sketch — SK -3 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed New Ribbon Board - Dated 6 -23 -14 Structural Electrical Drawings Scoreboard Structural Electrical Drawings - Bright House Networks Field (7 sheets) -Dated 12 -2003 a. Sheet 1 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design Elevations & Details Dated 12 -12 -03 b. Sheet 2 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design — Details dated 12 -12 -03 c. Sheet 3 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design — Sections &Details dated 12 -12 -03 d. Sheet 1 of 1 - James R. Brown — Sign Foundation — Sections &Details dated 12 -15 -03 e. E -1 Scoreboard Power Elevations & Section Drawings Date 11- 18 -03 f. E -2 Panel Schedules, Details & Single Line Diagram Date 11- 18 -03 g. E -3 Electrical Specifications Date 11- 18 -03 Structural Assessment McCarthy & Associates, Inc. — Bright House Field — Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing Date July 15, 2014 General Building Permit Drawings Included are General Building Permit Update Set May 30, 2003 (Final Plot March 11, 2004) Facility Open February /March 2004 Spring Training Season. Video Board Contractor shall verify in the field actual location Audio Video Information provided on the drawing provided below: Sheet No. Drawing Title AVO -0 Audio Visual Cover Sheet & Legend AV 1 -1 Service Level Reference Plan AVI -2 Audio Visual Main Concourse Reference Plan AV2 -1A Audio Visual Service Level Area A AV2 -1B Audio Visual Service Level Area B AV2 -1C Audio Visual Service Level Area C AV2 -1D Audio Visual Service Level Area D AV2 -1E Audio Visual Service Level Area E AV2 -2A Audio Visual Main Concourse Area A AV2 -2B Audio Visual Main Concourse Area B AV2 -2C Audio Visual Main Concourse Area C AV2 -2D Audio Visual Main Concourse Area D AV2 -2E Audio Visual Main Concourse Area E Append ix.docx 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General Building Permit Drawings - Continued Sheet No. Drawing Title AV2 -3B Audio Visual Suite Level Area B AV2 -3C Audio Visual Suite Level Area C AV2 -3B Audio Visual Suite Level Area B AV2 -3E Audio Visual Suite Level Area E AV2 -4C Audio Visual Roof Area C AV2 -4D Audio Visual Roof Area D AV2 -4E Audio Visual Roof Area E AV3 -1 Audio Visual Enlarged Room Detail AV4 -1 Audio Visual Sections AV4 -2 Audio Visual Miscellaneous Drawings Details AV5 -1 Audio Visual Console Functional Diagram AV5 -2 Audio Visual System Speaker System Functional Diagram AV5 -3 Miscellaneous System Functional Diagram AV5 -4 Audio Visual Plate Details AV5 -5 Audio Visual Panel Details AV6 -1 Audio Visual Broadband Functional Diagrams Pre - Qualification Application and Interview Questions Owner Direct Purchase Instructions Soil Boring Report QORE Property Sciences "Report of Preliminary Geotechnical Subsurface Exploration ", April 2, 2002 Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bright House Networks Field — Video Boards Replacement (Project #14-0030-PR) Pre - Qualification Interviews — Pre - qualification Interviews of each of the following contractors will be held: Location: Bright House Networks Field Conference Room 601 Old Coachman Rd. North Clearwater, FL 33755 Date: Tuesday, September 2, 2014 Time: 1:30 PM — DAKTRONICS 2:30 PM — TS Sports /Panasonic 3:30 PM — YESCO Pre - Qualification Interview Questions: 1. Describe your project management approach for the project. 2. Describe your quality control /quality assurance plan for the project. 3. Describe your safety plan for the project. 4. Describe your approach to procurement and scheduling to deliver the project on schedule. Identify proposed timeline for milestones such as demolition, preparation and modification of superstructure, lead time to manufacture video board, commencement and duration of installation of infrastructure, commencement and duration of installation of video board components, commencement and duration of testing. 5. Provide a list of projects that your company has performed utilizing design /build delivery of similar magnitude within the past 5 years. Include cost, schedule and contact information for owner, subcontractors and professional electrical, mechanical and structural engineers used to design and sign documents to obtain building permit. 6. Provide a list of similar completed projects comparing "as- awarded" cost and "final" cost. 7. Identify the professional engineers (electrical, mechanical and structural) that you will use for this project and discuss experience with similar work. Confirm that engineers are licensed in the State of Florida and have professional liability insurance. 8. Have your professional engineers visited the site and reviewed existing conditions? 9. Identify the subcontractors you will use for this project. Describe past working experience with your subcontractors. 10. Provide completed display sheet (page 53 of 54) from specification section 11 63 10. 11. Identify location where your video boards are assembled. 12. Describe your relationship with your local service representative. How many years has your company worked with your local service representative? 13. Will you provide a full -time product manufacturer representative on site during construction to respond to questions that arise? The contractor will be required to answer the questions in writing and submit to the Owner at the Pre - qualification Interview. Contractor /Bidder shall provide eight (8) hard copies of their interview questions and responses for distribution at the interview. Q O R E" PROPERTY SCIENCES REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24- 0670A, REPORT NO. 001 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q O R E 1 PROPERTY SCIENCES Prepared For: CITY OF CLEARWATER P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 - Prepared By: QORE, INC. 1211 Tech Boulevard Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24- 0670A, REPORT NO. 001 April 2, 2002 © QORETM Inc., All Rights Reserved 1211 Tech Blvd. Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 623 -6646 fax (813) 623 -3795 Q O R E PROPERTY SCIENCES April 2, 2002 CITY OF CLEARWATER P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 Attention: Ms. Alicia Farrell RE: Report of Preliminary Geotechnical Exploration City of Clearwater Community Sports Complex Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 Dear Ms. Farrell: QORE, Inc. has completed a preliminary geotechnical subsurface exploration for the above referenced project. We conducted this exploration in general accordance with our proposal No. 24 -02 -006, dated February 25, 2002. This report explains our understanding of the project, documents our exploration methods and findings, and presents our preliminary recommendations for development of the site in addition to preliminary recommendations for potential foundation systems. After you have reviewed our report, we recommend either a meeting or a telephone conference to discuss our findings and recommendations. QORE appreciates the opportunity to be of service to The City of Clearwater on this project. We look forward to assisting you through project completion. If you have any questions concerning this report, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Respectfully submitted, QORE, INC. Georcfe Ste chak, P.E. Project Manger Fla. egistration No. 390 466i, . Scott Fletcher, P.E. Chief Geotechnical Engineer Fla. Registration No. 31359 1211 Tech Blvd. Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 623 -6646 fax (813) 623 -3795 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CELARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24-0670A, REPORT NO. 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 GENERAL 1 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 1 2.1 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS 1 2.2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 3 3.0 PUBLISHED SITE INFORMATION 3 3.1 GEOLOGIC SETTING 3 3.2 SOIL SURVEY INFORMATION 4 4.0 EXPLORATION METHODS 5 4.1 FIELD EXPLORATION 5 4.2 LABORATORY TESTING 6 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 6 5.1 GENERAL SOIL PROFILE 6 5.2 GROUNDWATER 7 5.3 TYPICAL SEASONAL HIGH WATER TABLE 8 6.0 CONCLUSIONS AND PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS 8 7.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES 13 8.0 LIMITATIONS 14 Important Information About Your Geotechnica( Engineering Report (ASFE) Plate No 1 Title Boring Location Plan Appendices Appendix A Test Boring Records Appendix B Key to Soil Classification Appendix C Laboratory Test Results Appendix D Field and Lab Testing Procedures REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24-0670A, REPORT NO. 001 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General QORE, Inc. has conducted a preliminary subsurface exploration for The City of Clearwater's proposed Community Sports Complex and associated structures to be located at the existing Bomber Field Complex and Home Depot property, directly west of U.S. 19 in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. We provided our services in general accordance with our proposal No. 24 -02 -006, dated February 25, 2002. The purpose of this exploration was to explore the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions and provide preliminary recommendations for site development in addition to preliminary recommendations for potential foundation systems. This report explains our understanding of the project, documents our exploration methods and findings, and presents our preliminary conclusions and geotechnical engineering recommendations. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 Existing Site Conditions The subject site is located directly west of U.S. 19 and approximately '/. mile north of the intersection of Drew Street and Old Coachman Road, in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. The site is currently occupied in the northern portion by existing baseball fields, a two story masonry concession and press -box facility, asphalt parking and open grassland areas. The southem portion of the project site is occupied by a vacant masonry retail building that operated as a Home Depot store. Asphalt and concrete pavements surround the vacant building. The existing store building will be demolished to allow construction of the new sports complex. Beyond the Home Depot store to the south is a single story retail plaza and associated asphalt parking areas. The property is bordered to the east by a retention pond with U.S. 19 beyond and to the west by a power transmission line easement with Old Coachman Road beyond. To the north are baseball fields and existing training facilities associated with the Carpenter Field Complex. An approximate 20 -inch diameter pipe stub was observed to exit the ground just north of the Home Depot property in the southeastern comer of the Bomber Sports Complex. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 2 From conversations with Clearwater Water Department personnel, this pipe will carry reclaimed water and is intended to continue underground, across the site to the west then offsite. The pipe will be advanced by underground directional drilling. It appears that future portions of this pipe may underlie or be very near parts of the southern portion of the stadium. During our time onsite we observed no obvious indicators of active sinkhole development. From cursory visual observation, the existing retail structure, surrounding pavements and most existing structures and improvements in the northern part of the site appear to be performing adequately with no readily apparent signs of structural distress with the exception of an asphalt parking lot at Bomber Field. The parking lot is located in the western portion of the complex and directly abuts the Home Depot property. A noticeable depressional trough extending generally east to west was apparent in the southern portion of the parking lot. Several exploratory test pits excavated in this area during our site evaluation by QORE's environmental department revealed buried debris consisting of miscellaneous wood, tree branches, and metal and glass bottles to depths of approximately 3 to 8 feet. The site topography, like the surrounding area, is generally flat. The Home Depot property appears approximately 3 feet higher than the majority of the northern property. This elevation differential has likely resulted from filling of the Home Depot site to create a building pad for the constructed building and associated improvements. At this time reports related to grading and construction at the Home Depot site have not been made available to us. A series of aerial photographs of the property dated April 1976, December 1979, May 1984, March 1990 and December 1996 were provided to us by The City of Clearwater. The March 1990 aerial photograph appears to generally depict the site as it exists today, with the Home Depot store present in the southern portion of the project site. The May 1984 aerial shows the Home Depot site to be undeveloped, vegetated with trees and brush. The Bomber Field property exists as open grassland with an oval roadway or track in the southern portion. The Carpenter Field Complex is in existence to the north. The remaining aerial photographs back to April 1976 generally depict similar conditions with heavier concentrations of brush and trees on the Home Depot site. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24 -0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 3 2.2 Proposed Construction From review of a conceptual site plan provided to us, we understand that the planned construction will consist of a new sports complex that includes a new baseball stadium with seating, a concession building, and a training and clubhouse facility. The project will also include a practice field in the northwestern portion of the property in addition to asphalt parking areas and driveways. A soil berm will be constructed beyond the outfield of the stadium for additional seating. We understand that the stadium structure will be constructed utilizing precast concrete elements near its base with steel columns, beams and girders at the upper elevations. The current intentions are to found the stadium on a deep foundation system. The clubhouse building is intended to be a single story and likely constructed with exterior masonry bearing walls and interior columns with a concrete slab on grade floor. At this time, design information and structural loading conditions have not been provided to us for the proposed onsite structures. Specific traffic loading for the asphalt pavements and driveways and information related to final site grades have also not been provided. We assume changes in site elevations with cut and fill depths of 3 feet or less. We anticipate that the associated clubhouse and concession buildings for the new sports complex will be supported on standard strip and isolated column footings with wall Toads of 4,000 plf to 5,000 pif or less and column loads of 50 kips or less. We assume that the loads for the baseball stadium will be transferred to grade beams and columns that may generate dead and live Toads of up to possibly 500 to 1000 kips 3.0 PUBLISHED SITE INFORMATION 3.1 Geologic Setting The site is in the Coastal Plain Physiographic Province. The Coastal Plain is a wedge - shaped deposit of Cretaceous and younger sediments, which ranges in thickness from near zero at the contact with the Piedmont Physiographic Province (the Fall Line) along its northwest edge, to thousands of feet at the coast. Coastal Plain soils are marine deposits. They contain various materials including interbedded soft and hard limestones, gravels, sands, silts, and clays, as well as organics. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 4 The Tampa Member of the Hawthorn Group, which consists primarily of limestone with lesser amounts of dolostone, sands, and clays, was deposited during the Miocene Epoch. In the vicinity of the project site, the Tampa Member exists from 0 to -50 feet Mean Sea Level. Following deposition, the Tampa Limestone formation experienced emergence, where erosion of the surface and solutioning occurred that resulted in the development of surface irregularities. Stiff, plastic clays nearly everywhere overlie the limestone, and is a residuum of insoluble minerals concentrated by the solutioning of the limestone formation. This residual clay indicates that the majority of the solutioning activity occurred at the limestone surface. A sequence of sea deposited sand and clay overlies the residual clay. Stratifications of this unit are relatively undisturbed, indicating that deposition occurred after the weathering period of the Tampa Limestone formation. The uppermost deposits consist of fine sands containing clay with depth. The sands have no bedding, and are non - cohesive except for some zones of cementation that exist near the surface. These soils are of the Recent to Pleistocene Epoch. 3.2 Soil Survey Information According to the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida as prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, the subject property is primarily underlain by Wauchula fine sand and Made Land with an inclusion of Orlando fine sand. The Wauchula soil series consist of nearly level, poorly drained soils that formed over loamy marine sediments. Under natural conditions, the water table is at a depth of 10 to 30 inches for two to six months in most years and within a depth of 10 inches for 1 or 2 months during wet seasons. The Orlando series is nearly level, somewhat poorly drained, formed in thick beds of marine sands. The southem portion of the site in the vicinity of the vacant Home Depot store is mapped as Made Land. This unit consists of mixed sand, clay, hard rock, shells and shell fragments that have been transported, reworked and leveled by earthmoving equipment. Made Land occurs mainly in urban areas, along the coast and keys. The property to the south and west of the Home Depot is mapped as a borrow pit. The property directly adjacent to the north of the project site, Carpenter Field, is mapped as Made Land, sanitary fill. This unit consists of sand, clay, shells and shell fragments in varying proportions deposited over refuse and garbage. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Pace 5 4.0 EXPLORATION METHODS The procedures used by QORE for field and laboratory sampling and testing were in general accordance with ASTM procedures and established engineering practice. Appendix C contains more detailed descriptions of the procedures used in this exploration. 4.1 Field Exploration Our geotechnical exploration program consisted of the drilling five (5) standard penetration test borings that were advanced at least five feet into competent limerock. These borings within the proposed stadium and clubhouse ranged in depth from approximately 53 to 63 feet below adjacent ground surface. Eight (8) standard penetration test borings were also drilled to depths of 20 to 25 feet. These borings were drilled in areas that will be overlain by pavements or playing fields. An additional three (3) borings were advanced to a depth of 10 feet along the northern limits of the project. The ten foot borings were performed to observe signs of potential encroachment of the landfill to the north onto the project site. The drillers advanced the borings using wet rotary methods and collected soil samples using a split- barrel sampler driven by a rope and cathead hammer system according to ASTM D -1586. Relatively undisturbed samples of cohesive materials were also obtained by pushing Shelby tubes. A series of four temporary piezometers were installed in the northeastern portion of the project site. Three of the piezometers were installed to a depth of about 19 feet and one to a depth of 9 feet. Piezometer PZ -3 was only installed to 9 feet due to caving of the hole. The piezometers were installed in boreholes established by a 4 -inch diameter continuous flight solid stem auger. The piezometers consisted of 2 inch diameter pvc casing with a lower 10 feet screened section.. The piezometers were installed to obtain stabilized groundwater levels at the site and establish the general direction of groundwater flow at this property. The top of the casing was surveyed using a construction level and measuring rod and related to an assumed site datum at the base of a concrete light pole for the practice field. Several exploratory test pits were also excavated using a rubber tire backhole. The test pits were excavated to explore the shallow subsurface for indications of possible buried trash and debris. The tests pits were generally excavated in areas of the site where suspicions of buried material may exist. The test pits were observed and logged by a representative of QORE's environmental department. The specific results and findings of the test pits are contained in a separate report issued by our environmental department. 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 6 The borings were located in the field by estimating right angles and pacing of distances from existing site features identified on the conceptual site plan and aerial photographs provided to us. Therefore, the boring locations shown on the Boring Location Plan (Plate No. 1) should be considered approximate. Upon completion of drilling the borings were backfilled with cement grout. 4.2 Laboratory Testing Our field representative sealed and returned the soil samples to the QORE office in Tampa where a geotechnical engineer further examined them. We visually classified the soils according to the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Laboratory testing was also performed on selected samples to evaluate gradation and plasticity properties in accordance with methods ASTM D -422 and ASTM D -4318 respectively. A bulk soil sample was obtained for Limerock Bearing Ratio (FDOT method FM5 -517). 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 5.1 General Soil Profile The subsurface soil and rock conditions outlined below highlight the major subsurface stratifications encountered during this geotechnical exploration. More detailed descriptions of the subsurface materials encountered are provided on the attached Test Boring Records. When reviewing the boring records and the general conditions outlined below, it should be understood that the subsurface conditions will vary across the site and between the boring locations. Our borings generally encountered alternating strata of poorly graded sands and clayey sands within the upper ten feet. The standard penetration resistances recorded in the upper naturally deposited sands and clayey sands ranged from 7 to 70 blows per foot. Our boring B6 and B15, drilled at the southern end of the stadium encountered materials interpreted to be fill to a depth of about 6 feet. Our borings B12 and B13 drilled in the southern most parking area encountered material interpreted to be fill to a depth of about 10 feet. These four borings where fill was encountered appear to be located in the area mapped as. Made Land in the Pinellas County soil survey. The fill generally consisted of layers of sand and clayey sand. No deleterious materials were encountered in these four borings. The standard penetration resistances in the upper fills ranged from 6 to 44 blows per foot. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 7 Material interpreted to be old fill was also encountered at the Bomber Field Complex in our borings B3, B7 and B8 located in the eastern portion of the complex to depths of about 1 to 6 feet. An exploratory test pit excavated very near boring B8 exposed a horizontal layer containing debris consisting of wood, glass and metal, which extended to a depth of approximately 5 feet. Our boring B3 encountered trace amounts of broken glass at a depth of about 6 feet and our boring B3 encountered fill to about 1 -foot. The fill encountered in boring B3 appeared to be a select material placed for the infield of the existing practice field. Below the fill, and from the ground surface in non -fill areas, alternating strata of sand, clay and clayey sands were encountered to depths of about 30 to 35 feet. The standard penetration resistances recorded in these materials ranged from 2 to 27 blows per foot. Below 30 to 35 feet, weathered limerock was encountered. The weathered limerock consisted of a clay matrix with coarse sand and limerock fragments. The standard penetration resistances recorded in these materials ranged from 2 blows per foot to 50 blows per inch. Generally in the deeper borings a Toss of drill fluid circulation occurred at depths of about 25 to 30 feet. Casing was required in the borings to maintain drill fluid circulation and advance the borings to competent limerock. No anomalies such as sudden rod drops were observed that could be indicative of subsurface cavities or voids. Competent limerock was encountered at depths of 48 to 50 feet below ground surface. The exploratory test pits excavated by our environmental department generally encountered debris fill, which extended to depths of 3 to 8 feet below adjacent ground surface, in the southern portion of the Bomber Field parking lot. The area of debris fill was evident based on severe undulations in the asphalt. Debris fill which extended to depths of approximately 5 feet was also encountered in the practice field and open grassland area in the eastern portion of the site. 5.2 Groundwater Groundwater was not encountered in most of our borings before beginning wet rotary drilling at depths of 8 feet. A clear interpretation of groundwater levels was not readily discernable from observation of recovered soil samples. Our boring B1 remained open for 24 hours to obtain a stabilized groundwater measurement. Groundwater was measured in this boring at 12 feet. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 8 As discussed previously, four temporary piezometers were also installed to obtain stabilized groundwater measurements and direction of subsurface flow. The measured depths to groundwater ranged from 2.3 to 13.1 feet below surrounding ground surface, with groundwater appearing to flow in a south- southwesterly direction. The shallow groundwater measurement occurred in our piezometer PZ -3 that was only installed to a depth of about 9 feet. The difference in groundwater elevation can likely be attributed to a perched condition in the vicinity of PZ -3. Groundwater levels fluctuate with time due to seasonal rainfall and locally heavy precipitation events; therefore, future groundwater levels may be encountered at depths different from those indicated by our borings. 5.3 Typical Seasonal High Water Table The seasonal high water table is typically encountered during late summer following the rainy season. Several factors affect the seasonal high water table including the amount of rainfall; drainage characteristics of the soils; the land surface elevation; relief points such as lakes, rivers or swamps; and distance to relief points. Based on our limited exploration and soil indicators exposed in our borings we estimate the seasonal high water level may be encountered at depths as shallow as 12 inches below the current ground surface in the northern portion of the site and as shallow as 24 inches throughout the remaining parts of the project site. 6.0 CONCLUSIONS AND PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS Our findings related to subsurface conditions and our preliminary recommendations for site development are based on our site observations and field exploratory data obtained within the specified areas of the site. From a geotechnical perspective we believe that following proper site preparation, this site should adequately support the planned new construction. During our subsurface exploration, pockets of old fill, some containing buried debris, were encountered. The debris fill was generally encountered at the Bomber Field complex in areas that are proposed for future parking and the main playing field. Our borings B6 and B15 encountered fill with no debris to a depth of about 6 feet below ground surface. These two borings were drilled at the location of the southem stands for the stadium. The fills encountered in these borings exhibit a loose to firm relative density with standard penetration resistances of 6 to 16 blows per foot. The sampled soils in these borings did not contain indications of debris or other deleterious materials. It is possible that debris fill may exist in other areas between these boring locations. If debris, uncompacted fill or other buried items exist below new structures, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 9 supported by spread footings such as the concession building, there is some risk for cracking of walls, floor slabs and other brittle construction materials due to consolidation and/or deterioration of buried material. The existing Home Depot store to the south of the proposed stadium likely had geotechnical overview during its construction. As such, we would expect that any fill placed within the building limits would have been properly compacted and the subgrade properly prepared (stripped) and evaluated (proofrolled). Boring B6 however, encountered material directly below the fill from 6 to 7 feet that could be interpreted as a poorly stripped subgrade (topsoil layer). It is logical to assume that less diligence was associated with testing and observation of earthwork beyond the building limits of the Home Depot structure, thus there is the potential for encountering buried debris or organics below or within the old fill outside the periphery of the Home Depot structure. We suspect that the future structures that will be constructed in the area of the Home Depot store will be one or two story lightly loaded buildings that could conceivably be supported by spread footings. As previously discussed spread footings or slabs placed over unsuitable materials could settle unacceptably. Therefore we recommend planning and budgeting assume that all old fill beyond the periphery of the Home Depot store that will support structures other than pavement or the stadium, be undercut, any deleterious material removed and the cut soils replaced in a controlled manner. Undercut materials, Tess any debris or organics, can be stockpiled and reused. We recommend that additional borings as well as backhoe pits be excavated in this area to access foundation conditions within the current Home Depot facility and what, if any, deleterious material may exist outside the periphery of the building. Undulations of the pavement exist in the southern portion of the asphalt parking area for Bomber Field. The settlement of the pavement appears to be related to buried debris. The future use for this area is proposed as new asphalt parking. It is likely that if the debris is left in place future settlement and irregularities will develop in the new pavement due to continued settlement resulting from decay of organic materials and metals. The surest way to reduce the potential for this occurrence is to undercut, remove the debris fill and replace it with properly compacted structural fill. We suggest an appropriate contingency be allocated for any haul off of materials. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 10 Debris fill was also encountered in the eastern portion of the Bomber Field complex located in the proposed playing field and at the base of one boring B3. No surface irregularities were apparent in these areas to indicate the debris is present to the extent that exists in the parking lot. The future use for this portion of the property is to be the main playing field for the stadium and landscape areas. If there are no environmental concerns with these materials it may be possible to leave them in place, provided the materials will not be exposed during grading operations. If left in place, some future maintenance cost beyond that which may typically be expected may be required to mitigate undulations in the playing field, which may develop due to future decay of buried materials. Surface densification with heavy compaction equipment or dynamic deep compaction will help to densify the fill and significantly compress any debris to reduce the settlement potential. Our borings generally encountered clay strata below a depth of about 10 feet to the limerock surface. The clays exhibit consistencies of soft to very stiff with penetration resistances ranging from 2 to 27 blows per foot. We anticipate no large surface fills greater than 3 feet, will be constructed for this project that will generate substantial area loads sufficient to consolidate the clay strata. We also anticipate that loads from the stadium structure will be transferred to the underlying limerock through a deep foundation system and that no heavy contact pressures from shallow footings will be transferred to the clay strata which can cause consolidation and settlement. If our assumptions are incorrect and heavy soil supported loads are to be generated that result in increased stress concentrations on these clay strata, then additional borings should be performed in the loaded areas and undisturbed samples of the clay obtained for laboratory consolidation testing. Settlement analyses should then be performed based on the laboratory test results to quantify the magnitude of settlement that can be expected. Because of the heavily loaded nature of the stadium structure, we expect that a deep foundation that transfers load to the underlying limerock will be required. The lost circulation that occurred in all our deep borings within the stadium area indicate that the preferred foundation system is driven precast or prestressed concrete piles. Piles at least 14 inches square driven to end bearing in the hard limerock at a depth of about 50 feet can likely provide an estimated allowable pile capacity of at least 50 tons. Slurried - drilled shafts can also be considered for support of the stadium. Due to the loss of drilling fluids that occurred during the advancement of our deep borings, temporary or possibly permanent casing will likely be required for installation. We estimate drilled shafts 3 to 6 feet in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 11 diameter drilled a minimum of 10 to 20 feet into the competent limerock encountered at about 50 feet below current ground surface (total depth 60 to 70 feet) can likely develop capacities of approximately 300 tons (3 feet diameter) to 600 tons (6 feet diameter). Because the shafts will be installed below the groundwater table, wet slurry construction methods will likely be required as well as full time construction monitoring. Once the stadium design evolves so that its final footprint, column locations, and structural Toads are known additional borings and/or cone penetrometer soundings should be performed. At least 20 feet of rock coring should be performed in each boring to assess conditions for both piles and slurried shafts. The recovered core samples should be tested for unconfined compressive strength to better assess drilled shaft capacities. A 4 -inch core barrel should be used to sample the rock. The subsurface conditions encountered in the clubhouse area indicate that it could likely be supported by shallow spread footings with bearing pressures in the range of 2000 to 3000 psf provided that our assumptions concerning the magnitude of structural Toads are correct. We also note that the seasonal high water table can be within 1 -foot of the present ground surface in this area of the site. The clubhouse grades should be raised so that the finished floor is at least three feet above the expected seasonal high groundwater table. Both of the borings performed in the clubhouse area had total losses of drilling fluid circulation and zones of soft clay above the limerock. These features can be suggestive of raveling and internal erosion of subsurface materials into voids resulting from the development of solution cavities at the limerock surface. Although no open voids or solution cavities were readily apparent from the two borings performed, we recommend additional exploration be performed within the limits of the clubhouse to provide more information related to subsurface conditions within the building area. Any future risk associated with the clubhouse can be significantly reduced through measures such as compaction grouting. Based on the subsurface and surface conditions observed it is our opinion that the risk of a dropout occurring during the service life of the structure once compaction grouting has been performed is very low. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 12 As with the stadium we recommend that supplemental borings or cone soundings be performed. Depending upon the magnitude of resulting structural loads and desired settlement, undisturbed samples of the underlying clay strata and laboratory testing could be required. We expect the concession and ancillary structures to be very lightly loaded. Spread footings with design bearing capacities of from 2000 to 3000 psf. are likely. Although no structure is "insignificant ", these smaller structures may not warrant the compaction- grouting consideration as that for the clubhouse. At this time, we do not know what final grades will be across the new sports complex. We anticipate some cut and fill grading will be performed to create building pads for the new stadium and surrounding buildings. We expect the materials within the upper ten feet of the site (not in areas of debris fill) will be suitable for use as structural fill. If significant quantities of clayey sand are encountered during excavation and grading of the site, consideration should be given to stockpiling this material for use as a preferred pavement subbase. Depending on the time of year construction is performed at this site groundwater may be encountered during normal excavation for utilities. Zones of perched water may also be encountered at relatively shallow depths. If required, dewatering may be accomplished by either perimeter ditches draining into sumps, which can then be pumped off-site, or by the use of wellpoints. Groundwater fluctuations can occur due to seasonal variations in rainfall, runoff, and other site - specific factors, and these fluctuations should be considered when planning earthwork activities. No traffic loading conditions for the parking Tots and driveways has been provided to us. Pavement sections typical for this part of Florida can be assumed for budgeting purposes. Based on assumed traffic patterns that we believe are consistent with this type of development the following flexible pavement sections can be considered: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 13 SECTION DESCRIPTION THICKNESS (INCHES) Light Duty Heavy Duty Surface Course Type S -1 or S -3 Asphaltic Concrete with minimum stability of 1500 lbs. Compacted to at least 95% of the maximum laboratory density. 2 21/2 Base Course Limerock having a minimum LBR of 100 and compacted to at least 98% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). 6 8 Subbase In -situ soils compacted to at least 98% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). 12 12 Once actual traffic loading conditions are available required pavement sections can be calculated based on laboratory LBR testing. 7.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES Once the design of the sports complex moves beyond the conceptual stages and actual structural loading conditions are available, additional exploration of the site should be performed in accordance with the procedures previously discussed within this report to provide more specific design information tailored to the actual construction that will take place at this site. QORE should be kept involved throughout the design and construction process to maintain continuity and to verify that our recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. To achieve this, we should review project plans and specifications with the designers as the project progresses to see that our recommendations are fully incorporated Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 14 8.0 LIMITATIONS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The City of Clearwater and their designers for the specific application to the project previously discussed. Our conclusions and recommendations have been rendered using generally accepted standards of geotechnical engineering geology practice in the state of Florida. No other warranty is expressed or implied. This company is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions, or recommendations of others based on this data. Our conclusions and recommendations are based on the design information furnished to us, the data obtained from the previously described subsurface exploration, and our past experience. They do not reflect variations in the subsurface conditions, which are likely to exist in the region of our borings and in unexplored areas of the site. These variations are due to the inherent variability of the subsurface conditions in this geologic region. Should variations become apparent during construction, it will be necessary to re- evaluate our conclusions and recommendations based on final building locations and structural loads. The site, like the surrounding area, is underlain by limestone bedrock that is susceptible to dissolution and the subsequent development of karst features such as voids and sinkholes in the natural soil overburden. Construction in a sinkhole prone area is therefore accompanied by some risk that intemal soil erosion and ground subsidence could affect new structures in the future. It is not possible to investigate or design to completely eliminate the possibility of future sinkhole related problems but with proper remedial measures the risk can be greatly reduced. In any event, the Owner must understand and accept this risk. The Boring Records present our interpretation of the subsurface conditions at specific boring locations at the time of our exploration. The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. The actual transitions may be more gradual than implied. For more information on the use and limitations of this report, please read the ASFE document that follows this page. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Important Information About Your — Geotechnical Engineering Report Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. The following information is provided to help you manage your risks. eotechnical Services Are Performed for pecific Purposes, Persons, and Projects eotechrical engineers.structure their services to meet the spe- ;ic needs of their clients. A geotechnical engineering study con - :cted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a construc- :n contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geot- :finical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engi- :ering report is unique, prepared solety for the client. No one .cept ycu should rely on your geotechnical engineering repert tout first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who pre - :red it. And no one —not e'en you — should apply the repert fcr y purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Based on Unique Set of Project - Specific Factors !otechnical engineers consider-a number of unique, project -spe- ic factors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors :rude: the client's goals, objectNes, and risk management pre` !noes; the general nature of the structure involved, its size, and lfiguration; the location of the structure on the site; and other finned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, -king lots, and underground utilities. Unless the geotechnical gineer who conducted the study specifically indicates other - ;e, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: tot prepared for you, lot prepared for your project. lot prepared for the specific site explored, or :ompleted before important project changes were made. )ical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing atechnical engineering report include those that affect: he function of the proposed structure, as when is changed from a parking garage to an office wilding, or from a light industrial plant to a efrigerated warehouse, • elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, • composition of the design team, or • project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes —even minor ones —and request an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because their retorts do not consider developments of which they were not informed. Subsurface Conditions Can Change A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. Do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man-made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctua- tions. A;ways contact the geotechnical engineer before apply- ing the report to determine if it is still reliable. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems: Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual sub- surface conditions may differ —sometimes significantly —from those indicated in your report. Retaining the geotechnical engi- neer who developed your report to provide construction obser- vation is the most effective method of managing the risks asso- ciated with unanticipated conditions. A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final Do not overrely on the construction recommendations included in your report. Those recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recom- mendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report's recommendations if that engineer does not perform construction observation. A Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Subject To Misinterpretation Other design team members' misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Lower that risk by having your geotechnical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review perti- nent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Reduce that risk by having your geotechnica( engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. Do Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors or emissions, the legs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photo- graphic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface condi- tions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotech- nical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written let- ter of transmittal. In that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report (a modest fee may be required) and /or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contractors have suffi- cient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be In a position to give contractors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some clients, design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that have led to disappoint- ments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce such risks, geot- echnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled 'limitations', many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engi- neers responsibilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not Covered The equipment, techniques, and personnel used to perform a geoenvironmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any geoenvironmen- tal findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regu- lated contaminants. Unart cipated envircrmental problems have led to numerous project failures. if you have not yet obtained your own geoenvironmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk management guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. Rely on Your Geotechnical Engineer for Additional Assistance Membership in ASFE exposes geotechnical engineers to a wide array of risk management techniques that can be of genuine ben- efit for everyone involved with a construction project. Confer with your ASFE•member geotechnical engineer for more information. ASFE PROFESSIONAL FIRMS PRACTICING iN THE GEOSCIENCES 8811 ColesvIlle Road Suite G106 Silver Spring, MD 20910 Telephone: 301 -565 -2733 Facsimile: 301- 589 -2017 email: info@asfe.org www.asfe.org Cooynght 1998 5Y ASFE. Inc. Unless ASFE &rants written permission to do so. duplication of this document by any means whatsoever is expressly proibited- Aruse of me wolfing in Ors document. in whale se in part, also is expressly prohdrrted. and may be done only with Ike express permission of ASFE 01101 purposes of review or scholarly research. iIGER06983.5M 0 W H a INNUNIMMINIONMININIIMIONIONOMMIIIIIIIIIIIMMINIMINISIIIIIMONIB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EXISTING WARNING TRACK PROPOSED PARKING LEGENQ A STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO ROCK STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO 20 FEET STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO 10 FEET • TEMPORARY PIEZOMETER FROM CONCEPTUAL DRAWING BY EWING COLE EXISTING RETENTION POND APPROXIMATE SCALE -50 FT. CITY OF CLEARWATER QORE PROPERTY SCIENCES 1211 Tech Blvd. SuBe 200 Tampa, Fkxlda 33619 (813) 623.6646 DATE JOB NO. PLATE NO. 3/20/02 24-0670A 1 BORING LOCATION PLAN COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, FLORIDA APPENDIX A TEST BORING RECORDS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/27/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/27/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 12 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Lost circulation at 12 feet. Circulation not regained. Ground water measured at 12 feet after 24 hours. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 10 20 ]0 40 50 00 704000 X BLOWS /6" 0 - Loose, dark gray to brown, silty SAND w /trace clay (SN) % A .Stiff, 4- 4 -6 -10 6 -6 -7 -7 8- 10 -15 -16 -' gray, sandy CLAY w /orange staining and scattered rootlets CL -- 5 — Very stiff, light gray, fine sandy CLAY w /orange staining (CL) / %�� ♦ 14- 10 -8 -13 3- 6 -17 -15 Very stiff, light green gray, CLAY (CH) � - --10— Very stiff, light green gray, silty CLAY (CH) A . - / 2-5 -2 - —15— —20— —25-J —30— Firm to very stiff, gray, sandy CLAY w /limerock fragments (CL) Z 2 -5 -14 Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 QOREN PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B_2 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before Wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (F � DEPTH (FT.) DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 e0 00 70 eo sotx BLOWS /6" 0 _ Loose, gray, fine SAND w /root hairs (SP) -.. ■ 1 4 -4-6 -6 6 -5 -5 -7 5- 5 -11 -20 _ Loose, brown and dark brown, fine SAND (SP) II gll — 5 — Firm, gray brown, clayey fine SAND w /orange staining (SC) F• 17 22- 14 -12 -15 9- 13 -19 -20 Very firm, brown, clayey SAND (SC). rooro V1' / - —10— —15 — 20 - 25 Hard, gray, sandy CLAY w /orange staining and decayed rootlets (CL) /• L oose, green gray, clayey medium to tine SAND :0'01 ,0,0,0„, 0 ,00 0 ot ,0020r4 1 r, 2-3 -4 2-2 -4 Firm, gray, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock fragments (SC) F i 051.1 4-6 -10 —30— Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 elPROPERTY SCIENCES QOREN TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B.3 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT) 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 to 20 20 40 Sa a0 7000 a010i BLOWS f6 0 Loose, gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) `= .:. r .1 19 3 -3 -4 -5 5- 8 -9 -13 -8 -9 -7 --feet — — 5 — Firm, gray brown, fine SAND w /broken glass at 6 (SP) (FILL) :' " r, a 5 -3-4 -3 2 -3-3 -3 _ _ Loose, dark gray brown, fine SAND (SP) :' - '"(saturated) 10 Loose, dark gray, clayey SAND w /organic staining (SC) poll �" _ _ - 15 Very stiff, blue green, sandy CLAY (CL) r kj r 6 -8 -12 _ _ _ Firm, green gray, clayey medium to fine SAND ro ;� is. , 6 7 -7 20 —25- -30— Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TM Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-4 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX • JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before Wet rotary dulling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 0 50 20 m 40 50 w 70 00 1101 1� BLOWS �_ 0 Firm, light yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) P n 2 -4 -8 -7 5 -4-3 -6 8- 11 -14 -16 - Loose, gray brown, very clayey SAND w /orange staining and partially decoyed root hairs (SC) �• — 5 —(SP) Very firm, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay :' i, 12 -11 -15-23 9- 15 -17 -15 — -• Very firm to dense, dark gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) O" � - —15 Stiff, green, CLAY w /red staining and decayed roothairs (CH) 4" l 0, ,, a 4 -5 -7 - _ 20 —25- -30— Firm, blue green, clayey fine SAND (SC) 6 -7 -8 Bering terminated 1 1 1 Q 0 REM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B.5 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 13 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 25 feet. Casing set to 25 feet, regained circulation with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 50 0070 00 0010( BLOWS /6" /6' D _ _Very firm, gray, fine SAND (SP) , , 11- 15 -14 -13 12 -9 -8-8 5-5 -7-12 _ _Firm, light gray, fine SAND (SP) • ,� ;:: '- 5 _ Firm, brown, very clayey fine SAND7red and orange staining (SC) F" • - , 1 14- 13 -18 -15 13- 20 -11 -17 _ _ Dense, dark gray, clayey SAND (SC) i�r Av i" A, 9., �4' _ - 10 _Very stiff, green gray, clayey fine SAND (SC) n 3 -6-11 ,.,_ - - -15_ _20_ Loose to firm, green gray, clayey fine SAND (SC) " 2 -3 -4 ,, 1 -1 -1 - _ -25— - - - - - Very soft, brownish gray, fine sandy CLAY (CO � A , 12 -11 -13 Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) +e- v � 4 11 3 -13-25 _ _, _ -35_ Dense to very dense, light gray to white, highly weathered UMEROCK -,- tf4 21 -14 -11 _ _ 45 Very firm, light gray to white, clayey coarse SANDf and limerock fragments (GC) 15 -23 -21 _ _ - 50 - Dense, light gray, intensely weathered UMEROCK :::-:t Continued Q 0 R En' TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B_S PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1 /02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 13 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 25 feet. Casing set to 25 feet, regained circulation with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) 50 —55— —60— MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRAT RESISTANCE (N ) 0 70 ]0 40 50 ION 10 70 n50 ix BLOWS /6" UMEROCK 65 _ — Boring terminated —70— — —75— —80— —85— —90— —95— —100— 50/2 50/6 0 50 /1 1 1 1 >v Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-6 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/28/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 28 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (�) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 W 20 30 40 50 90 70 00 90 /04 BLOWS /6. 0 - Loose, brown, clayey SAND (SC) (FILL) y" „ 11 ,. 2 -3 -3-6 3 -3-3_3 2 -2 -5-14 - - - _ 5 - Loose, gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) i ,/ " 13- 10 -11 -20 13 -11 -13-20 - — — - - —10— Very firm, dark brown to block, fine SAND w /organic stoinin., Croce or. onic fibers SP yam °pa V Very firm, medium brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) 19 -18-9 _ - —15— _ Very stiff, gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) Al_ Pipt 1 ;, // . r 4 -4-4 _ -20- Loose, gray. clayey medium to fine SAND (SC) r 3 -4 -6 _ _ (SC) _ 25 = Loose, gray, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock fragments fM V 1 -2 -1 =Soft, —30-- blue green and brown, sandy CLAY (CH)„ ' 38 -3 -19 - - —35_, Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) VA j _ _ LIMEROCK a 6 -5-1 —45— - - - -/�'I - - Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND (SC) ed r AU =' 13 -15-19 Dense, whits, clayey coarse SAND and limerock irn0ma r� :a (rr) Continued 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-6 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: - CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/28/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME -45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 28 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (T) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 10 20 30 40 50 00 7000 YDIX BLOWS /6" 50 — — — — _ — — Dense, white, clayey cootie SAND and Iimerock fragments (GC) 13 -10-20 50/1 — — —60— —65— UMEROCK t+ = ' 34 -32 -50 � 50/1 �_+ _ - —70- -75- -80- -85— 90 —95— 100- -. Boring terminated 1 nl Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -7 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: '0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT) DEPTH (FT.) 0 DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 50 00 7000 9011C BLOWS /6- /6. Firm, yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) il e 4 a 3- 7 —i1 -12 18- 19 -18 -17 14- 11 -7 -11 Firm, dark brown, fine SAND (SP) 5 _ Firm to dense, medium brown, fine SAND (SP) FA " r 8 -11 -13-18 8- 25 -33 -30 ` _,SAND — —10 -- Very firm to very dense, gray brown, clayey fine (SC) roxi Mi / fr NI 1r, 7 -7 -13 _ —15 —� Firm, gray, very clayey medium to fine SAND (SC)" ril ,,,,,, ■ 6 -12 -18 _Hard, blue green, fine sandy CLAY (CH)V —20 _ —25- -30— Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-8 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER. FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 4.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT .) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 10 20 30 40 50 00 70 00 1013t BLOWS /6• 0 — Firm, dark gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) (FILL) a 11 r 3 -7 -7 -7 6 -7 -7 -5 3 -6 -6 -7 .— 5 — Firm, dark gray to black, fine SAND w /organic staining and broken glass and metal fragments from 4 to 6 feet (SP) (FILL) ., 13- 15 -15 -20 13 -17 -26-30 — — — — = 10-1 Dense, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (SP) FA . 1 r, 5 -7 -11 — — — —- =15= Very stiff, gray green, fine sandy CLAY (CL) recovered sample contained metal fragments and glass from 13.5 to 15 feet most likely from upper debris fill r • 4-4-6 —" —20 Stiff, blue green, fine sandy CLAY (CH) —25- -30— Boring terminated 1 1 1 Q 0 R En TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -9 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 io m 30 40 m w 70110 001 BLOWS /6" .- - Loose, dark gray to black, fine SAND w /orgonic staining, partially decoyed rootlets (SP) ,'`' 1 -2 -4-4 6- 6 -8 -10 5 -4 -5-6 - - _ Firm, pole yellow brown, fins SAND (SP) . - - Loose, pole yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) :Y;. ° • A. . 2 -3 -3-2 4 -6 -13-28 - - 10 Firm, pole yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) ' —15— -20- - - -25- -30— Boring terminated - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -10 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 2.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT-) V DEPTH (FT.) 0 — 5— 10 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Loose, dark groy, fine SAND w /iroce rootlets (SP) Very firm to dense, brown, fine SAND w /minor organic staining from 2 to 4 feet (SP) Firm, light brown, fine SAND (SP) —15— — 20— —25-- --30— Boring terminated L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) O 10 20 30 40 50 so 70 4000 10( BLOWS /6" 1 -3-3 -5 6-9 -15-17 9- 22 -24 -24 12- 13 -14 -16 7- 7 -7 -12 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q O R ETM PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -91 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (ET.) 0 Loose, brown, fine SAND (SP) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 10 20 30 40 20 00 7011010 BLOWS /6" Firm to very firm, pale yellowish brown, fine SAND., :w• - (SP) —5— —10 Dense, pale yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) Boring terminated —15-+ —25— 1 -3-4 -8 5 -5-7 -9 10- 10 -11 -14 11- 20 -23 -22 18- 12 -18 -25 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R En' TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -12 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S " R STANDARD RESISTANCE o 10 PENETRATION 20 30 (N 40 ) 50 00 70 00 00104 BLOWS /6" Auger 6- 12 -12 -12 5- 5 -7 -10 0 2 inch asphalt over 8 inch limerock base — Yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) _ Very firm, medium brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) FA r46 ' — 5 — _ Stiff, blue gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) (FILL)" Og O O 10- 12 -10 -6 5 -7 -6 -6 — _brown -10 Firm to very firm, brown, fine SAND w /layers of fine sandy clay (SP /CL) (FILL) — — — — ^15- Firm, green gray, fine sandy CLAY (CH) r V IL 1 -2 -3 / 6 — — 20 —25- -30— Very hard, green gray, fine sandy CLAY w /friable limerock fragments (CH) /L Boring terminated 1 1 1 nr Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -13 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: v > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' 1 SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT-) D MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) a 10 20 30 40 SO b 7e n 11010( BLOWS /6. 2 inch asphalt over 8 inch limerock base 0' ENTi Auger 8- 16 -12 -15 15- 21 -23 -30 - Gray brown, clayey SAND (SC) (FILL) = , _ 5 —ArAil Very firm to dense, gray brown. clayey fine SAND (SC) (FILL) 0" • .1 r-'....'":1 25- 20 -22 -16 7 -4-4 -6 — ^ Dense, light gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) _ —wood ^10— _ _ _t5_ Loose, gray and dark gray, fine SAND w /clay and fibers (SP /CL) (FILL) FA Stiff, blue green, fins sandy CLAY (CH) 2 r re �i 4 13 - 3-4 -6 \ 6 8 -10 -11 _ _ 20 Very firm, blue green, very clayey SAND (SC) —25— —30— Boring terminated n Q O R ETh TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -14 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4w SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing set to 30 feet. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT.) 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) O 10 20 30 40 50 CO 7010 5017 BLOWS w 0 — Very firm, gray, fine SAND (SP) ct a 5 -10 -13-15 10- 11 -7 -14 8 -10 -24-32 — —Firm — 5 _, - — to very dense, light brown, fine SAND (SP) " 0. =' ► 1 26 -40 -30-47 28- 30 -16 -24 ^,o= _ =Firm, —1'= 5 Dense, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (SP) " ir 7 -8 -11 1 -2 -2 blue gray, clayey fine SAND (Sc) �' e. " Al 11 _ —20— Soft, blue green, sandy CLAY (CH) 2 -3 -3 — _ _25_� — Firm, green gray, sandy CLAY (CH) ■ '1 ,1 1 2 -2 -7 — Stiff, blue gray, sandy CLAY (CH) I/1 „ 4-6 -10 — ._ x-35— Very stiff, blue green, CLAY w /limerock fragments (CH) 4 , 6 -15 -6 — _ — 40 — Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND w`limerock fragments (SC) 01 1 -1 -2 — —45— r Soft, gray, sandy CLAY w /limerock fragments (CL) IL ;, -.mu, 3 2 -12 -50 — — —,limerock —50 Continued Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -14 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing set to 30 feet. G ELEV. �� ) DEPTH (1T) 50 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 W 70 00 10101 BLOWS /6" - - — — — — —55- -60- -65-- -70- -75- -80— — 85 - -90- 100— UMEROCK ❑ 50/3 Boring terminated 1 Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-I5 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/Q2 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G (FT-) DEPTH DEH (FT.) PT 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 Is 20 7o 00 SO b 70 50 901 BLOWS /6" _ _ _ — Dark brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) ' ;�ti - " =t „ Hand Auger Hand Auger 13 -8 -8 -8 _ 5 _ Firm, dark brown, very clayey fine SAND (SC) (FILL) � . 7 -5-5 -9 11- 10 -13 -20 _ _ Loose, gray brown, clayey SAND w /orange staining SCE Ta =' — — Very stiff, dark gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) 11 4 -6 -8 — = 15 =' Stiff, green gray, CLAY (CH) r rig , , , /I, , 1 „ 8 -7 -9 _ _ Firm, green gray, very clayey fine SAND (SC) 11 2 -3-6 - 25(CL) Stiff, light gray. CLAY w /scattered coarse sand V/ 1 =, ■ _ „ ■ 2 -3 -3 _ -Firm, 30 _ blue green, CLAY (CH) • 1 -1 -1 _ — -35 = Soft, blue green, CLAY w /Iimerock fragments (CH) 13 -6 -1 ^40_ Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND w /iimerock fragments (SC) �i G II _ _45_ Very soft, blue green, CLAY (CL) HP =.25 tsf. I, 1 -1 -1 _ _ 50 Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND w /iimerock fragments (SC) %AC Continued 1 1 1 QOREna PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: . B -15 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) 50 Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND w /Ilmerock MATERIAL DESCRIPTION _ fragments (SC) L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 10 20 30 40 50 00 70 80 1/0154 BLOWS /6" — — UMEROCK —55-- —65— —70 —75— —80— —85— —100— Boring terminated 14 -50/5 Ip 50/2 1 QOREn" PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -16 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 23/4" SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks' 50% loss of circulation at 38 feet 100% loss of circulation at 40 feet. Circulation regained at 42 feet without casing. Circulation lost at 45 feet. Circulation not regained - no casing used. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) O ID 20 20 40 So GO 70 GO 601 BLOWS /6" 0 = 0 _Gray, fine SAND (SP)„ Hand Auger Hand Auger 12- 10 -8 -12 = _ Yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) WO " ' / 5 Firm, dark gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (SP) 20- 24 -28 -22 13- 13 -12 -12 _ Very dense, gray brown, fine SAND (SP) —10— Very firm, gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) ple • l // =, ' 4-5 -6 — — —15— —" Stiff, blue green, CLAY (CH) 4 -7 -10 — _ _20_ — Firm, gray brown, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock fragments (SC)11 'j�� i r r 3 -2 -2 — _-25- - Soft, light gray brown, CLAY w /limerock fragment •r'_' (CL) L. 2 -2 -3 — —30— — Firm, light gray brown, CLAY w /coarse sand and limerock fragments (CL) • 21 -20 -20 _ —Dense _3r_ _ - 40 = to very dense, white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) e 0 4 r X11 off 44 u 19 -15 -41 r 8 -13 -3 - - —45— Firm, white, clayey coarse SAND w /scattered limerock fragments (SC) 3 50/5 — 50 Umerock _—_• I I Continued Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -16 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V_ 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT) DEPTH (FT.) 50 UMEROCK MATERIAL DESCRIPTION — Boring terminated — 55— —60— — 65— —70— —75— —80— —85— —g0— —95— 100— L R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N 0 20 30 b 50 60 70 1000 BLOWS /6" 50/1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX B KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t PROCEDURES CORRELATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE WITH RELATIVE COMPACTNESS AND CONSISTENCY ,Sand and nravaj Standard Penetration Resistance Blows /Foot Relative Compactness 0-4 Very Loose 5-10 Loose 11 -20 Firm 21 -30 Very Firm 31 -50 Dense Over 50 Very Dense Silt and ('_lay Standard Penetration Resistance Blows/Foot Consistency 0-1 Very Soft 2-4 Soft . 5-8 Firm 9-15 Stiff 16-30 Very Stiff 31 -50 Hard Over 50 Very Hard aPROPERTY SCIENCES UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION (After U.S. Walerways Experiment Slalion and ASTM D 2407.661) Major Division Coarse-grained (Over 50% by Ight coarser han No. 200 eve) Fine- grelnod over 50% by Ight finer han No. 200 sieve) Soils with fibrous ante matter Gravelly soils (over half of coarse fraction larger than No. 4' Sandy soils soils (over half of coarse fraction finer than No. 4 Group Finer than Symbol 200 Siovo GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC Low corn- ML prossIbility (liquid CL limit less OL than 50) High corn- MH pressibility (liquid CH limit more OH than 50 PT 0.5' 0-5• 12 or more 12 or more* 0 -5• 0 -5• 12 or more* 12 or more* Plasticity chart Laborato Cirissilicnlion Criteria Supplementary Requirements DeID10 greater than 4, D301D60XDro) botwoon 1 &3 Not meeting above gradation for GW PL loss than 4 or below A -lino PL ovor 7 and above A -lino 060/Dto greater than 4, D307ID60XD10) botwoon 1 &3 . Not meeting above gradation for requirements PL less then 4 or bolow A -lino PL over 7 and abovo A -lino Plasticity chart Plasticity chart, organic odor or color Plasticity chnit Plasticity chart Plasticity chart, organic odor or color Fibrous organic matter, will char, burn, or glow Soil Description Well- graded gravels, sandy gravels Gap-graded or uniform gravels, sandy gravels Silty gravols, silty sandy-gravels, Clayey gravels, clayey sandy gravels Woll- graded sands, gravelly sands Gap - graded or uniform sands, gravelly sands Silly sands, silly gravelly sands Clayey sands, clayey gravelly sands Sills, very lino sands, silty or clayey fine sands, micaceous slits Low plasticity clays, sandy or silly clays Organic sills and clays of low plasticity Micaceous silts, diatomaceous silts, volcanic ash Highly plastic clays and sandy clays Organic sills and clays of high plasticity Peal, sandy peals, and clayey peat • For soils having 5 to 12 percent passing the No. 200 slovo, use a dual symbol such as GW-GC. MB NM MO • NM i • MI • NM OM • NM i E OM NM OM • APPENDIX C LABORATORY TEST RESULTS 1 1 1 1 LABORATORY DATA SHEET Project: Community Sports Complex Date: 03/22/02 Job No.: 240670A Technician: RMT /GS ✓wi'" .. � 'k - k!Ja�. ,.� �i k f ' 4 LocatO�- & -Ma Fib l� b ,�"G 4f 'i � •'v"aR�b ", o � a a . ,{, vy. ,� MOISTURE Boring B2 @ 6 to 8 feet Brown clayey SAND (SC) 16 Boring B6 @ 2 to 4 feet Gray brown fine SAND (SP -SC) 8 Boring B6 @ 8 to 10 feet Brown clayey fine SAND (SC) 17 Boring B13 @ 4 to 6 feet Gray brown clayey fine SAND (SC) 10 Boring B14 @ 2 to 4 feet Light brown fine SAND (SP -SC) 19 Boring B1 @ 10 feet Green gray silty CLAY (CH) 100 40 60 Boring B3 @ 13 'A feet Blue green CLAY (CL) 40 21 19 Boring B4 @ 13 'A feet Green CLAY (CH) 100 40 60 Boring B8 @ 181/2 feet Blue green CLAY (CH) 53 24 29 Boring B12 @ 131/2 feet Green gray CLAY (CH) 49 22 27 1 1 1 1 QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT PROJECT: Community Sports Complex DATE: 03/20/02 JOB NO.: 240670A LAB NO.: S -1 CLIENT: City Of Clearwater CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: Brown clayey SAND (SC) LOCATION: B-2, 6-8 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 98.0 N/A No.20 97.0 N/A No. 40 93.0 N/A No. 60 77.0 N/A No. 80 56.0 N/A No.100 46.0 N/A No.140 27.0 N/A No.200 18.0 N/A 1 1 PROJECT: JOB NO.: CLIENT: DESCRIPTION: QORE` PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT Community Sports Complex DATE: 240670A City Of Clearwater Gray brown slightly clayey fine SAND (SP -SC) 03/20/02 LAB NO.: S -2 CONTRACTOR: LOCATION: B-6, 2-4 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 97.0 N/A No.20 96.0 N/A No. 40 91.0 N/A No. 60 72.0 N/A No. 80 48.0 N/A No.100 35.0 N/A No.140 17.0 N/A No.200 9.0 N/A • 1 1 PROJECT: JOB NO.: CLIENT: DESCRIPTION: QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT Community Sports Complex 240670A City Of Clearwater Brown clayey SAND (SC) DATE: 03/20/02 LAB NO.: S -3 CONTRACTOR: LOCATION: B-6, 8-10 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 94.0 N/A No. 60 75.0 N/A No. 80 49.0 N/A No.100 39.0 N/A No.140 22.0 N/A No.200 14.0 N/A 1 1 Q.ORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT PROJECT: Community Sports Complex DATE: 03/20/02 JOB NO.: 240670A LAB NO.: S-4 CLIENT: City Of Clearwater CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: Gray brown clayey fine LOCATION: B-13, 4 -6 feet SAND (SC) SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 93.0 N/A No. 60 72.0 N/A No. 80 47.0 N/A No.100 36.0 N/A No.140 19.0 N/A No.200 12.0 N/A 1 1 1 1 QORE` PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT PROJECT: Community Sports Complex DATE: 03/20/02 JOB NO.: 240670A LAB NO.: S -5 CLIENT: City Of Clearwater CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: Light brown slightly clayey LOCATION: B -14, 24 feet fine SAND (SP -SC) SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 94.0 N/A No. 60 71.0 N/A No. 80 42.0 N/A No.100 31.0 N/A No.140 13.0 N/A No.200 6.0 N/A 1 MOISTURE / DENSITY RELATIONSHIPS OF SOIL Q O R E" (ASTM D 1557) ►4O■EIIT• SCIENCES O PROJECT : Community Sports Complex CLIENT : Pinellas County JOB NO. : 240670 A DATE SAMPLED : 03/24/02 REPORT NO. : 45228 COW REVIEWED BY : SAMPLED BY : SAMPLE LOCATION : NA SOIL DESCRIPTION : Dark brown fine sand with some rock and clay _SAMPLE NO.: P1 TEST DATE : IN- SITUM.C., %: Hull George 03/27/02 2.8 PROCTOR TYPE : LBR LIQUID LIMIT , % : - I PLASTICITY INDEX , % : PROCEDURE : D FINES , % UNCORRECTED +3/4" ,% USCS : - IAASHTO : CORRECTED MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY, PCF : 108.7 OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT ,% : II ' I NSITY (PCF , 120.0 117.5 115.0 112.5 110.0 107.5 105.0 102.5 100.0 97.5 95.0 92.5 90.0 87.5 85.0 12.7 MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY, PCF : OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT ,% : 11■ ■l MMl Mai mM ■I1■l U11N HMO NUM MIN Mal NMI 1111111 11■ M� !NmMIN urn N■M IBM NliBMW NMI OMN■I MI MIN IMO N MINI NMI ■NlNMEM Mai EMI NMI Mali EMI ce= MEI NMI WI mN mom en= MM1 ism - lull!nNIIMI NMI ■■ ISMMIImiMM MM■MO■N®MIN MMWN! ®i@N■AiY sum rim m■■ Nam N1NMO aim NW MIME MEMWMIMMNN1 ELM EMI nll ®1 EMS NMI MEI Mm NMl /n■■ MMl NMI MUM Ni- Mall lllll IMO M II OEM INI■NMllIMO Mai Mai NOM NMI MU Mal MEM DIU MINN MUM OE MN Mal IMO NMI MU MU MM1 Man Mil NMI NIII ■■i■! M■Iu M® Mai Mall NMI mums mum min NMU 1IM! N ■M MBE MMMISM MEM Ems NE MMmIMPMM!NMinm!■m 11111 MINIM MIN Mal MNUMnU Mal 111M IBM IMI11111N■l■ ®® EMI M mu MUMI iMM�MIII EMMOOUM ME M NMI Nm ® 111111111 UIII MEI NMI 1.- 1111111111 N /II MU M■M MEI I®■ MM1 M■P MOM NUM Mai - MMI oI ■I M01 Mal NMI MEMMai WU MEW ORM IMO REM NMI Mai M1 /1 NMI'/ II11Mlu1HIi1111 ■1IMUf1M�� NE111111.1 MEV Imam um EMU NUM NMI Mai MIMIMO Mali NMI WP MR MIL KIM ®1NM1B1lIMnNIM ®NM MUM NMI WMMMI MOE IMO MU MIN MIN UM MMlMEM■1/NM111 MEM Mm= WEI N■llCN! IN 111111 t 4 i il WM Mai mum mum i IV. III mam Nom lim MEI N■II BIM MMM MIN MOIMPM■■■ NMI IBM Mal NMI NI11 1111111111111111111 MM1 imMIMII MI■ Mil IBM NMI MEI 11•11N Mal 11;11111:1 Mal MM11 NMM 1ml NMM Mm W■I MUM um uluu 1111111111111111110 MOM Mil NMI IBM MIN a Ma MMI ■� NMI u■N! nil! iu u 11■M MMl NMI UMW IMO NMIRIMI■�■N■MpEMIlulNMIlKI M1� l uui■ ® IIIBW I NMI Mal NN■m■II■■■l NMI l►111113 MEN MN WMME ■■■■ll / IIIINI 1NNl PMINm011 1I■ I■lMININ\■■WillM■IIMN ■ ■I■■■MI ■■ NMI MIS MINI MEI 111111M 1111111111a11111111011 111l►7110i MIII I®1111M MU ■m■ MUM Nmnil NMI 11MlM■101l►fM\■M■I RIM 11 MIN OEM MILAN MlllmmUMINI■1■MMKSMSC NM/IONMIN NMI NmMN1luMMmlll■MIMMIM■MN► OEM MNl1l�1 UM M IN MPM■INE MIN INMM\��\® ®■IMMM1 �MmM1l MNM��IMNMI I►® MMMMI■NmN ��IN�NIINIWN�N �1,lol�lY■lRlll .azzl;llJl %1.1L�71 _M WIII S.G. 2.70 NH■NNMNma■! Malmn BIM M■MIMM EM U 1M11 MIN N■I® S.G. 2.80 OM■ ORMNMIMll!l■iMMm NBINM MIMI■■MMIiuuimum= 7M►11S1MO BNMI 1m NMI IMMO MUM Mai NMI IIIIM mai RIM Mal MOM kali= Mai NMIN�MNllNllNlll M■MMN\ EMS MEMMINI NMlPNl lull NMN l■MNmos REM NIMMM■■►m. I\71l MIu winos um mom wimammen =mu iim we mon ammo N k v as ism groil 11•11111 miona MEIN 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0 32.5 35.0 37.5 40.0 MOISTURE CONTENT (% ) COPIES TO : Pinellas County 108.7 12.7 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 130 120 110 100 QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES Limerock Bearing Ratio Test Modified Proctor Test Results 8 LAB 196 10 12 MOISTURE CONTENT ( %) 14 Date: Report No.: Job Name: Job No.: Sample No.: Client: Location Sampled: Visual • Classification: 03/25/02 45228 Community Sports Complex 240670A L1 Pinellas County Boring B5 Dark brown fine sand with some clay and rock Maximum LBR Value: Maximum Density (pcf): Optimum Moisture ( %): 23 108.7 12.7 i 1 1 ■ APPENDIX D FIELD AND LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES Penetration Test Borings The penetration test boring was made in general accordance with ASTM D 1586 -67, "Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils ". The boring was advanced to the water table by augering and, after encountering the groundwater table, further advanced by a rotary drilling technique using a circulating bentonite fluid for borehole flushing and stability. At two-foot intervals within the upper 10 feet and at five -foot intervals thereafter, the drilling tools were removed from the borehole and a split - barrel sampler inserted to the borehole bottom and driven 18 inches into the material using a 140 -pound SPT hammer falling, on the average, 30 inches per hammer blow. The number of hammer blows for the final 12 inches of penetration is termed the "penetration resistance, blow count, or N- value." This value is an index to several in -place geotechnical properties of the material tested, such as relative density and Young's Modulus. After driving the sampler 18 inches (or less, if in hard rock or rock -like material) at each test interval, the sampler was retrieved from the borehole and a representative sample of the material within the split - barrel was placed in a glass jar and sealed. After completing the drilling operations, the samples for each boring were transported to our laboratory where our engineer examined them in order to verify the driller's field classifications. Tne samples will be kept in our laboratory for a period of six months, unless otherwise directed by the client. Auger Boring The auger borings were performed manually by the use of a post -hole auger and in general accordance with ASTM D 1452 -80 'Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings'. Representative samples of the soils brought to the ground surface by the augering process were :,laced in glass jars, sealed, and transported to our laboratory where they were examined by our engineer to verify the driller's field classification. 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 Clearwater ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (727) 562 -4747 FAX: (727) 562 -4755 Pre -Bid Conference Agenda Date/Time: Friday, August 22, 2014 @ 1:30 p.m. Meeting Location: Bright House Networks Field, Conference Room at the Phillies Administrative Office, 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater, FL 33756 BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (project #14- 0030 -PR) City of Clearwater Project Manager: Engineering Department Staff Assistant: Ewing Cole Project Manager: Leroy Chin (727) 224 -7101 Email: leroy.chin @myclearwater.com Cathy H. Tefft (727) 562 -4782 Email: cathy.tefft(a�myclearwater.corn Peter Welch (215) 625 -4618 1. Sign -In Sheets — This is a mandatory meeting. Please complete the sign -in sheet legibly and completely. Copies of the Pre -bid Conference sign -in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan room website. 2. City's Plan Room — Plans are available for purchase at Jiffy Reprographics, 411 S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Florida (727) 445 -1034. Any notification e-mails (sign -in sheets, addendums, date changes, etc.) from the plan room will be from wmoors (c�liffyreprographics.com. On occasion, the City will issue notification e-mails via the plan room. In this instance, notification e-mails will be from cathy.tefft(a�myclearwater.com. Please add both e-mail addresses to your white list or non - spam list to ensure receipt. You may access the Jiffy Plan Room through a link on the City website: http:// www. myclearwater. com/ apps20/ cityproiects /invitationtobid.aspx. 3. Pre - Qualification — In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor /bidder must be pre - qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in the Audio/Video LED Display Boards category with a minimum amount of $750,000.00. It is the Contractor's /Bidder's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification eligibility prior to submitting a bid. Contractors may check their pre - qualification status by contacting: Leroy Chin at (727) 224 -7101. Pre - qualification applications and submittal items are due on 08/22/2014, two weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. 4. Bid Proposal Forms - All quantities and costs must be filled in legibly and completely. Please re -check your figures for accuracy. 5. Proposal Bond — must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond amount. 6. Scrutinized Companies - Please Note, if Project is $1,000,000 or more please see Section III, Article 25, Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 7. Request for Clarifications — Submit in writing via email to Project Manager by 12:00 p.m. (Noon) on Tuesday, 09- 02 -14. Questions must include: company name, contact name, email address and 1 1 1 1 1 phone number of contact person (in case clarification is needed). Responses will be issued via an addendum by end of day Friday, 09/05/14. 8. Addendums - If you have purchased plans through another plan house, please check the Jiffy Plan Room to ensure the receipt of any addenda information. It is the responsibility of the prospective bidder to ensure that they have received all addendums. 9. Bid Opening is scheduled for 1:30 p.m. on Wednesday, 09/10/14, at the Municipal Services Building, 3`d Floor, Purchasing Office. 100 South Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 10. Contract Award is scheduled for 10/02/14. 11. Scope of Work - Bright House Networks Field Video Boards Replacement a. The work for which proposals are invited consists of left field main LED video display board replacement — right field baseline fascia display board; together with necessary appurtenances. All articles check marked in the City's Technical Specifications, Section IV, Article 1.2 will apply; all other items not checked are not part of this contract. b. Contractor's staging area shall only be permitted in the area as directed by the Owner and will be reviewed on site and determined at the Pre - Construction Meeting. All materials and shop drawings submittals shall be reviewed by Ewing Cole prior to submission and approved for building permit. City of Clearwater -Parks & Recreation will assist in expediting the building permitting process. i. Vendor shall be required to submit plans of the video board replacement to the City of Clearwater — Building Dept. and must schedule all inspections as required for building permit and closing out the permit. There will be no fees for Building Permit for this project. The Video Board Contractor will be required to submit Video Board Structural /Electrical /Low Voltage Plans for the work to the City of Clearwater — Building Department for the Building Permit. The Video Board Structural /Electrical /Low Voltage Plans shall be submitted to Ewing Cole for review prior to submission for Building Permit. Owner will assist with this process to expedite the plan review process for the Building Permit. The Video Board Contractor will be required to fill out the Building Permit application and will be required to provide the following information: 1. Company Name 2. State of Florida license holders name and number 3. Pinellas County Construction License Board card number 12600 Belcher Road, Suite 102 Largo, FL, 33773 Phone No. 727 - 582 -3100 4. Occupational License of office in Florida. If your company is not registered in the State of Florida your company will be required to submit an Application for Business Tax Receipt. 5. The Contractor shall be required to collect the building permit for this work from the City of Clearwater's Building Department. There is no fee for the permit from the City of Clearwater Building Dept. The Building Contractor shall develop a list of materials and shop drawings submittals required for the project. These two lists from the Building Contractor shall be provided to the Owner /Engineer at the pre- construction meeting. All material submittals and shop drawings on the two lists shall be submitted to the Engineer for review within 15 days from the Notice to Proceed date. c. Video Board Display System Inspections, Scope of Work or Clarifications & Contractual Issues i. THRESHOLD INSPECTIONS — The Owner has selected and employed a special inspector to perform structural inspections in accordance with Florida Statute 553.79. That inspector is Mike McCarthy, P. E., McCarthy & Associates, 2555 Nursery Road, Suite 101, Clearwater, FL 33764 -3080; email: emmCc�mccarthyassoc.com; Business Phone: (727) 536 -8772; Business Fax: (727) 538- 9125. 1 ii. Video Board Display System Phillies Representative: Nic Repper 727 - 641 -8741 iii. City of Clearwater — Building Dept. 727 - 562 -4580 for building permit inspections other than two items listed above — all other inspection shall be scheduled for next day inspection by 12:00 o'clock midnight for next day inspections — vendor must close out building permit as part of substantial completion. iv. Ewing Cole, Peter Welch 215 625 -4618 — for technical specifications clarifications of scope of work for Video Board Replacement City of Clearwater — Parks & Recreation Dept. — Leroy Chin 727 - 224 -7101 — contractual question or issues. 12. PAYMENT WILL BE PEFORMED AS FOLLOWS FOR THE PROJECT: a. At the preconstruction conference the Video Board Contractor shall provide a schedule of value for the work on AIA Document G702, this schedule of value shall be used to establish periodic payment for the work completed by the Video Board Contractor. b. The Video Board Contractor shall invoice AIA Document G702 along with schedule of values for the work completed on the 25th of each month. c. The Video Board Contractor shall provide a preliminary draft of his payment request to the Owner a week prior to the actual due date of invoice for review. d. The invoice shall be on AIA form showing invoice number, the total value of the contract (base value of the contract less contingency) amount of payment request. e. On a separate document the Video Board Contractor shall provide schedule payment amounts to sub - contractors and material suppliers of the invoice application for payment. This document will be utilized to request partial lien wavers for the next invoice application for payment. Partial lien wavers from sub - contractors and material suppliers and the Video Board Contractor shall be submitted along with next month's invoice application for payment. Should partial lien wavers not be provided with the invoice application for payment, the Owner will not process payment requests until all partial lien wavers are submitted. f. No payment will be made for more than work completed by Video Board Contractor. g. The Owner will determine amount completed based on the schedule of value and the physical work completed on site. h. Detail particulars of invoicing shall be worked out on the submission of the first invoice, and remaining invoices will follow the same format. i. There will be a ten percent (10 %) retainage of the contract value at each pay request and shall be reflected on each pay application. i. This retainage shall be paid in two phases: 1. Substantial completion is when Building Permit is closed out and punch list items are completed, five percent (5 %) may be requested and all lien wavers must be submitted from sub - contractors and material suppliers with the invoice application for payment with partial lien waver from the Video Board Contractor. 2. Final payment of remaining five percent (5 %) of retainage is during close out of the project, confirmation that all close out material has been submitted and all work is completed including closeout documents to the Owner /Engineer's satisfaction. Video Board Contractor shall submit along with his final invoice payment application, Contactor's Affidavit for Final Payment. j. Payment of invoice is thirty (30) days from the Owner receiving date of the invoice for payment request. k. Payment will be mailed by the United States Postal Service and no payment will be hand delivered to the Video Board Contractor by the Owner. 13. Contract period —100 consecutive calendar days from Notice to Proceed 14. Questions — Open to floor. 15. Site Visit. �. I NM MN • — • MN I MO • NM N I • — — • PROJECT: DATE: LOCATION: CITY OF CLEARWATER MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING SIGN IN SHEET PARKS & RECREATION DEPARTMENT BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORK FIELD VIDEO BOARD PROJECT NO. 12- 0030 -PR FRIDAY, AUGUST 22, 2012 TIME: 1:30 P.M. BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORK FIELD, CONFERENCE ROOM — 601 OLD COACHMAN RD. NORTH. - CLEARWATER, FL 33756 Department/Consultant /Company Name (Print) Representative's Name (Print) Phone No., E -Mail Address, Fax: (Print) Time of Sign -In 1. CITY OF CLEARWATER PARKS & REC. DEPT LEROY CHIN Phone: 727- 224 -7101 1:30 PM E- Mail :_Leroy.chin @myclearwater.com Fax: 727 -562 -4856 2. Aillie5 — f� /_ ' �v�1� / /�1 Off' %R�e., Phone: 72-1 b j- 7b G� E -Mail: '. ..' .: ..nl �, i ....1- �,a. �.' C. Fax: lvi At /42_ - iiimg Ci1,1 G4. ic? ;-w4 3. ' }c �, 1 e ; '17« . � 4 t1., ,,.5,I- Phone: e -ri- ,/Hq - v 13`f i 2 3': 7, , E -Mail: +w�,a} .c...+, bi -,�- 4 �.. w, c-t•e 7rw =4'er , ..., Fax: 12 -A7 - - 4 4 t5G 4. 4 if( e j f - K i° C._ t Ff?()I Phone: 7,„2? -C. �t ! - cc- 74./ l E- Mail: „- -)N l _ 3 C2.' /2,c) !c oL. -, Fax: 5. /(,(// `, AG h4 f x.vir1e h Phone: 021s`- 6..as -- 9/83- E -Mail: 'yG r ma.-, R.. [r...4.,11 c , cam Fax: 6. r i t t ,. - Phone: E -Mail: /'iii C` Fax: „1 acs 7. F j .� S Phone: 7J-7 - 7102 - 99 I I E -Mail: IAr\sC •Threstv-sbi ,I(.(<.�.. Fax: 7.2-7- . ^ - ) i 2 - '-C -Vrd hill ' S 8. , l` G7 tit -a Phone: 72 712 - 4404 t i lin . OM • • = MI NM • NM • • • MN • — N MN I NM PROJECT: DATE: LOCATION: CITY OF CLEARWATER MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING SIGN IN SHEET PARKS & RECREATION DEPARTMENT BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORK FIELD VIDEO BOARD PROJECT NO. 12- 0030 -PR FRIDAY, AUGUST 22, 2012 TIME: 1:30 P.M. BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORK FIELD, CONFERENCE ROOM — 601 OLD COACHMAN RD. NORTH. - CLEARWATER, FL 33756 Department /Consultant/Company Name (Print) Representative's Name (Print) Phone No., E -Mail Address, Fax: (Print) Time of Sign -In ti. t' is i S /65'.040")/4- R rte , w Phone: (ci 2. 7.. 3 . `t t, 3 t4 E -Mail: �t "1 Y Cc' -i S • > .`� 5 i 0.--k {3 Fax: � • z.16ti- 3� r 12. C' 6,..."?"/9::: `,77 2:2,/,..„--__, _-- "( r Phone: ,z 3 c- ,y?/ () ,2 / - -Ce'(_ C' E- Mail: ('Lr,✓‘, . , P Fax: is / " C.�l - 9 4/C.— 13..0 r� -t-R„,9 N� Li L -. 'j. Phone: `) a`?-- - •2 4.x",3 ', `''rse_c, E- Mail: 3i (v\ (j -16. ,'3 m9" 1. (C ct-- , Fax: '7 .- 44' - 3 4. 14. �`?N cu4t `> M: w e. r\.1.Mi-r ob.: .:..., it..4 C Phone: Phone: 4 ,-T-2S2- 1 °6'511 E- Mail: c.‘t‘re.. Yc;'tvil "'ham k=D't`)r,t -ct ..Nte,. •rY -1.A Fax: (0\".5. .4.,o --t -i 1.1 Cot 15. 'r l4,p b0;LS &ra- cl eA9C -14e; �, Phone: E -M Fax: • 16. 0-;7-4 o. CA eri.'C 1,►Ja "` r� .0..{ ,� �^� -`'C Phone: C7RPO64' -'178 r� E -Mail: �� 1.4-e..-4.1- Mt 1 Ctt3a%l^,� .Fax: 'Z a ��. s�� --k-i1150 17. iphim E -Mail: Fax: 18. Phone: E- Mail: Fax: 19. Phone: E -Mail: Fax: 20 Phone: E- Mail: Fax: Pfl CAE 2, 2- DATE: SUBJECT: TO: ADDENDUM NO. 2 For BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 14- 0004 -PR August 19, 2014 CONTRACTOR PRE - QUALIFICATION INFORMATION Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Pre - Qualification: Per the original advertisement for the Bright House Networks Field — Video Boards Replacement (14- 0004 -PR) project: "However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of AUDIONIDEO LED DISPLAY BOARDS with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $1,000,000.00." The pre - qualification amount has been revised to $750,000. There will be no additional advertisement; however, Section I of the Contract Documents has been revised to reflect this change. Contract Documents: Delete Section I in its entirety and replace with Section I as qualification amount has been revised, as noted above. In the Appendix, Delete Pre - Qualification Application in Qualification Application as provided in Addendum No. 2. The category of: "Other: Video, Scoring & Display Systems" has been revised to the category of: "Other: AudioNideo LED Display Boards ". provided in Addendum No. 2. The pre- its entirety and replace with the Pre- The City will adjust those applications that have been received in the "Other: Video, Scoring & Display Systems" to the revised category. THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager Clearwater Instructions to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects In order to be eligible to bid for City of Clearwater construction projects a contractor must be prequalified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division. The purpose of pre - qualification is to provide the City with reasonable assurance that your organization has the financial assets, resources, work force and work experience to successfully complete construction contract agreements with the City. If your company is interested in becoming prequalified or wishes to reapply for pre - qualification please fill out the attached application. In order for your application to be considered complete and begin the approval process you will need to submit all of the following items with your application. You may send your information packet to Parks, Planning and Project Manager prior to the Mandatory Pre -bid Meeting or bring to the Mandatory Pre -bid Meeting. Failure to submit Pre - Qualification the vendor will automatically eliminated from consideration: The Clearwater Threshers, the Philadelphia Phillies and the City of Clearwater are seeking to establish a long -term partnership with a scoring and video vendor. In order to ensure that the company chosen to work with has the Owner's long -term interests in mind, the following will be required in order to bid. Owner may choose to waive or enforce these items at the Owner's sole discretion. Failure to submit written responses to ALL of these requirements will automatically eliminate a vendor from consideration. A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: At least 5 years experience in the production of specified products or as approved by the Owner. B. Installer's Qualifications information to be provided with Bid Response. Firm experienced in the installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project; and meet the following criteria: 1. At least five years experience with equipment and systems of the specified types. 2. Experience with at least six comparable scale Minor League Baseball, NCAA Div I or MLB ballparks construction projects within the last three years. 3. Maintain a fully staffed and equipped U.S. service facility. 4. With the bid return, the potential Installer shall demonstrate that he has: a. Adequate plant and equipment to complete the work. b. Scoring software appropriate for MLB games and automated statistical record keeping. Provide print outs of representative software screens and identify third party services (e.g. Radar Gun, Sportsticker, Fox Sports, etc.) that have been successfully integrated in past projects. Provide locations where electronic captioning equipment has been successfully integrated in past projects with photos of displays. c. Adequate staff with commensurate technical experience. d. Suitable financial status to meet the obligations of the work. e. Hourly fee for software /animation programming. f. References from three (3) or more users of stadium similar display and software control systems provided by Installer. g. List of structural, electrical, HVAC and other subcontractors, including engineering and trade contractors intended to do the work. C. Installer must provide financial records for the previous three years. (City policy dictates that we return this item to you after the approval process is completed. We do not make copies or retain this financial information. If you submit electronically the file will be deleted following approval.) D. Installer must provide a list of a minimum of six (6) facilities where similar Bidder - proposed video product is installed. E. Installer must provide existing MLB and MiLB customer list referencing implemented video technology and integrated scoring solution. This submittal shall also include references and project information for all systems referenced above, including: 1. Contact person name, telephone number, and email address. 2. Display system name and location of operations control center (project name /number). 3. Display quantity. 4. Display commissioning date (first date of successful on -site operation). 5. LED display size (lines of resolution WIDE x lines of resolution HIGH). KM 8/05/14 -- 6. Display housing access. F. Provide a toll -free help desk number accessible at all times. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G. Installer must have company employed technicians located within 2 hours of Bright House Field to ensure Owner the very best in maintenance response H. Three letters of reference, on the owner's letterhead, written within the past three years, that includes the contractor's performance on a specific project. The letter should include a brief description of the project, start and end dates, dollar amount of contract and owner comments on the quality of workmanship and satisfaction of work completed. I. List of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates name and contact information of project owner representative. J. A copy of all current contractor licenses. Pre - qualification status lasts for three (3) years from approval date and is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category in conjunction with larger project work. Included in the application are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre - qualification approval. To receive approval in a particular construction category, your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's completed project list. In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources, and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient work force or insufficient resources will not be approved for pre - qualification or will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm pre - qualification status before a bid opening. Application and submittal items may be sent to Leroy Chin prior to Pre -bid Meeting and will also be accepted at the Mandatory Pre Bid Meeting on Friday, August 22, 2014 1:30 — 3:00 PM for Bright House Network Field — Video Boards Replacement - Contract No. 14- 0030 -PR. address information package to: Leroy Chin Park, Planning & Project Manager City of Clearwater — Parks & Recreation Department. P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 Peter J. Welsh, PE, SE PRINCIPAL, DIRECTOR OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING EwingCole Federal Reserve Bank Building 100 N. 6th Street Philadelphia, PA 19106 -1590 If you have any questions during this process please contact the Leroy Chin at 727 - 562 -4856 (Desk) 727 - 224 -7101 (Cell) or e-mail Leroy.Chinamyclearwater.com. KM 8/05/14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Application to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects Contractor Firm Name: Contact Person Name & Title: Mailing Address: Cit , State & Zip: Contact Phone Number: E -mail Address: Fax Number: Company Website: Type of Organization (Individual, Corporation, Partnership, etc.): Date organization began under present name: Other names and dates organization has existed as: List of Organization Leadership (President, Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer, Partners, etc.): References: 1 Contractor's License Number Individual Holding License: Issuing Authority: Classification of License: attach copy): Number of Full time employees directly on applicants payroll: I Present value and type of all construction and operational equipment directly owned by the applicant (Information may be obtained from most recent financial statement and include long term lease /purchase equipment): Type: I Value: I Has your firm ever failed to complete work awarded to you? If so, where and why? The information in this application and all attachments included with the application is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Organization Name: Print Name and Title: Date Signed: KM 8/05/14 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • The pre - qualification to bid limitation is an amount of dollars equal to the amount of the largest single construction protect which has been successfully completed by the Contractor. • This amount is limited to the particular construction categories in which the Contractor is approved to perform work. • The Contractor may request an adjustment after successfully completing larger construction projects or providing evidence where two or more similar projects were completed by the Contractor at the same time. The combined amount of these simultaneous projects may be more than the largest single project accomplished to increase your bid limit. This amount will be considered as the pre - qualification amount up to an amount equal to 150% of the largest single project amount. • Pre - qualification amounts and categories may be limited as warranted by the City's experience with the Contractor's construction projects. • Please attach a list of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project representative. Largest Single Project COMPLETED: Amount of Contract: Start and End Dates: Type of Work: Owner /Representative: Address: Phone Number: Email Address: • Pre - qualification is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category as part of larger project work. • To receive approval in a particular construction category your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's attached competed project list. • In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient workforce or resources will not be approved and will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. The following are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking nra_ni,alifir_afinn annrnval_ Asphaltic Concrete Resurfacing Landscape and Irrigation Bridge Construction and Modification Marine Construction Commercial Buildings Marine Dredging Commercial Swimming Pools Roadway and Parking Lot Construction Concrete Flat Work (curbs, walks, courts, etc.) Sanitary Pump Station Construction Management Services Sanitary and Storm Sewers Demolition Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work Design Build Stormwater Management Construction Electrical Tennis Courts Excavation /Site Work Traffic Signalization Fiber Optic Urban Streetscape Gunite Restoration Wastewater & Water Treatment Facilites Horizontal Directional Drilling Water and Force Mains Industrial Painting Well Construction Other: AudioNideo LED Display Boards KM 8/05/14 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 14- 0030 -PR CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com /cityprojects, ON Monday, August 11, 2014, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of LEFT FIELD MAIN LED VIDEO DISPLAY BOARD REPLACEMENT — RIGHT FIELD BASELINE FASCIA DISPLAY BOARD; TOGETHER WITH NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE for all prospective bidders will be held on Friday, August 22, 2014, at 1:30 -3:00 PM, at Bright House Networks Field, Conference Room at the Phillies Administrative Office, 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater, FL 33756. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 31t Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 10, 2014. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. 14- 0030 -PR A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of AUDIO/VIDEO LED DISPLAY BOARDS with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $750,000.00. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10) work days prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4633 Section I.docx Page 1 of 1 3/1/2013 ADDENDUM NO. 1 For BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT 14-0004-EN DATE: August 13, 2014 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: Contract Documents Revised Section V: Delete Section V in its entirety and replace with new Section V provided in this Addendum. Revised Section IVa: Insert "Painting Specification ", as provided in this Addendum, into the beginning of Section IVa. Delete Page "1 of 54" in its entirety and replace with Page "1 of 54" as provided in this Addendum. END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager Page 1 of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SEC ION 11;63 10 - VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL Work under this Contract includes all installation labor, materials, tools, transportation services, supervision, coordination, engine tg, etc., necessary to complete the installation of the Video, Scoring and Display Systems, as described in these specifications. The systems shall be called the "Display System" and the installer the "Display System Installer ". be work specified herein is performance based. This requires the Installer to provide lI subsequent design and engineering, to meet the requirements ofthis Performance Specification. The drawingstrenderings included with this specification convey general system concepts. The plans do not show complete and accurate building details. The Installer is responsible for making field survey and measurements necessary to establish exact locations, relationships, load capacities necessary for the installation of these systems. C. Display system installer is required to coordinate design and during installation with any Owner contractor providing additional signage, ornamental steel, etc, on the vicinity of the specified displays. Note that Owner provided signage or decorative elements may surround displays. D. The Video, Scoring and Matrix Systems include the following major item. I . Left Field Main Display Assembly a. LED Video Display b. Existing naming rights, facility or team identification signage and exi advertising panels. c. Time and Temperature Display Right Field Baseline Fascia Display 3. Scoring and control components including console 4. Video Scoring Display Control System 5, Alternates Pricing 6. Operations and maintenance training 7. Event Support 1 1 E. The Contract also includes: 1. Structural and electrical engineering for displays. 2. MEP engineering as required for complete scope of work. Development of final design drawings. Submission to the Owner's Repro for approval. Submission of all information required by public agencies. All necessary construction and sign permits, State of Florida Registered Engineers' stamp on all structural, attachment, .c` ONAL 11 63 10 - 1 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 SCOREBOARD REPAINTING Prepared for: Brian Keane PE SECB McCarthy and Associates tmkeane @aol.com 727 - 641 -3151 Jeffrey Walker The Sherwin Williams Company 813- 394 -4894 swrep6784 @sherwin.com July 17, 2014 Section 09900 - Painting Page 1 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 Part 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Owner will provide final Scope of Work. B. Scope of work includes: 1. Chlorinating exterior building surfaces followed by pressure washing at a minimum 3000 p.s.i., sealant removal and replacement per paint spec, sealants shall be applied at all 90 degree corners per engineer recommendation, priming of exterior and application of exterior topcoat. One building will be painted. The exterior colors will be the same. 1.2 PRE -BID CONFERENCE A. A pre -bid conference of all intended bidders, owner's representative(s), project attached specifiers (i.e., engineer or architect) and Sherwin Williams representative(s) to review specifications, owner's final scope of work and establish project requirements of all parties involved. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in exterior waterproofing, commercial, residential, multi -story and multi - family painting. B. Submit with bid a minimum of five references of successfully completed projects of similar magnitude and complexity, to include BUILDING /COMPLEX NAME: BUILDING ADDRESS: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Continued) Section 09900 - Painting Page 2 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 TELEPHONE NUMBER: BUILDING /RESIDENT MANAGER: BOARD MEMBER OR OFFICER: EXTERIOR FINISH COATING SYSTEM: C. Include a copy of license, if required by local governing authority and applicable insurance documents. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame /fuel /smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.5 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. Provide to prevent public entry, to protect existing trees and plants, to provide for owners use of site, to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage and to protect products and finished work from inclement weather as conditions warrant. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING A. Maintain areas under contractor's control free of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site periodically and dispose of off -site, conforming to applicable regulations for disposal of debris. C. Maintain disposal area in an orderly manner; prevent run -off into waterways or onto adjacent properties. 1.7 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products immediately upon delivery, in accordance with Sherwin Williams product data sheets. All materials used on job shall be stored in a single place designated and agreed upon by the project management's representative. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Section 09900 - Painting Page 3 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 A. Do not apply exterior coatings during inclement weather or when air or substrate surface temperature is below Sherwin Williams recommendations, unless otherwise recommended by Sherwin Williams representative. B. Provide lighting level of 80 foot - candles measured mid - height at substrate surface. 1.9 FIELD SAMPLES A. A job site standard of the specified surface prep, surface conditioner, and finish executed by the contractor of record prior to project commencement is strongly suggested for the purpose of satisfying owner's approval. Provide field sample panel 2 feet long by 2 feet wide illustrating surface preparation, coating color, color coverage, texture and finish. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the work, if surface is properly prepared. 1.10 PAYMENT SCHEDULE Payment draw schedule will be arranged between the owner's representative and painting contractor. Sherwin Williams will be provided a copy of the schedule and notification of payments by the owner. Sherwin Williams will set up an account specific to this project. Upon each draw, Sherwin Williams shall receive payment toward the account balance and will, in return, issue a "Partial Release of Lien" from the supplier. Part 2 — PRODUCTS Section 09900 - Painting Page 4 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 2.1 COLORS A. A sample of each color shall be applied to the building for color approval by the project management's representative. Part 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Verify substrate moisture content does not exceed recommended "dry" condition. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General 1. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures as recommended by Sherwin Williams and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 2. For more detailed information, see manuals and publications of standard industry procedures provided by organizations such as the following: a. American Institute of Architects (AIA). b. Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). d. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA). e. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC). f. Sealant Waterproofing Restoration Institute (SWRI). 3. Remove or protect items not to be finish painted. After completion of painting in each space or area, reinstall removed items. B. Mildew Treatment Section 09900 - Painting Page 5 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1 Solution concentration shall be 1 part water to 3 parts chlorine. Work solution into cracks, joints and textured surfaces with clean, stiff - bristle scrub brush. Workers should wear rubber gloves and safety goggles. Avoid skin contact and wash with soap and water when through. Allow the solution to remain on the surface for ten minutes followed by a clean water rinse. C. Pressure Washing 1. All vertical and horizontal surfaces designated in scope of work will be pressure washed for the complete removal of all mildew, chloride (salts), dust, dirt, grease, oil, loose particles, laitance, loose /peeling /blistering coatings and foreign materials. 2. The most effective method to accomplish the necessary results is the application of high pressure water blasting applied at horizontal and vertical overlapping sweeps completed at no more than 6 — 12" away from the surface. At no time will the operator attempt to wash at a distance of more than 12" away from the substrate. 3. Concrete, Masonry and Stucco Substrates: The pressure necessary to accomplish the above requirements is 3000 p.s.i. or above with a properly sized fan tip on well adhered coatings and /or an oscillating tip on marginally adhered and peeling coatings. 4. Metal Surfaces: Use 3000 p.s.i. or above with a fan or oscillating tip. 5. Wood Substrates: Use 1500 p.s.i. with a flat fan tip. 6. The unit's delivery flow at the nozzle must be between 4.5 — 7.0 gallons a minute. Local water supply should be verified with an empty 5- gallon pail and a watch with a second hand. 7 After pressure washing and mildew treatment check several areas for surface chalk and efflorescence. If chalk remains, re -wash affected areas, and allow to dry. Apply surface conditioner to obtain a slight angular sheen on the entire surface. D. Sealing Chalk and Efflorescence 1. Verify powder residue on surface is either chalking due to Section 09900 - Painting Page 6 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 weathering or alkalinity, or efflorescence. Localized powdery spots on cementitious surfaces usually indicates efflorescence or high alkalinity. A few drops of muriatic acid applied to the powdery surface will react to efflorescence by bubbling; no reaction to chalk. 2. After pressure washing and mildew treatment, allow surface to dry thoroughly and check several areas of each surface for chalk and efflorescence. 3. Apply surface conditioner appropriate to degree of chalk remaining, determined as follows: Chalk ratings are as listed in ASTM 4214 -89, Test Method 659. a. Light Chalk: #8 on ASTM Photographic Standard. b. Moderate Chalk: #6 on ASTM Photographic Standard. c. Heavy Chalk: #4/2 on the ASTM Photographic Standard. 4. Apply surface conditioner solution with brush, roller, airless or pressure sprayer. For heavy chalk, work surface conditioner thoroughly into surface with brush. 5. Allow to dry according to label directions before proceeding. 6. Recheck for chalk after surface conditioner is dry. Surface conditioner should be applied to obtain a slight angular sheen on the entire surface. 7 Topcoat surface conditioner within 7 days after overnight dry. E. Sealants 1. Install Stampede Urethane sealants at all specified transitions of the building's exterior wall envelope to protect from air and moisture infiltration, by removing and replacing ALL existing sealants according to SWRI (Sealant Waterproofing Restoration Institute) and ASTM C 1521 -02a, Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints: examples of areas to look for a. Sealants that are in adhesive failure. b. Sealants that are in cohesive failure. c. Sealants with a loss of sealant properties. d. Substrates cohesive failure with sealants attached. 2. Install specified sealant STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE Section 09900 - Painting Page 7 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 SEALANT at all transitions listed, and to all transitions where they have been omitted previously, unless specifically excluded by Owner or Owner's representative in writing. This includes, but is not limited to: door, window and fixture penetrations and perimeters; windowsills, joints and perimeters of decorative stucco bands, quoins, joints at wall to wall (i.e., inside corners created by changes in direction of joining surfaces); flashing details; control joints and between separating dissimilar materials at expansion joints, etc.; and work provided by others including attachments or intrusions when penetrating exterior coating system (i.e., downspouts, screen enclosures, railings attached to sidewalls, etc.). Sealant installed over existing sealant is strictly forbidden. 3. Prior to sealant application: a. Remove all old sealant with a caulk cutter only using caution not to damage the substrate and brush clean all residuals. Bridging /band- application over any existing sealants is unacceptable. Dispose of all cleaning residuals /old sealant, etc. in accordance with all local and state EPA/city /county requirements. b. Seal stucco with surface conditioner and allow to dry. c. Fit with backer rod or bond breaker (where necessary to control maximum depth of /2" and /or to prevent three (3) sided adhesion. 4. Install specified sealant STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE SEALANT. Sealant must be installed according to the manufacturer's directions. All sealant must be installed to maintain the proper width to depth ratio. All sealant will maintain a minimum of /2" width and have a minimum of 1/4" intimate contact with the prepared substrate(s). 5. All sealant will be no more than 1/2" in depth, and no more than 1" in width except for multi- component high - performance sealant. Transitions that have anticipated movement will or where sealant depth may exceed �/2" will have bond breaker tape or backer rod installed to prevent three (3) sided adhesion. 6. Expansion joints will use specified two part urethane sealants and will be installed only after proper mixing procedures. All sealant details will be tooled immediately after installation with the correct sized sealant tool. F. Ferrous Metal Section 09900 - Painting Page 8 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1. After pressure washing, mildew treatment and chloride (salts) removal, ferrous metals will be solvent cleaned in accordance with the Society of Protective Coatings Standard, SSPC SP -1. Change cleaning rags often. Dispose of all rags in accordance with local, state and EPA regulations. 2. Any existing rust or loose and failed coatings will be removed by conscientious hand and power tool cleaning, according to SSPC- SP2 /3. Hand or power sand all existing gloss surfaces in order to promote the adhesion of the specified primer /finish. Remove all sanding residuals. 3. All residue produced by grinding and chipping will be completely removed from the surface and surrounding area prior to any other procedure. 4. Any area that presents difficulty in reaching will be treated with the specified rust conversion primer, applied by label direction. Rust must be present for the converter to perform as formulated by converting ferrous oxide (rust) to a stable iron complex. 5. Pay particular attention to back -to -back angles, bolt configurations and all welds. "Stripe coat" all welds and allow primer to dry prior to complete prime coat installation. 6. Surface temperature must be 5° F above critical dew point prior to any coatings procedure. G. Galvanized Metals 1. After pressure washing, mildew treatment and removal of chloride (salts) residue, remaining oxidized or deteriorated coating will be removed by power tool sanding or wire brushing. 2. Lightly sand to remove existing gloss and ensure primary bond of the Sherwin Williams coatings system. 3. Clean all surfaces to be painted by solvent wiping with approved solvent compatible with specified system and allow to dry prior to any other procedure. Remove all sanding residuals. 4. Prime any bare galvanized metal. Convert any rust — see "Ferrous Metals." H. Miscellaneous Equipment — Roof fixtures, fire boxes, mechanical /electrical fixtures, boxes and piping. Section 09900 - Painting Page 9 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1. After pressure washing and mildew treatment, sand, scrape and wire brush remaining loose paint. 2. Replace rusty fasteners. 3. Prime rust and prime bare metal. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample panel 4 feet long by 4 feet wide illustrating coating color, color coverage, texture and finish. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the work, if surface is properly prepared. 3.5 APPLICATION Coatings should be applied based on specified wet mil film thicknesses to achieve suggested dry film thicknesses. Spread rates available on Sherwin Williams product data sheets and product labels should be used as a guideline for material estimates. Given the available data, it is the responsibility of the applicator to determine spread rates based on surface textures, profiles and porosity after required preparation. The contractor shall also be responsible for determining the number of finish coats to provide satisfactory hide and coverage without compromising the finish and performance characteristics of the products. Sherwin Williams shall not be held responsible for any quantity estimates. A. Apply products in accordance with Sherwin Williams recommendations. Section 09900 - Painting Page 10 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Verify surface temperature is within manufacturer's specified range. D. Apply each coat to film thickness as recommended by Sherwin Williams. E. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. F. Apply exterior coatings using brush and roll method, unless approved otherwise by Owner. 3.6 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed or spattered. B. During progress of work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Collect waste, cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.7 MATERIALS AND PRIMERS (unless otherwise specified at system 3.8) A. Primer - Ferrous Metal: SW Macropoxy Pre Prime 920 B. High- Performance Primer — Ferrous Metal: SW Macropoxy 646 Fast Cure Epoxy applied at 7 -13.5 mils wet/5 -10 mils dry. Follow all label directions. C. Sealant — STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE SEALANT. D. Sealants — Expansion Joints: Per engineer's specification. E. Backer Rod and Bond Breaker: Compatible with adjacent surfaces and materials; to suit application. Backer rod is best placed with tools specifically designed to control depth to 'A ". F Solvent Cleaner: See data sheet for appropriate solvent for each product. G. Accessory Materials: Paint additives, thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; of commercial quality. Section 09900 - Painting Page 11 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 3.8 FINISH SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES Coatings should be applied based on specified wet mil film thicknesses to achieve suggested dry film thicknesses. Spread rates available on Sherwin Williams product technical data sheets and product labels should be used as a guideline for material estimates. Given the available data, it is the responsibility of the applicator to determine spread rates based on surface textures, profiles and porosity after required preparation. The contractor shall also be responsible for determining the number of finish coats to provide satisfactory hide and coverage without compromising the finish and performance characteristics of the products. Sherwin Williams shall not be held responsible for any quantity estimates. WET FILM GAUGES MUST BE USED. A. Score Board Metal Supports Refer to Article 3.2 Preparation and 3.7 Materials and Primers. 1. Primer: SW MacroPoxy Pre Prime 920 2. Second Coat: SW MacroPoxy 646 3. Third Coat: SW MacroPoxy 646 4. Fourth Coat: SW Acrolon 218 NOTE: Follow all suggested coverage rates on product data pages Section 09900 - Painting Page 12 of 12 1 1 City of Clearwater, Florida BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (PROJECT No. 14- 0030 -PR) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (9900 PAINTING and 11 63 10 VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEMS) APPENDIX EWING COLE SKETCHES, STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, STRUCTURAL ASSESSMENT, GENERAL BUILDING PERMIT DRAWINGS, PRE - QUALIFICATION APPLICATION and INTERVIEW QUESTIONS, OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE INSTRUCTIONS AND SOIL BORING REPORT SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer 1 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT CONTRACT 14- 0030 -PR CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com /cityprojects, ON Monday, August 11, 2014, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of LEFT FIELD MAIN LED VIDEO DISPLAY BOARD REPLACEMENT — RIGHT FIELD BASELINE FASCIA DISPLAY BOARD; TOGETHER WITH NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE for all prospective bidders will be held on Friday, August 22, 2014, at 1:30 -3:00 PM, at Bright House Networks Field, Conference Room at the Phillies Administrative Office, 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater, FL 33756. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 10, 2014. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. 14- 0030 -PR A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of AUDIO/VIDEO LED DISPLAY BOARDS with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $1,000,000.00. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10) work days prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4633 Section I.docx Page 1 of 1 3/1/2013 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 r r 1 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6 CONTRACT TIME 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19 BID PROTEST 8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SectionII.docx i 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.myclearwater.com /cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid /proposal form is available only to pre - qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre - qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirements information is also available on City of Clearwater Website at address: www.mycIearwater.com /gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin /Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical SectionII.docx Page 1 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre -bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Sectionll.docx Page 2 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Sectionll.docx Page 3 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5 "x11" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and Sectionll.docx Page 4 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionlI.docx Page 5 of 9 7/29/2013 Section 1I — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Optiion, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (3) SectionIl.docx Page 6 of 9 7/29/2013 (5) Section II — Instructions to Bidders Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5 The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must Sectionll.docx Page 7 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. Sectionll.docx Page 8 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 y 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction - related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best Management Practices. References EPA website Sectionll.docx Page 9 of 9 7/29/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t t 1 1 t SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS i 1 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 7 3.1 INTENT 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2 INSURANCE 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 14 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES 15 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 Sectionlll.docxx i 7/7/2014 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8 PERMITS 17 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES 18 6.11 DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: 23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION 24 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 7 OTHER WORK 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 24 7.2 COORDINATION 25 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 25 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 35 Sectionlll.docxx ii 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 A t 1 i 1 1 1 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 36 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION 37 1 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38 1 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38 I 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 40 I17.2 GIVING NOTICE 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 I 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION 41 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 41 1 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 41 19 MATERIAL USED 41 1 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION 42 I 21.1 SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2 TITLE AND OWNER RISK 42 21.3 CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 42 I21.4 ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 43 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 I 22.1 GENERAL 44 22.2 EXAMPLE 44 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 45 1 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 45 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 45 I 23.3 FIXED SIGN 45 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS 45 23.5 SIGN COLORING 46 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT 46 I 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE 46 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 47 I 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 47 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA 1 1 AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 48 Sectionlll.docxx iii 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionllLdocxx Page 1 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent Sectionlll.docxx Page 2 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 t Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Liens Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SectionllI.docxx Page 3 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Sectionlll.docxx Page 4 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable Sectionlll.docxx Page 5 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as -built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionIll.docxx Page 6 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. Sectionlll.docxx Page 7 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. Sectionlll.docxx Page 8 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily Sectionlll.docxx Page 9 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIll.docxx Page 10 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIll.docxx Page 10 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. Sectionlll.docxx Page 11 of 51 7/7/2014 Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. Sectionlll.docxx Page 11 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed Section111.docxx Page 12 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. Sectionlll.docxx Page 13 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. Sectionlll.docxx Page 14 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. Sectionlll.docxx Page 15 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. Sectionlll.docxx Page 16 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shalt instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when Section111.docxx Page 17 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The SectionIll.docxx Page 18 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not Sectionlll.docxx Page 19 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up blueline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction Sectionlll.docxx Page 20 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix Sectionlll.docxx Page 21 of 51 7/7/2014 6. Section III — General Conditions GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. Sectionlll.docxx Page 22 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22 height of .010 times the plot scale. height of .008 .5 °, and a text 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 " =20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail address Thomas.Mahony @myClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. SectionlIl.docxx Page 23 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub - contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.15CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. Sectionlll.docxx Page 24 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. Sectionlll.docxx Page 25 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's Sectionlll.docxx Page 26 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. SectionlIl.docxx Page 27 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) Sectionlll.docxx Page 28 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section II1 — General Conditions after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. Sectionlll.docxx Page 29 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. SectionIll.docxx Page 30 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these Sectionlll.docxx Page 31 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been SectionIll.docxx Page 32 of 51 7/7/2014 Section 111 — General Conditions eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree Sectionlll.docxx Page 33 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article, for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and Sectionlll.docxx Page 34 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and /or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all Liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. SectionlIl.docxx Page 35 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Sectionlll.docxx Page 36 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and Sectionlll.docxx Page 37 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Sectionlll.docxx Page 38 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. SectionlIl.docxx Page 39 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 15.3CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. SectionlIl.docxx Page 40 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 17.3NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor /Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and /or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael.Pryor@myClearwater.com 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. Sectionlll.docxx Page 41 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1 SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner - purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in SECTION V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, and materials for consideration as ODP materials (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copies of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials. Invoices for ODP materials shall be issued to the Owner in care of the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3 CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the SectionllI.docxx Page 42 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non - payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for materials delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and /or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice and additional information, if available, to the Owner for payment within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non - conformities in ODP materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials. Sectionlll.docxx Page 43 of 51 7/7/2014 Section I11 — General Conditions 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and /or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and /or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and /or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property Sectionlll.docxx Page 44 of 51 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section III — General Conditions owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. 23.2TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. SectionlIl.docxx Page 45 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 23.5SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SectionlIl.docxx Page 46 of 51 7/7/2014 Section I1I — General Conditions 23.8TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: - — rwater F, T Pcs Tvv fir 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Sectionlll.docxx Page 47 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. Sectionlll.docxx Page 48 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. Sectionlll.docxx Page 49 of 51 7/7/2014 Section III — General Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation SectionlIl.docxx Page 50 of 51 7/7/2014 STATE OF COUNTY OF Section III — General Conditions The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 201, by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did /did not take an oath. Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SectionIII.docxx Page 51 of 51 7/7/2014 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 9 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 10 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 10 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS 10 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA 11 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 11 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 11 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS 11 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 11 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 13 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 13 6 CONCRETE 14 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 14 7.1 EXCAVATION 14 7.2 FORMS 14 8 REINFORCEMENT 14 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 15 9 OBSTRUCTIONS 15 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 15 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 16 12 DEWATERING 16 12.1 GENERAL 16 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 17 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 17 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY 17 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 19 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE 19 13.2 PRECAST TYPE 20 SectionlV.docx i 11/26/2013 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 20 13.3 DROP MANHOLES 20 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS 20 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS 20 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 21 14 BACKFILL 21 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 21 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE 1 STRUCTURES 21 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 22 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 22 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 22 18 UNDERDRAINS 22 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 22 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 19 STORM SEWERS 23 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION 23 19.2 TESTING 23 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 24 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 20.1 MATERIALS 24 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 24 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 25 20.2 INSTALLATION 25 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 25 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 25 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS - 26 20.4 TESTING 26 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 26 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS 26 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 26 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 27 21 DRAINAGE 27 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 27 22.1 BASE 27 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 28 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 29 22.2 SUBGRADE 29 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 29 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 29 1 1 1 1 1 SectionlV.docx ii 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 29 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 29 23.1.1 AGGREGATE 29 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 30 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 30 23.3 ASPHALT MD( DESIGNS AND TYPES 30 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 31 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 31 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 32 23.6.1 CRACKS 32 23.6.2 POTHOLES 32 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 32 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 33 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 33 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 34 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT 34 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 34 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 35 25.1 IRRIGATION 35 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION 35 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 36 25.1.3 EXECUTION 40 25.2 LANDSCAPE 44 25.2.1 GENERAL 44 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 49 25.2.3 EXECUTION 52 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 59 26.1 INTENT 59 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 59 26.3 MATERIALS 59 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 60 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 60 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION 60 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 61 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 61 26.9 PAYMENT 61 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 61 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 61 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 61 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 62 29 CONCRETE CURBS 62 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 62 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 62 SectionlV.docx iii 11/26/2013 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 62 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 62 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 62 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 63 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 63 31 SODDING 63 32 SEEDING 63 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 64 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 64 33.2 PRECAST TYPE 64 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 65 34 MATERIAL USED 65 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 65 36 STREET SIGNS 65 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 65 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO /VIDEO RECORDING 65 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 65 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 65 37.4 EQUIPMENT 65 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO 66 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO 66 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION 66 37.8 LIGHTING 66 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL 66 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX 67 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE 67 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 67 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 67 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 67 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 67 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 67 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES 68 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS 68 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES 68 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 68 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 69 38.9 MAINTENANCE 69 38.10 COMPLIANCE 69 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 72 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 72 SectionlV.docx iv 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 72 41.1 SCOPE 72 41.2 MATERIALS 73 41.2.1 GENERAL 73 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 73 41.2.3 GATE VALVES 75 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES 75 41.2.5 HYDRANTS 76 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES 77 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 77 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 77 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES 78 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 78 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 78 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 78 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 78 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 80 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 80 41.4 TESTS 81 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS 81 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST 81 41.5 STERILIZATION 81 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 81 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM 81 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 81 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 82 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS 82 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 82 41.6.1 GENERAL 82 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 83 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 83 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 83 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 83 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 84 43 TENNIS COURTS 84 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 84 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS 84 43.1.2 BASE COURSE 84 43.1.3 PRIME COAT 84 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE 84 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE 84 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 85 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 86 43.2.1 GENERAL 86 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 87 SectionlV.docx v 11/26/2013 43.2.3 SLOPE 87 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 88 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 88 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 88 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER 88 43.2.8 FENCING 89 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS 89 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 89 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE 91 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) 91 43.2.13 CONCRETE 91 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 91 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 92 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION 92 43.2.17 WARRANTY 92 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 93 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 93 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 93 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY 93 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 94 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS 94 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS 94 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 94 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 94 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 94 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 95 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 95 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 95 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 95 45.1 INTENT 95 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 96 45.3 MATERIALS 96 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 96 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 97 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION 97 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 97 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 97 45.9 PAYMENT 97 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 98 46.1 MATERIALS 98 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 98 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 98 46.1.3 SAMPLES 98 46.1.4 REJECTION 98 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS 98 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 99 SectionlV.docx vi 11/26/2013 1 1 1 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE 99 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS 99 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING 99 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE 99 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 99 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS 99 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION 99 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS 100 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER 100 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES 100 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED 100 46.4.7 BACKFILLING 101 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR 101 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS 101 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 101 47.1 SCOPE 101 47.2 MATERIALS 101 47.3 PIPE 101 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM 102 47.5 FITTINGS 102 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 102 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT 102 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE 102 48.3 COMPOSITION 102 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS 103 48.5 MATERIALS 103 48.6 WATER 103 48.7 REINFORCEMENT 103 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 103 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION 104 48.10 PROPORTIONING 104 48.11 MIXING 104 48.12 APPLICATION 104 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 105 48.14 SURFACE FINISH 105 48.15 CURING 105 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION 105 48.17 INSPECTION 106 48.18 EQUIPMENT 106 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 107 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT 107 49.2 PAYMENT 107 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 107 49.3.1 MATERIALS 107 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 108 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 108 SectionlV.docx vii 11/26/2013 49.4.1 MATERIALS 109 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 109 49.6 GROUTING MIX 109 49.7 LINER MIX 109 49.8 WATER 110 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS 110 49.10 EQUIPMENT 110 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 110 49.11.1 PREPARATION 110 49.11.2 MIXING 111 49.11.3 SPRAYING 111 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING 111 49.11.5 CURING 111 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 112 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 112 49.12.1 SCOPE 112 49.12.2 MATERIALS 112 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 114 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 116 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 116 51.1 SCOPE 116 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 117 51.2.1 ASPHALT 117 51.2.2 CONCRETE 117 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX 117 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 117 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE 118 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 118 51.6 PLAYING LINES 118 51.7 GENERAL 118 51.8 LIMITATIONS 118 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 119 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 119 53.1 MATERIAL 119 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 119 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: 121 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE 122 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 122 53.2 PERFORMANCE 122 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 123 54.1 SCOPE 123 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK 123 54.3 WORK METHODS 124 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING 124 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT 124 SectionlV.docx viii 11/26/2013 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 54.4 LITTER 124 54.5 VISUAL CHECK 124 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING 124 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) 124 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL 124 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL 125 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY 125 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION 125 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA 125 54.13 MULCH CONDITION 125 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR 125 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL 125 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION 125 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION 126 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE 126 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK 126 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 126 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 126 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 127 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 127 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 127 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 128 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 128 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 128 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 128 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING 128 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 129 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 129 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 129 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 129 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 129 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 129 57 RIPRAP 129 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 129 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 130 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY 130 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL 130 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR 'RAINING 130 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 130 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 131 60 SIGNING AND MARKING 131 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 131 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING 131 SectionlV.docx ix 11/26/2013 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 131 62 TREE PROTECTION 132 62.1 TREE BARRICADES 132 62.2 ROOT PRUNING 132 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING 133 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 134 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 134 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 134 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 134 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS 135 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 135 63.6 POSTING 135 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES 135 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 135 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS 135 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 135 SectionlV.docx x 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: The scope of work is a lump sum contract; there will be no additional funds provided for missing quantities or additional costs to perform the building construction works for this project as shown on the drawings and specifications. See Section 11 63 10 — Video, Scoring and Matrix Display System for additional information regards to scope of work. 1. List of Items for Submission with Bid Proposal A. Rendering of Left Field Main LED Display Assembly with Right Field Baseline Fascia Display with dimension and proposed display information. B. Breakdown of Design /Construction/Testing /Operate /Training total cost elements. i. All design and engineering, submission for permit and obtain approval ii. New LED video displays iii. Removal of existing left field main video display assembly, right field baseline fascia scoring display and all associated equipment. iv. Reinstating existing supporting structure or provide new support structure including painting v. Replacement of existing electrical infrastructure element vi. All modifications required in existing Control Room and operational elements for new boards vii. General Conditions — i.e., insurance, security, administration of contract viii. Bonds ix. Operation Testing and Training 2. BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and /or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.myClearwater.com /cityprojects, ON Monday, August 11, 2014, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. B. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER, 10, 2014. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. 14- 0030 -PR C. Bids received after time specified will not be considered or accepted. Telephoned or telegraphed bids will not be considered or accepted; conditional bids will not be considered or accepted. SectionlV.docx Page 1 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Owner may consider informal bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with provisions hereof and may waive any informalities in, or reject such bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to scheduled time for opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. E. No bid may be withdrawn within 45 calendar days after scheduled time for opening of bids. Owner will endeavor to award the contract within 45 calendar days after actual bid opening. 3. OBLIGATION OF BIDDER A. Submission of a bid shall presume that bidder has inspected site and has read and is thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including Addenda). Failure of bidder to receive or examine any form, instrument, or document shall in no way relieve bidder from obligation in respect to his bid. 4. MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE for all prospective bidders will be held on Friday, August 22, 2014 1:30 -3:00 PM, at Bright House Networks Field, - Conference Room at the Phillies Administrative Office - 601 Old Coachman R. North, Clearwater, FL 33756 . Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. A. The contact for the Phillies at the site: administrative John Timberlake Bright House Networks Field 601 Old Coachman Rd. North Clearwater, Florida 33765 Tele: 727 - 639 -7566 (cell) E -mail: jimberlake@threshersbaseball.com 5. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS A. No interpretation of meaning of Bidding Documents will be made to bidder orally. B. Request for interpretation should be in writing, by E -mail to: Leroy Chin Park, Planning & Project Manager City of Clearwater -Park & Recreation Department E -mail address: leroy.chin(cmyclearwater.com P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 and to be given consideration must be received prior to Tuesday, September 2, 2014 (12:00 Noon) no other questions will be received or answered after that date. C. Interpretations and supplemental instructions will be in form of written Addenda to Specifications will be notified by the City of Clearwater's Plan Room. SectionlV.docx Page 2 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Failure of bidder to receive such Addenda or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from obligation under his bid as submitted. E. Addenda so issued shall become part of Contract Documents. F. A copy of Addenda will be made available to each bidder through the City of Clearwater's Plan Room. 6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS A. The Clearwater Threshers, the Philadelphia Phillies and the City of Clearwater are seeking to establish a long -term partnership with a scoring and video vendor. In order to ensure that the company chosen to work with has the Owner's long -term interests in mind, the following will be required in order to bid. Owner may choose to waive or enforce these items at the Owner's sole discretion. Failure to submit written responses to ALL of these requirements will automatically eliminate a vendor from Consideration. B. See Appendix for Pre - Qualification Package the Video Board Contractor may submit the Pre - Qualification C. The Video Board Contractor shall be pre - qualified for a minimum of $1,000,000.00 in order to provide a bid proposal for the Bright House Networks Field Video Boards Replacement. D. Bright House Networks Field — Video Boards Replacement - Contract No. 14- 0030-PR. Application may be submitted prior to the Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting to the following address: Leroy Chin Park, Planning & Project Manager City of Clearwater -Park & Recreation Department P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 E. The last day the Owner will accept Pre - Qualification Information will be at the Mandatory Pre Bid Meeting on Friday, August 22, 2014 for Bright House Networks Field — Video Boards Replacement - Contract No. 14- 0030 -PR. F. If you have any questions during this process please contact the Leroy Chin at 727- 562 -4856 (Desk) 727 - 224 -7101 (Cell) or e-mail Leroy.Chin(a�myclearwater.com 7. We will notify the Video Board Contractor as to the amount of their Pre - qualifications, however, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm pre - qualification status before the bid opening. 8. BONDS A. Proposals shall be accompanied by a Bid Guarantee of not less than 10% of the amount of base bid, which may be a bid bond, certified check, cashier's check, made payable to Owner. SectiontV.docx Page 3 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Owner will require successful bidder to execute both a Performance Bond and a Labor each at least equal to 100% of total amount of accepted bid. Include cost of these bonds in Base Bid Sum. Throughout construction, the successful bidder will be required to revise his bonds to cover 100% of the actual total cost of construction. Successful bidder shall provide Owner with pertinent, current financial information. C. Forms for bonds herein referred to shall be American Institute of Architects Standard AIA forms, latest editions, and shall be a part of the Contract i. Bid Bond: AIA Form A310 ii. Performance Bond: AIA Form A312 D. Power of Attorney i. Attorneys -in -fact who sign bonds must file with bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their Power of Attorney. 9. BUILDING PERMIT A. The Video Board Contractor will be required to submit Video Board Structural/Electrical /Low Voltage Plans for the work to the City of Clearwater — Building Department for the Building Permit. The Video Board Structural/Electrical /Low Voltage Plans shall be submitted to Ewing Cole for review prior to submission for Building Permit. Owner will assist with this process to expedite the plan review process for the Building Permit. The Video Board Contractor will be required to fill out the Building Permit application and will be required to provide the following information: i. Company Name ii. State of Florida license holders name and number iii. Pinellas County Construction License Board card number 12600 Belcher Road, Suite 102 Largo, FL, 33773 — Phone No. 727 -582 -3100 iv. Occupational License of office in Florida if your company is not registered in the State of Florida your company will be required to submit Application for Business Tax Receipt. B. The Contractor shall be required to collect the building permit for this work from the City of Clearwater's Building Department. There is no fee for the permit from the City of Clearwater Building Dept. The Building Contractor shall develop a list of materials and shop drawings submittals required for the project. These two lists from the Building Contractor shall be provided to the Owner/Engineer at the pre - construction meeting. All material submittals and shop drawings on the two lists shall be submitted to the Engineer for his review within 15 days from Notice to Proceed date. 10. All material and shop drawings submittals submitted to the Engineer and may be filed electronically. 11. The Owner shall require three (3) hard copies and three (3) compact disk (of electronic files) of SectionlV.docx Page 4 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications each shop drawing, material submittal and shall be maintained by the contractor in separate file boxes by specification sections in file folders clearly marked item contained in the file folder. These documents shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project as part of the close out material documents. 12. Excel or Word file shall contain list of sub - contractors and material suppliers. This list shall be provided to the Owner/Engineer at the pre - construction meeting. These documents shall be updated and turned over to the owner at the completion of the project as part of the close out material documents. The hard copies shall be included as part of the close out documents as well as electronic files on the three (3)compact disk a list of sub - contractors, material vendors and clearly identify as to discipline of work with contact information such as contact person, addresses, telephone /cell/fax numbers, and e-mail addresses in a excel or word format. 13. The successful bidder shall be required to provide a detailed construction schedule outlining all work and minor and major milestones for the project and shown long lead items of materials delivery. This schedule shall be updated at each progress meeting. This schedule shall be provided at the pre - construction meeting. 14. Successful bidder shall provide at the pre - construction meeting company's hurricane plan; safety plan and emergency contact information. 15. The contractor shall be required to provide a tie in survey by a licensed land surveyor, the plan must be signed and sealed and submitted to the City of Clearwater Building Dept., Owner and Architect prior to the building going vertical by the Video Board Contractor. . 16. All discrepancies between the construction plans and the technical specifications shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer /Owner for clarification in writing prior to the Video Contractor in submitting his bidder's proposal for this project. After award of the contract any discrepancies brought to the attention to the Owner /Engineer and the most stringent of the discrepancy shall be utilized in the implementation of this project and no additional compensation will be provided by the Owner. 17. Contractor's staging area shall only be permitted in the area as directed by the Owner and will be reviewed on site and determined at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 18. The Video Contractor shall construct the project as shown according to the contract drawings and specifications. No deviations will be allowed from the Building Permitted construction drawings and specifications without prior approval by the Owner /Engineer. The Video Board Contractor is responsible for any deviations from the drawings even approved deviations as requested by the Video Board Contractor and approved by the Owner/Engineer. Any ramifications, because of the deviations from the approved Building Department's building permitted drawings requested by the Video Contractor, shall be Contractor's responsibility and no additional funds will be provided by the Owner because of unforeseen items at time of approval by the Owner /Engineer for the deviations from the approved building permitted drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Video Board Contractor to make all submittals building permit amendments to the Building Dept. to obtain final certification of completion to close out the project and building permit. 19. The Video Board Contractor shall provide one project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. Site location of the project sign will be determined at the pre- construction meeting and shall be installed by the Video Board Contractor one SectionlV.docx Page 5 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications week after notice to proceed start date. The Video Board Contractor shall provide hard copy of the project sign to the Owner for approval at the pre - construction meeting for approval by the Owner. Project sign shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 20. THRESHOLD INSPECTIONS A. The Owner has selected and employed a special inspector to perform structural inspections in accordance with Florida Statute 553.79. Mikc McCarthy, P. E. McCarthy & Associates 2555 Nursery Road, Suite 101 Clearwater, FL 33764 -3080 emm(a,mccarthyassoc.com Business Phone: (727) 536 -8772 Business Fax: (727) 538 -9125 21. PAYMENT WILL BE PEFORMED AS FOLLOWS FOR THE PROJECT: A. At the preconstruction conference the Video Board Contractor shall provide a schedule of value for the work on AIA Document G702, this schedule of value shall be used to establish periodic payment for the work completed by the Video Board Contractor. B. The Video Board Contractor shall invoice AIA Document G702 along with schedule of values for the work completed on the 25th of each month. C. The Video Board Contractor shall provide a preliminary draft of his payment request to the Owner a week prior to the actual due date of invoice for review. D. The invoice shall be on AIA form showing invoice number, the total value of the contract (base value of the contract less contingency) amount of payment request. E. On a separate document the Video Board Contractor shall provide schedule payment amounts to sub - contractors and material suppliers of the invoice application for payment. This document will be utilized to request partial lien wavers for the next invoice application for payment. Partial lien wavers from sub - contractors and material suppliers and the Video Board Contractor shall be submitted along with next month's invoice application for payment. If partial lien waivers are not provided with the invoice application for payment, the Owner will not process payment requests until all partial lien waivers are submitted. F. No payment will be made for more than work completed by Video Board Contractor. G. The Owner will determine amount completed based on the schedule of value and the physical work completed on site. H. Detail particulars of invoicing shall be worked out on the submission of the first invoice, and remaining invoices will follow the same format. I. There will be a ten percent (10 %) retainage of the contract value at each pay request and shall be reflected on each pay application. SectionlV.docx Page 6 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications i. This retainage shall be paid in two phases: ii. Substantial completion is when Building Permit is closed out and punch list items are completed, five percent (5 %) may be requested and all lien wavers must be submitted from sub - contractors and material suppliers with the invoice application for payment with partial lien waver from the Video Board Contractor. iii. Final payment of remaining five percent (5 %) of retainage is during close out of the project, confirmation that all close out material has been submitted and all work is completed including closeout documents to the Owner/Engineer's satisfaction. Video Board Contractor shall submit along with his final invoice payment application, Contactor's Affidavit for Final Payment. J. Payment of invoice is thirty (30) days from the Owner receiving date of the invoice for payment request. K. Payment will be mailed by the United States Postal Service and no payment will be hand delivered to the Video Board Contractor by the Owner. 22. Red lined `As- built' drawings shall be maintained on site and on a clean set of construction plans and changes notated in red ink to the plans and shall be checked on a weekly basis by the Owner and prior to each pay request. Red line plans shall be available at progress meetings. These red lined `As- Built' drawings shall be turned over to the owner at the end of the project for his files. The hard copy of the As -Built drawing shall be copied on to a CD and three (3) CD's including the hardcopy turned over to the Owner as part of the close out documents. 23. Periodic daily inspections will be made by the Owner of the work and the Video Board Contractor shall have a responsible supervisor on site at all times during the daily activities so the Owner can confer with them about the project's progress. This person shall be responsible for the implementation of daily activities and have complete knowledge of the project scope of work. At a minimum, a progress meeting will be held every two weeks between the Video Board Contractor's project manager and the Owner to determine the past two weeks of work completed and progress for the upcoming next two week work schedule. This progress meeting will be prearranged for a day and time at the preconstruction meeting. A typed, written bullet notes sheet shall be provided to the Owner from the Video Board Contractor showing work completed over the past two weeks and work scheduled for the next two weeks at each of these meetings. Exchange of payment request applications shall be performed at this progress meeting. The meeting minute notes will be developed by the Owner. A. Progress meeting shall be held with the Phillies and City of Clearwater once every two (2) week with the Video Board Contractor and time and date will be determined at the preconstruction meeting and held at the Bright House Networks Field to go over work status: i. Video Board Contractor's sub - contractors on site upcoming two weeks and number of employees ii. Work planed for the coming two weeks iii. Work completed the pass two weeks SectionlV.docx Page 7 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications iv. Request for Information (RFI) v. Engineer's Supplemental Information (ESI) vi. Old Business. vii. New Business 24. Near the completion of the project, a walk though of the project shall be scheduled and conducted between the Video Board Contractor and Owner/Engineer to develop a punch list of outstanding items which must be completed to close out the project. A written punch list will be provided by the Owner/Engineer. The Video Board Contractor must complete the punch list within 15 calendar days of receiving the list from the Owner/Engineer. 25. Final walk though shall be conducted between the Video Board Contractor and the Owner/Engineer. If the punch list is completed, the Building Contractor shall provide invoice for final payment of any outstanding items due to the Video Board Contractor and the remaining five percent (5 %) retainage to the Owner for payment. 26. SCHEDULE The City will utilize the following preliminary timetable with the goal of selection. This schedule may be changed solely at the City's discretion. Saturday, August 9, 2014 — Bid Advertisement Monday, August 11, 2014 — Prospective Bidder may Obtain Bid Package Friday August 22, 2014 1:30 -3:00 PM — Mandatory Pre -bid Conference — Conference Room at Bright House Networks Field, 601 N. Old Coachman Rd., Clearwater, FL 33765 Tuesday, September 02, 2014, 12:00 (Noon) — Last day for questions by the prospective bidders and answers. Answers to all questions received will be posted on the City's website on this date. Wednesday, September 10, 2014, 1:30 PM EST — Bid Due Date and Bid Openings, 3rd Floor, Purchasing Office. Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 Thursday, October 2, 2014 — Notice Awarding Contract to Vendor Wednesday, September 24, 2014 Pre - Construction Meeting between Owner & Video Board Contractor — Conference Room at Bright House Networks Field, 601 N. Old Coachman Rd., Clearwater, FL 33765 Monday, October 16, 2014 — Notice to Proceed Wednesday, January 14, 2015 — Project completion CONTRACT PERIOD: 100 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionlV.docx Page 8 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 s 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Bright House Networks Field - Video Board Replacement Project Number: 14- 0030 -PR The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 © Scope Of Work 2.1 © Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City 3 © Definition Of Terms 4 © Order And Location Of The Work 5 © Excavation For Underground Work 6 ❑ Concrete 7 © Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 © Reinforcement 9 ❑ Obstructions 10 ❑ Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 © Dewaterin 13 ❑ Sanitary Manholes 14 © Backfill 15 ❑ Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ❑ Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ❑ Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 ❑ Drainage 22 ❑ Roadway Base And Subgrade 23 ❑ Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ❑ General Planting Specifications 26 ❑ Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 ❑ Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 ❑ Sodding 32 ❑ Seeding 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ❑ Material Used 35 © Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 ❑ Street Signs 37 ❑ Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas 38 © Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ❑ Utility Tie In Location Marking SectionlV.docx Page 9 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 40 © Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 ❑ Gas System Specifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts 44 ❑ Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured -In -Place Pipe Lining 46 ❑ Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 ❑ Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 ❑ Gunite Specifications 49 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 © Project Information Signs 51 ❑ In -Line Skating Surfacing System 52 ❑ Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ❑ Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 ❑ Milling Operations 56 ❑ Clearing and Grubbing 57 ❑ Riprap 58 ❑ Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ❑ Signing And Marking 61 ❑ Roadway Lighting 62 ❑ Tree Protection 63 ❑ Project Web Pages 64 ❑ Overhead Electric Line Clearance 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the SectionlV.docx Page 10 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 i 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute SectionlV.docx Page 11 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SectionlV.docx Page 12 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid SectionlV.docx Page 13 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5 ", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry ". 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the SectionlV.docx Page 14 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M -86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a - registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2 ", if over 6 ", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. SectionlV.docx Page 15 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlV.docx Page 16 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562 -4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non- contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters SectionlV.docx Page 17 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/I PH, standard units 6.0 -8.5 6.5 -8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg /1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/I Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 tg /1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/l Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/I Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 pg /1 Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg /I 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of SectionlV.docx Page 18 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/l. In accordance with Rule 62- 302.500(1)(a -c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62- 621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionlV.docx Page 19 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionlV.docx Page 20 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 -inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214 -351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionlV.docx Page 21 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off - site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F -758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub -drain in place and accepted. SectionlV.docx Page 22 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The work under this Section shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down SectionlV.docx Page 23 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20 -feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP SectionlV.docx Page 24 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12 -inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. SectionlV.docx Page 25 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. SectionlV.docx Page 26 of 136 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall 1 refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. 1 The following base materials are acceptable: 1 SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. ' 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed I concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified SectionlV.docx Page 27 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 -7 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330 -11 and for soil cement per Section 270 -5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. SectionlV.docx Page 28 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S -Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV.docx Page 29 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction /gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per Section 330 -11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330 -13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330 - 15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. SectionlV.docx Page 30 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE THICKNESS (Inches) LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) Type S —I Type S —I with Type S —III Top Layer Type S —I1I FC -3 Type S —III with FC -3 Top Layer Type S —I with FC -3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 1'y2 1'y2 2 11/4 3/4 * 1 1 2%2 11/4 11/4 1 %2 1 1 %2 1 3 1'h 1'/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S -III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S —III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S —III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC -3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV.docx Page 31 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. SectionlV.docx Page 32 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be ' /a" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). SectionlV.docx Page 33 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67 -22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and /or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www11.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index ". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850- 414 -4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. SectionlV.docx Page 34 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and /or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road /paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. SectionlV.docx Page 35 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. SectionlV.docx Page 36 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2' /Z" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 ib. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance - pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a SectionlV.docx Page 37 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low- density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7 ". SectionlV.docx Page 38 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. SectionlV.docx Page 39 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. SectionlV.docx Page 40 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/z in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. SectionlV.docx Page 41 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6 ") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and /or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. SectionlV.docx Page 42 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SectionlV.docx Page 43 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and /or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the SectionlV.docx Page 44 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non - compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1- 800 - 432 -4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SectionlV.docx Page 45 of 136 11/26/2013 C. W.: SPR.: ST TR.: MIN.: GAL.: O.C.: DIA.: LVS.: Section IV — Technical Specifications Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. Straight trunk. Minimum. Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: B &B: PPP.. FG: STD.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. SectionlV.docx Page 46 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. SectionlV.docx Page 47 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and /or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and /or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. SectionlV.docx Page 48 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well- developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and /or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. SectionlV.docx Page 49 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as /if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre- emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). SectionlV.docx Page 50 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - %" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1 ". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - Y2 feet above grade. SectionlV.docx Page 51 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and /or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed /turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. SectionlV.docx Page 52 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - '/2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as SectionlV.docx Page 53 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each ' /2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. SectionlV.docx Page 54 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1 -1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. SectionlV.docx Page 55 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. SectionlV.docx Page 56 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and /or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and /or Landscape Contractor. SectionlV.docx Page 57 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under - specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SectionlV.docx Page 58 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in /in /deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. SectionlV.docx Page 59 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Liner shall be marked at 5 -foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1- 800 - 344 -3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and /or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. SectionlV.docx Page 60 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SectionlV.docx Page 61 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. SectionlV.docx Page 62 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and /or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and /or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. SectionlV.docx Page 63 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. SectionlV.docx Page 64 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre- construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre - construction color audio -video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SectionlV.docx Page 65 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. SectionlV.docx Page 66 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. SectionlV.docx Page 67 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and /or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and /or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter /siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. SectionlV.docx Page 68 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and /or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and /or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.docx Page 69 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1st occurrence Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re- inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re- inspection Fee 4th occurrence Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562 -4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562 -4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562 -4750. SectionlV.docx Page 70 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3 -701 (DIVISION 7 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re- inspection Fee $80.00 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562 -4741 ENGINEERING /CONSTRUCTION 727 562 -4750 Inspector's Name: Received by: Inspector's Signature: SectionlV.docx (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED Page 71 of 128 11/26/2013 • • = M MN NM MI M -- MI NM MI I i• -• MI Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6 -inch x 3 -inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4 -inch X 2 -inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionlV.docx Page 72 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSIAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionlV.docx Page 73 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8 -inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4 -inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18- inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 12- inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4 -inch through 16 -inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C153 /A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements ofANSI/AWWA C153 /A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionlV.docx Page 74 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4- inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 -inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 -inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI /A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16 -inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionlV.docx Page 75 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2 -inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1 -1/2 -inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6 -inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5 -1/4 -inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2 -1/2 -inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4 -1/2 -inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionlV.docx Page 76 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4 -inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4 -inch main shall be 1 -1/2 -inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6 -inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionlV.docx Page 77 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4 -inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30- inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionlV.docx Page 78 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI /AWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be Laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionlV.docx Page 79 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18- inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10 -feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.docx Page 80 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48 -hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionlV.docx Page 81 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and /or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.docx Page 82 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAW WA C 110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionlV.docx Page 83 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6 -inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut -back Asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionlV.docx Page 84 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and /or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty -eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionlV.docx Page 85 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub - surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub - surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionlV.docx Page 86 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub -grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub -grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub -grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB -GRADE The sub -grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub -grade elevation. The sub -grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T -180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionlV.docx Page 87 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub -grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one - quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one - quarter (2 -1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub - surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one - quarter (1/4) to one -half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one - eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo -tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub - surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionlV.docx Page 88 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2 -1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1 -5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1 -3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom -type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger -bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift -off type, and offset to permit 180 - degree gate opening. Provide one and one -half (1 -1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high - density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty -six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty -two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty -three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven - eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionlV.docx Page 89 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty -two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one -half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride -on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR -I Roller, automatic forward- neutral - reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3 -horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction - driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six -foot length aluminum. SectionlV.docx Page 90 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'Iong x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, 3 -inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re- aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE -LAMP The Contractor shall re -lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight -(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887 -0770 fax (336) 887 -0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionlV.docx Page 91 of 136 11/26/2013 Pole T1 Pole T2 Pole T3 Pole T4 Pole T5 Pole T6 Pole T7 Pole T8 Pole T9 Section IV — Technical Specifications existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits new pole w /existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing New conduits will be required for the three (3) new the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating 43.2.15 WATER COOLER to the existing light pole, it is suggested the pole locations and utilize existing conduits. light poles and the Contractor shall include of the new light poles. 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionlV.docx Page 92 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB - SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub - surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and /or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and /or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and /or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs ". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SectionlV.docx Page 93 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 102 -5 Traffic Control: 102 -5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562 -4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. SectionlV.docx Page 94 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and /or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24 -hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24 -hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand SectionlV.docx Page 95 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D790 ASTM D2290 3,000 psi 4,500 psi 300,000 psi 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305- 979 -0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and /or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionlV.docx Page 96 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight -hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionlV.docx Page 97 of 136 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and /or the scope of work. SectionlV.docx Page 98 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15 -inch existing sewer. 16 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18 -inch existing sewer. 18 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21 -inch existing sewer. 211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24 -inch existing sewer. 28 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30 -inch existing sewer. 34 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36 -inch existing sewer. 42 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48 -inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionlV.docx Page 99 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12 -hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionlV.docx Page 100 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre- fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backflled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and /or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right -of -ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right -of -ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionlV.docx Page 101 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and /or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C 1 50 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and /or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionlV.docx Page 102 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and /or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionlV.docx Page 103 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air /water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.docx Page 104 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45- degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionlV.docx Page 105 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.docx Page 106 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and /or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionlV.docx Page 107 of 136 11/26/2013 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type I1 surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionlV.docx Page 108 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 6. Density, when applied 3,000 psi 300 psi 600 psi 0% at 90% R.H. 130 psi 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. SectionlV.docx Page 109 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 -51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65 % -75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionlV.docx Page 110 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and /or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. SectionlV.docx Page 111 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam - injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and /or b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 SectionlV.docx 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 112 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole -to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density Tensile Strength Elongation Shrinkage Toxicity 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal 150 psi 250% Less than 4% Non Toxic ASTM D -3574 ASTM D- 412 ASTM D -3574 ASTM D -1042 A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant /Shear bond Strength to ASTM (to be given) Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 Calcium Aluminate Cement 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 llcm /sec to 7.6x10 cm /sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV.docx Page 113 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and /or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and /or sand blast structure. SectionlV.docx Page 114 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and /or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and /or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectionlV.docx Page 115 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24 -hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In -Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionlV.docx Page 116 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In -line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80 -100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60 -80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20 -40 gallons 600 -900 pounds 112 -138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non - coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti -Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionlV.docx Page 117 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04 -.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In -Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50 °F or more than 1 40 °F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionlV.docx Page 118 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In -line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70 °F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In -Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ- W -461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A -641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A -90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B -6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1- minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A -239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger -Tite SectionlV.docx Page 119 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A -313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A -641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D -2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D -142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D -412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D -746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D -2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B -117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D -1499 and ASTM G -23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionlV.docx Page 120 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D -2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1 Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1- T104), maximum loss 12% SectionlV.docx Page 121 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D -2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.docx Page 122 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.docx Page 123 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. Sectionl V.docx Page 124 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his /her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionlV.docx Page 125 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man -hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. SectionlV.docx Page 126 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and /or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S -Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. SectionlV.docx Page 127 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562 -4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.docx Page 128 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and /or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and /or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand - cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand - cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.docx Page 129 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand - cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre - construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub - contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, SectionlV.docx Page 130 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SectionlV.docx Page 131 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and /or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two- thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two -inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four -inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and /or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionlV.docx Page 132 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562 -4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and /or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18 ". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and /or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. SectionlV.docx Page 133 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http: / /www.w3.org/TR /1999 /WAI- WEBCONTENT- 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design /aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionlV.docx Page 134 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 SectionlV.docx Page 135 of 136 11/26/2013 Section IV — Technical Specifications Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. SectionlV.docx Page 136 of 136 11/26/2013 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VOLUME II BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (PROJECT No. 14-0030-PR) CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 11 63 10 - VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Work under this Contract includes all installation labor, materials, tools, transportation services, supervision, coordination, engineering, etc., necessary to complete the installation of the Video, Scoring and Display Systems, as described in these specifications. The systems shall be called the "Display System" and the installer the "Display System Installer ". B. The work specified herein is performance based. This requires the Installer to provide all subsequent design and engineering, to meet the requirements of this Performance Specification. The drawings /renderings included with this specification convey general system concepts. The plans do not show complete and accurate building details. The Installer is responsible for making field survey and measurements necessary to establish exact locations, relationships, load capacities necessary for the installation of these systems. C. Display system installer is required to coordinate design and during installation with any Owner contractor providing additional signage, ornamental steel, etc, on the vicinity of the specified displays. Note that Owner provided signage or decorative elements may surround displays. D. The Video, Scoring and Matrix Systems include the following major items: 1. Left Field Main Display Assembly a. LED Video Display b. Existing naming rights, facility or team identification signage and existing advertising panels. c. Time and Temperature Display 2. Right Field Baseline Fascia Display 3. Scoring and control components including console 4. Video Scoring Display Control System 5. Alternates Pricing 6. Operations and maintenance training 7. Event Support E. The Contract also includes: I. Structural and electrical engineering for displays. 2. MEP engineering as required for complete scope of work. 3. Development of final design drawings. Submission to the Owner's Representative for approval. 4. Submission of all information required by public agencies. 5. All necessary construction and sign permits. 6. State of Florida Registered Engineers' stamp on all structural, attachment, 11 63 10 - 1 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 electrical drawings and mechanical drawings with calculations required for stamp. 7. Verification of dimensions and conditions at the job site. 8. Coordination with other contractors and trades. 9. Preparation of submittal information. 10. Installation and all anchorages and attachments in accordance with the contract documents, manufacturer's recommendations, and all applicable code requirements. 11. Initial tests and adjustments, written report, and documentation. 12. Instruction of operating personnel; provision of manuals. 13. Creation and documentation for all software required to achieve specified capabilities of system. 14. Maintenance services; warranty. F. Removal of existing LED board, advertising panels and matrix boards, and associated electrical systems and structural elements as required to facilitate new work. This selective demolition includes Left Field Main Display and Right Field Baseline Scoreboard. G. The Contract Documents are complementary and are intended to include or imply all items required for the proper execution and completion of the work. Any item of work required by the Specifications or other portion of the Contract Documents, but not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings but not required in the Specification, shall be provided without extra charge as if shown or mentioned in both. H. The bidders are required to visit the site with their professional engineers (structural, M, E, P) during bidding period and thoroughly inspect all existing conditions to evaluate cost to be included in order to provide complete operational project elements with warranty. This is a fixed lump sum bid for a design/build operate project and the owner expects bidders to include contingencies in their bid for existing conditions based on their experience and expertise to deliver a project. There will be no provision for future change orders by the principal vendors and their subcontractors. I. The Owner will consider subjective assessment of image quality, brightness /uniformity and scoring and control /animation software along with user interface as part of the overall evaluation process. The Owner reserves the right to make product selection based on this subjective comparison among vendors providing responsive proposals meeting all technical performance requirements. 1.2 BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS The Clearwater Threshers, the Philadelphia Phillies and the City of Clearwater are seeking to establish a long -term partnership with a scoring and video vendor. In order to ensure that the company chosen to work with has the Owner's long -term interests in mind, the following will be required in order to bid. Owner may choose to waive or enforce these items at the Owner's sole discretion. Failure to submit written responses to ALL of these requirements will automatically eliminate a vendor from Consideration. 11 63 10 - 2 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: At least 5 years experience in the production of specified products or as approved by the Owner. B. Installer's Qualifications information to be provided with Bid Response. Firm experienced in the installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project; and meet the following criteria: 1. At least five years experience with equipment and systems of the specified types. 2. Experience with at least six comparable scale Minor League Baseball, NCAA Div I or MLB ballparks construction projects within the last three years. 3. Maintain a fully staffed and equipped U.S. service facility. 4. With the bid return, the potential Installer shall demonstrate that he has: a. Adequate plant and equipment to complete the work. b. Scoring software appropriate for MLB games and automated statistical record keeping. Provide print outs of representative software screens and identify third party services (e.g. Radar Gun, Sportsticker, Fox Sports, etc.) that have been successfully integrated in past projects. Provide locations where electronic captioning equipment has been successfully integrated in past projects with photos of displays. c. Adequate staff with commensurate technical experience. d. Suitable financial status to meet the obligations of the work. e. Hourly fee for software /animation programming. f. References from three (3) or more users of stadium similar display and software control systems provided by Installer. g. List of structural, electrical, HVAC and other subcontractors, including engineering and trade contractors intended to do the work. C. Installer must provide financial records for the previous three years. D. Installer must provide a list of a minimum of six (6) facilities where similar Bidder - proposed video product is installed. E. Installer must provide existing MLB and MiLB customer list referencing implemented video technology and integrated scoring solution. F. This submittal shall also include references and project information for all systems referenced above, including: G. Contact person name, telephone number, and email address. H. Display system name and location of operations control center (project name /number). I. Display quantity. J. Display commissioning date (first date of successful on -site operation). K. LED display size (lines of resolution WIDE x lines of resolution HIGH). L. Display housing access. M. Provide a toll -free help desk number accessible at all times. N. Installer must have company employed technicians located within 2 hours of Bright House Field to ensure Owner the very best in maintenance response. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 11 63 10 -3 of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 B. American National Safety Institute (ANSI) C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) D. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) E. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OHSA) G. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) H. United States Institute of Theatre Technology (USITT) I. Entertainment Services and Technology Association (ESTA) J. Standard for Electric Signs, UL -48, 13th Edition K. Standard for Control Centers for Changing Message Type Signs, UL -1433, 1st Edition L. Federal Communications Commission Regulation Part 15 M. 2008 National Electric Code (NEC) N. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) O. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) P. 2010 Florida Building Code 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Left Field Main Video and Scoring Display 1. LED Video Display and related structure as required to achieve the appearance of the renderings with integrated electronic line score and integrated electronic ad displays. 2. Time and temperature displays and related structures as required to achieve appearance of renderings. 3. Main existing advertising panels and naming right sponsor signs as presently exist unless otherwise noted. (Provide all modifications required by construction). 4. Framing and related structure as required to achieve the appearance of the renderings. 5. Secondary structure to attach to project supplied and/or existing vertical supports and foundations. 6. Cleaning and painting of entire structure; all conduit 7. Provide vertical access at the rear of the assembly to access all levels of structure. 8. Provide horizontal catwalks at each level. 9. Provide a hoist attachment point integrated into structure as recommended by vendor at the topmost level. 10. Replacement and/or extension of electrical distribution and branch circuiting as required by 11 63 10 - 4 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 existing conditions and new work. 11. Removal of existing signal system cable and installation of new signal cable for all associated equipment and provide new conduit as required 12. Provision of un- switched utility power distribution throughout all rear service areas of videoboard assembly. B. Right Field Basline Fascia Display 1. LED Video Display, with live video, integrated electronic line score and integrated electronic ad displays and related structure as required to achieve the appearance of renderings. 2. LED Video Display shall be within an overall equipment enclosure. 3. Secondary structure to attach to existing steel framing. 4. Cleaning and painting of structure and conduit. 5. Replacement and/or extension of electrical distribution and branch circuiting as required by existing conditions and new work. 6. Removal of existing system signal cable and installation of new signal cable for all associated equipment and new conduit as required. C. Structures and Enclosures: 1. Design, document, furnish and install all required structural extensions, reinforcements and attachments, enclosures and support for scoreboards and displays. 2. All supplemental steel, girts and framing required to provide a complete assembly shall be furnished and designed in accordance with the State of Florida code requirements. 3. Attachment and structure shall also be provided for catwalks, handrails, stairs, ladders, hatches, border trim panels, face closeout, bezel, etc. Scope includes all access ladders, ladder cage, stairs and guardrails required by code. 4. Inspect existing structural elements for the current video board and signage elements. Structural drawings of existing foundations and superstructure are not available. 5. Engage a State of Florida registered professional structural engineer to inspect and analyze the current structure for supporting the proposed new video board and signage elements shown on Drawings SK -1 and SK -2. 6. Field survey existing video board and signage structures to determine member sizes, member connections and all relevant dimensions. Field survey shall include review and assessment of any existing corrosion/deterioration conditions. 7. Perform any physical material testing required to determine strengths of existing materials. 8. Include all cost for structural remediation as well as reinforcing the existing structure or modifying the structure to support the new video display system and signage elements. 9. Include cost of cleaning and preparing the existing steel as well as to install high performance paint system for exposed structure and environment condition at the site. 10. Provide certification by structural engineer engaged by vendor about adequacy of the existing foundation system as part of the bid information submission. 116310 -5of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 11. Identify and include cost of additional foundation elements if required for new video display system. 12. Design and install new structural elements in lieu of reinforcing the existing steel as explained in bidding documents. 13. Perform structural evaluation and analysis for superstructure and foundations that establishes the structural adequacy of the altered structure and demonstrates compliance with the 2010 Florida Building Code — Existing Building. This evaluation and analysis shall be submitted to the Owner and to the code official as part of the permit submission. 14. Contractor shall submit drawings and calculations, signed and sealed by the Contractor's Engineer, showing all structural attachments between display structures and project provided structure for review by the Owner. Contractor is responsible for verifying dimensions of actual project provided structure prior to submitting documents for review. Submittals shall be in accordance with the provisions in this specification as well as related specification sections. 15. Colors of all exposed structure, enclosures, close -out panels, etc. to be determined during the submittal process. Submit color samples to Owner for approval. 16. Contractor is responsible for touch up and repair of welds, paint and finishes where work attaches to structure or work provided by others. D. Supply complete dimensions, clearance requirements, mounting locations and requirements, and total and point load structural loading data. Include attachments to and interface with existing structural elements. Submit structural design and all requested information to Owner for review. E. Provide all ventilation and climate control equipment, including shop drawings, dimensions, clearance requirements, unit weights and noise data. All HVAC work shall be provided per all applicable local codes. Condensate lines to connect to existing building drainage system F. Supply complete assemblies (structure, any required enclosure, and finish) for the displays as appropriate, including State of Florida registered structural engineer stamped calculations. "Enclosures" refers to enclosures for the LED display modules and equipment. G. Scoring and Video Control 1. All control equipment to operate left field main video, electronic scoring and and right field baseline fascia LED display and time and temperature shall be located in: a. Scoreboard Control Room b. Area is available in or near the control room for all video and matrix display control and processing equipment. Coordinate all control room equipment installation with Owner and video production system installer. 2. Displays to be able to be independently turned on/off from the scoreboard control room. Displays to have individual on/off control include: a. Left Field Main Video Display b. Right Field Baseline Fascia Display. c. Time and temperature display. 11 63 10 - 6 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 3. New Scoring, Scoreboard, pitch speed and Control components, including software, and pitch speed display control systems. 4. Provide stats and pitch speed data output, compatible with standard Network (i.e.; TNT/Fox/ESPN, etc.) interface with outputs for up to three broadcast organizations at the broadcast truck parking area. 5. Data input for MLBAM, ESPN Gamecast and other similar services and standard stenography equipment. 6. All game in progress, out of town and statistical data to be available, for the life of the installation, to the left field main video and fascia displays. Creation of software interface inclusive of annual software licenses between any replacement control system and the existing displays to be included in this scope of work. 7. Time of Day and Temperature Sensor Display controls for this separate display. 8. Automated statistic update capability from in -house and third party services along with automatic statistical updates during game from game scoring controller. 9. Data (player /game statistics and game -in- progress information) output compatible with video character generator for use by broadcasters and stadium TV /video systems. 10. Ability to receive electronic text data from standard stenography (captioning) equipment, caption decoders, and data from multiple electronic services such as Sports Ticker, MLBAM, and Elias (subscription costs are not included as part of this scope). H. Provide speed gun interface to display system so that pitch speed data may be displayed on any display, including video board, fascia displays and field wall display. 11. Provide electronic equipment required for data to be displayed on Owner provided computer monitor in locations listed below. a. Home Video Coaching b. In- House, scoreboard video production (replay) system c. TV truck dock cabling racks (maximum of 3 simultaneous users). 1) Coordinate electronic converter device, transceiver, etc. required to interface to Owner provided display or computer. Note that the solution may be different for different locations. Remove existing distribution cabling and provide new distribution cabling, conduit and equipment with warranty. I.Provide game in progress statistics (balls, strikes, outs, inning, runs, hits, errors, score, etc.) and pitch speed information to the following locations: 1. Home Video Coaching (provide two strands of fiber, two coax and two audio pairs to this location) 2. In- House, scoreboard video production (replay) system 3. TV truck dock cabling racks, minimum of three connection/output locations. J. The in -house video production system may be providing a EEG DE280 with software decode to the scoring system for captioning. Provide this feed as a source suitable for distribution on any display 116310 -7of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 K. Additional Cabling 1. Install and terminate (ST) twelve (12) strands of single mode fiber optic cabling between TV truck dock enclosure (existing or Owner provided enclosure) to video coaching system in the home clubhouse. Coordinate location of fiber terminations with coaching video staff. Cabling to be installed in new raceways. Notify Owner if pathways are unsuitable. Provide quad receptacle on a dedicated circuit to nearby existing electrical panelboard. 2. Install and terminate (ST) twelve (12) strands of single mode fiber optic cabling between TV truck dock enclosure (existing or Owner provided enclosure) to scoreboard video production system on the Press Level. Coordinate location of fiber terminations with video replay system installer. Cabling to be installed in new raceways. Notify Owner if pathways are unsuitable. Provide quad receptacle on a dedicated circuit to nearby electrical panelboard. 1.5 RESPONSIBILITY AND RELATED WORK A. Supply accessories and minor equipment items needed for a complete system, even if not specifically mentioned herein or on the drawings, without claim for additional payment. B. Notwithstanding any detailed information in the Contract Documents, it is the responsibility of the Display System Installer to supply systems in full working order. Notify the Owner's Representative of any discrepancies in part numbers or quantities before bid. Failing to provide such notification, supply items and quantities according to the intent of the Specification and Drawings, without claim for additional payment. C. Prepare and provide all documentation required for permit submission(s). Obtain all permits necessary for the execution of any work pertaining to the installation, or any operation by the Owner. D. If a conflict develops between the contract documents and the appropriate codes and is reported to the Owner's Representative prior to bid opening, the Owner's Representative will prepare the necessary clarification. Where a conflict is reported after contract award, propose a resolution of the conflict and, upon approval, perform work. E. Electrical 1. Power is existing as noted on the as-built electrical drawings. The display system installer shall review available electrical infrastructure and make all necessary improvements to power all components (provided or existing to remain for entire scope of work) as required for all devices to be completely functional and 100% operational. The Installer shall be responsible for termination and distribution of electrical power from and including the main switchboard to the equipment as required (includingpanelboards, breakers, step down transformers, feeders, branch circuits, etc.). This will include necessary distribution boards, transformers, panelboards, conduit and cabling as required for a complete installation. Note that certain components may be on emergency power to support emergency messaging in the event of power failure. Provide convenience outlets and task lighting within the scoreboard enclosure if modified or if they are not existing. 116310 -8of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 2. The Installer shall be responsible for equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrodies to all equipment in accordance with NEC code, local codes and standards specified herein. 3. Refer to existing electrical single line diagrams and study required below for minimum short ratings of all required equipment. 4. Installer shall provide a short circuit, coordination and arc flash study signed by PE for all new electrical distribution work and shall be coordinated with existing to remain electrical systems. Provide arc flash labeling for all new electrical equipment provided. 5. Disconnect and remove all existing equipment and cabling that is abandoned as part of this project. Installer shall reconnect and make all required modifications to restore all existing to remain equipment affected by this work to a full operating condition. 6. All conduit installed above grade exposed to weather shall be RGS and IMC. All conduit installed indoors shall be RGS or IMC, EMT may only be installed in an indoor area if EMT is not subject to physical damage during normal operation or maintenance. All underground conduits shall be schedule 40 PVC in concrete encased ductbanks. 7. All wiring shall have insulation rating as required by location being installed. All conductors shall be copper. 8. All feeders shall limit voltage drop to 2% at full load with circuit breaker feeding it and shall be limited to 3% voltage drop for branch circuits. 9. All power requirements /conditions required by equipment manufacturers shall be followed. If there is a conflict between manufacturer's requirement and project scope bring to attention of Owner's Representative immediately for direction. 10. Installer shall survey existing electrical system prior to bid. Installer shall provide external SPD's (Surge Protective Devices) at the Main Service, all Distribution Panelboards and all panelboards that are located on the line side of all equipment installed under this project. SPD's shall be same manufacturer as electrical equipment. The peak single - impulse surge current rating shall be as follows for each type of equipment: Switchboards shall be 240 KA per phase, Distribution panels shall be 160 KA per phase and Appliance panels shall be 80 KA per phase. F. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid causing delays in construction schedule. G. Display Signal Cabling and Conduit 1. Install new signal cabling for entire system in new conduit, raceway and cable tray. 2. Remove and dispose of any cabling in full that is abandoned as part of the project. 3. Do not damage any existing signal cabling that may be co- located with video and scoring cabling. In the event of damage, bring damage to attention of owner and propose acceptable repair. a. Provide any necessary cable management, vertical ladder tray, etc. in communications closets for vertical risers. Provide appropriate cable management, Wiremold, raceways within scoreboard control areas between base building cable tray and control locations. Fire stopping for cabling penetrating rated partitions as required by code is also included. 116310 -9of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 4. All conduit installed above grade exposed to weather shall be RGS or IMC. All conduit installed indoors shall be RGS or IMC, EMT may only be installed in an indoor area if EMT is not subjected to physical damage during normal operation or maintenance. All underground conduits shall be schedule 40 PVC in concrete encased ductbanks. 5. All wiring shall have insulation rating as required by location being installed. H. Provide any field, grass or areaway protection when utilizing crane or lift. I. Coordinate weight loads on concourse areaways when utilizing crane of lift. J. Coordinate product and materials delivery, offloading, staging, security and transportation with Owner's representative. K. Fire Alarm Interface. Provide a fire alarm interface to engage emergency evacuation messages on left field main display (when on normal power only). 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all shop drawings and submittals in accordance with project requirements. Quantities listed herein are the minimum required of this contractor. B. Shop drawings and submittal data shall contain sufficient information to describe the Work to be performed. Drawings shall be executed at an appropriate scale. Submit PDF file of drawings and of catalog data sheets neatly bound insets. Submit all Shop Drawing information at one time. Information shall include but not necessarily be limited to: 1. Elevation and Sections of all displays along with enclosure /structure fabrication drawings. 2. Finishes of all exposed housings and enclosures. 3. Wiring diagrams. Complete, detailed wiring diagrams for all systems, based on the contract documents but including cable types, identification and color codes, and detailed wiring of connections, both at equipment and between equipment racks and wiring in conduit. 4. Equipment. Location of all equipment in racks, consoles, mill work, enclosures or on Owner provided counter top /tables with dimensions; wire routing and cabling within housings; AC power outlets, terminal strip and UPS locations. 5. Schematic drawings of any custom circuitry or equipment modifications, including connector pinouts and component lists. 6. A material list of all equipment to be furnished, arranged in specification order. This list shall be followed by catalog data sheets, arranged in specification order, of all equipment to be furnished. Where a data sheet shows more than one product, indicate the model being proposed with an arrow or other appropriate symbol. This submittal must be submitted in its entirety. 7. Floor Plan drawings, including all walls, doors and rooms, showing exact locations of devices and equipment. 8. Floor Plan drawings, including all walls, doors and rooms, showing exact power requirements and conduit routing for each system with the location of all 11 63 10 - 10 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 junction boxes. 9. MEP a. Full MEP drawings including coordination drawings reflecting all new and existing mechanical, electrical and plumbing work. b. The Owner and Owner's Representative shall approve exhaust fan, louver, conduit and piping locations. c. All MEP drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer (registered in the State of Florida for specific discipline involved). 10. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. 11. Submit a letter of certification prepared by a professional Structural Engineer(s) (registered in the State of Florida) employed by the fabricator certifying the following: a. The aforementioned Engineer is fully experienced in the design of structural steel, signage, catwalks and railings. b. All shop drawings (including all supports, connections and components) shall be prepared under the direction of the aforementioned engineer(s), in compliance with the Contract Document requirements and applicable building codes. His seal and signature shall appear on all shop drawings. The aforementioned shop drawings shall include sufficient information to enable the Owner to confirm that design Loads, support points and tie backs are in compliance with the Owner's design criteria. c. This certification letter must be received by the Owner prior to the submission of the Shop Drawings for the metal stairs and railings, and shall bear the seal and signature of the aforementioned engineer. 13. Indicate unit locations, unit identification marks, fabrication details, reinforcement, connection details, pertinent dimensions, design loads, support points and tie backs. 14. The design shall be in accordance with the aesthetic design intent of the project with the Owner having final authority in reference to aesthetic matters. 15. The aforementioned engineer shall submit a letter to the Owner stating that the fabrication and installation of all work associated with this Contract has been performed in accordance with his design. This letter shall be signed and sealed by the aforementioned engineer as part of "Project Closeout ". 16. All design calculations (which shall bear the seal and signature of the aforementioned engineer), indicating compliance with the requirements of the design criteria and appropriate codes shall be provided to the Owner prior to fabrication for record purposes. 17. The calculations provided to the Owner at project completion shall be forwarded to the Owner as part of "Project Closeout ". 18. Proposed cable labeling technique. 19. Samples as required in various specification paragraphs. 20. Power consumption at 50 %, 75% and 100% illumination levels (all lighting elements energized) for each display. 21. Viewing angle calculations: a. For horizontal viewing angles submit: 11 63 10 - 1 1 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1) Facility seating plan closest to board (in elevation). Plan should include vomitories, radial column lines, and other identifying characteristics (e.g. camera platforms, aisles, steps, etc.). 2) Lines radiating from center of display intersecting with rear of facility at 5° increments. 0° reference shall be perpendicular to board. Lines shall be marked at no less then 15° increments. b. For vertical viewing angles submit: 1) Section through board and stadium indicating identifying points on the field. 2) Horizontal measurements from board. 3) Lines radiating from center of display intersecting with rear of facility at 5° increments. 0° reference shall be perpendicular to board. Lines shall be marked at no less then 15° increments. 22. Drawings of initial proposal for pre - programmed baseball displays C. Training and Event Attendance Submittals: 1. All Operations and Maintenance manuals, as well as as-built drawings must be on site for all sessions of training. 2. Following discussions with Owner, formally submit a Training and Event Attendance submittal 2 -4 weeks prior to first training. Submittal shall: a. Include a separate page /entry for every training session. b. Indicate date, time, and approximate length of training session. c. Indicate person(s) conducting training. d. Indicate training will be video recorded. e. Intended curriculum and most appropriate attendees (e.g. engineer, operations, IT, etc.) f. Include signature and title lines for 1) Owner acknowledging and accepting training schedule. Include both an accepted and rejected box. An alternate schedule time should be suggested by the Owner in the event the schedule is rejected. 2) Countersigning by trainer indicating that training actually occurred. 3) All persons attending training. Where attendees do not stay for the entire session, this should be noted on the form and initialed by Owner's representative attending training. 4) Owner's representative attending training at the end of the session shall initial that: a. Training Occurred. b. Training Materials were provided and left with owner c. Training was not interrupted or shortened by equipment or system troubleshooting. If it is, then there should be a line where Owner and Contractor can indicate when make -up training will be provided and how long it should be. d. Training was generally sufficient for the proposed curriculum. g. Include Notes section for Owner to note any issues during training (areas requiring further development, etc.) 3. Following training occurrence, submit completed training records no later than 5 days following end of training. When training is conducted over a period of weeks, completed training submittals shall be consolidated into a single submittal and 11 63 10- 12of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 submitted every 2 weeks. D. Final Inspection Notification Report. Two copies of a typed, neatly prepared checkout report for each piece of equipment and the entire system shall be prepared and submitted; it shall include: 1. A complete listing of every piece of equipment including serial number, the date it was tested and by whom, the results and date re- tested (if failure occurred during any previous tests). 2. The final report shall indicate that every device tested successfully. 3. A performance test report indicating that the system meets all of the Installer testing requirements of Part3. E. Contract closeout submittals: 1. Keep a complete set of drawings on the job, note any changes made during installation, and submit 1 corrected set of reproducible drawings showing Work as installed. 2. Submit the following data for review, prepared as indicated, at least one week prior to acceptance testing (exceptions noted): a. System Reference Manual: Furnish 3 copies, in 3 ring binders, sized to hold the material plus 50% excess, with clear vinyl pockets on cover and spine for project title. Provide tabular dividers with permanent legends for the following sections: 1) System Operation and Instructions. Prepare a complete and typical procedure for the operation of the equipment as a system, organized by subsystem or activity. This procedure should describe the operation of all system capabilities. Assume the intended reader of the manual to be technically inexperienced and unfamiliar with this facility. 2) A list of all equipment, indicating manufacturer, model, serial number, and equipment location (i.e.; rack/room number). Update following acceptance testing, if changed. 3) Manufacturer's Instruction Manuals for all items of equipment, incorporating or followed by manufacturer's warranty statements. a) Where manufacturer registration is required, register warranty in Owner's name, and at an address determined by Owner. Provide copy of registration. b) For custom circuits or modifications, a description of the purpose, capabilities, and operation of each item. 4) A list of settings, if applicable, of all semi -fixed controls. Update following acceptance testing. 5) Photographically reproduced schematic wiring diagrams of the scoreboard and advertising display low and high voltage systems, based on the as-built documentation, at a reduced scale easy to handle but fully legible. Blueline (or similar diazo process) prints are not acceptable. 6) Maintenance Instructions, including Installer's maintenance phone number(s) and hours; maintenance schedule; description of products recommended or provided for maintenance purposes, and instructions for the proper use of these products. Instructions shall include recommendations for products and cleaning, washing and painting of all 11 63 10 - 13 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 matrix, auxiliary, and advertising boards for a period of 10 years as deemed necessary by the Owner or tenant. 7) A legend of acronyms and abbreviations must accompany all documentation. 8) Any other pertinent data generated during the Project or required for future service. b. In titled ring binders sized for material below, plus 50% excess; 4copies: 1) Manufacturer's Service Manuals and parts lists for all equipment. Photocopies are not acceptable. For custom circuits or modifications, complete schematics and parts lists. 2) As -built wiring diagrams and system block diagrams showing nominal input and output levels. (Submit within two weeks after Acceptance Testing.) 3) Duplicate copies of reduced -scale wiring diagrams. c. Photographically reproduced as-built wiring diagrams and overall building wiring diagrams, at a reduced scale easy to handle but fully legible. Blueline (or similar diazo process) prints are not acceptable. Mounted behind clear acetate and located with the equipment racks. F. Submittal format: 1. Provide a unique control number in consecutive order (e.g. 11 63 10 -001) 2. Provide a complete table of contents with the following information: a. Project title and number b. Submittal number. In the case of a resubmittal, use the original submittal number immediately followed by the suffix "R" immediately followed by a unique number and be numbered in consecutive order. 3. Date of submission. 4. Referenced addendum or change order number as applicable. 5. Referenced specification Section, Part, Article, Paragraph and page number or drawing reference as applicable. 6. Index by manufacturer and model or part number unless specified otherwise herein. 7. Each submission page stamped with Contractor's certification stamp, initialed or signed certifying: a. Review, approval and acceptance of submission. b. Certification of product compliance to specification. c. Verification product may be incorporated within the work. 8. Arrange product data list in specification order when applicable followed by unspecified product arrange by manufacturer and model or part number. Follow list by manufacturer's data sheets, arranged in the same order. Where a data sheet shows more than one product, indicate the model being proposed with an arrow or other appropriate symbol. 9. Drawings executed at an appropriate scale, but not smaller than 1/8 inch = 1'- 0". Provide one reproducible transparency and two bound blueline prints of which the processed transparency will be returned to Contractor, additional prints will not be reviewed or returned. 10. Bind Project Record Manual in titled three ring D style binders sized for 150 per cent of the required material. Maximum size: three inch spline. Use multiple volumes if necessary. 11 63 10 - 14 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 G. Resubmission Requirements: 1. Make any requested corrections or change in submittals required. Resubmit for review until no exceptions are taken. 2. Indicate any changes that have been made other than those requested. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify all conditions on the jobsite applicable to this work. Notify Owner's Representative in writing of discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions promptly upon discovery. B. Coordinate all cables, conduit, wiring, piping and arrangement of equipment so that it fits in existing space available without interference. All equipment provided shallnot reduce width or height available in any pathway. C. This installer is responsible for all additional electrical (high and low voltage), structural, mechanical and plumbing work as required for a complete system. 1.8 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Upon completion of installation and initial tests and adjustments specified in Part 3, acceptance testing shall be performed by the Owner's Representative or Owner's Consultant. B. Provide two persons familiar with all aspects of the system to assist the Owner's Representative or Owner during acceptance testing. One of the available individuals must have specialized knowledge of the computer control system operating software and function of the system. C. The process of acceptance testing the System may necessitate moving and adjusting certain component parts; perform such adjustments without claim for additional payment. D. Final Acceptance shall occur after the displays have functioned without failure for all soft opening events and five consecutive Phillies Spring Training games and five consecutive Clearwater Threshers games. 1. Failure shall be defined as a failure of the display, or a portion of the display equal to 10% of that display's square footage, to meet the project performance specifications for a length of time greater than one minute due to electronic, electrical, mechanical, structural, or other failure of the display. Failure due to owner's operators, spectators, or force majeur will not be considered event failure; failure due to installer's operators will be considered a failure. 1.09 DISPLAY AND SCORING SYSTEMS SOFTWARE LICENSE A. INTRODUCTION 1. All proprietary software provided for the Technical Systems shall be subject to this software license between the Contractor and the Owner as an essential element of the system as defined in the system specification and associated documents, drawings and agreement. 11 63 10 - 15 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 2. Contractor shall agree that 3rd party (e.g. manufacturer's) proprietary software provided with the system shall be subject to this agreement. 3. Contractor and owner agree that this software license is deemed to be part of, and subject to, the terms of the Agreement applicable to both parties; and shall supercede any standard manufacturer or Contractor's standard license agreement. 4. Proprietary software shall be defined to include, but not be limited to, device and system specific software and firmware designed to run on conventional computer based operating platforms as well as all micro - processor based hardware used to program, setup, or operate the system or its components. 5. For sake of this agreement, MS Windows® shall not be considered "proprietary" software, unless a non - public version of Windows® or any of its components are critical to the operation of the system in which case it shall be deemed proprietary. B. LICENSE GRANT AND OWNERSHIP 1. Contractor hereby grants to Owner a perpetual, non - exclusive, site license to all software for Customer's use in connection with the establishment, use, maintenance and modification of the system implemented by Contractor. Software shall mean executable object code of software programs and the patches, scripts, modifications, enhancements, designs, concepts or other materials that constitute the software programs necessary for the proper function and operation of the system as delivered by the Contractor and accepted by the owner. 2. Except as expressly set forth in this paragraph, Contractor shall at all times own all intellectual property rights in the software. Any and all licenses, product warranties or service contracts provided by third parties in connection with any software, hardware or other software or services provided in the system shall be delivered to Owner for the sole benefit of owner. 3. Owner may supply to Contractor or allow the Contractor to use certain proprietary information, including service marks, logos, graphics, software, documents and business information and plans that have been authored or pre -owned by Contractor. All such intellectual property shall remain the exclusive property of Owner and shall not be used by Contractor for any purposes other than those associated with delivery of the system. C. COPIES, MODIFICATION, AND USE 1. Source code shall be available to owner for a period of not less than 15 years. 2. Owner may make copies of the software for archival purposes and as required for modifications to the system. All copies and distribution of the software shall remain within the direct control of owner and its representatives. 3. Owner may make modifications to the source code version of the software, if and only if the results of all such modifications are applied solely to the system. In no way does this Software License confer any right in owner to license, sublicense, sell, or otherwise authorize the use of the software, whether in executable form, source code or otherwise, by any third parties. 4. All express or implied warranties relating to the software shall be deemed null and void in case of any modification to the software made by any party other than Contractor. 5. During the life of the system (defined as a period of not less than 10 years and not more than 15 years), the Contractor shall provide software updates in accordance with all necessary support requirements to maintain the system. This shall include a 11 63 10 - 16 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 commitment to provide appropriate patches, fixes, and interface updates as necessary to maintain the operability and security of the system at a level commensurate with the original system. a. In the event that computer and or processor hard ware refinements and updates are necessary to support software updates 7 years after substantial completion, said hardware will be provided to owner at the agreed upon terms for change orders of the original contract. b. Labor shall be in accordance with change order rates of the original contract, as adjusted for inflation in accordance with project General Conditions. 6. All hardware supplied shall support software updates for a period of not less than 7 years following substantial completion. 1.10 WARRANTY/MAINTENANCE A. Warrant labor and materials for five years following the date of the completion of the first regular season home stand for the Clearwater Threshers or Final Acceptance by Owner, whichever is later. As an alternate, provide breakout pricing for an extended warranty through years 6 to 10 and for a service contract for years 6 through 10. B. System to be free of defects and deficiencies, and to conform to the drawings and specifications as to kind, quality, function, and characteristics. Repair or replace defects occurring in labor or materials within the Warranty period without charge. 1. A defect as it applies to a pixel shall be at any point that the pixel fails to be able to meet the performance requirements of this specification. C. This warranty shall not void specific warranties issued by manufacturers for greater periods of time. Nor shall it void any rights guaranteed to the Owner by law. D. Within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. E. Register all manufacturer warranties (e.g. software, computers, etc.) in Owner's name. F. Maintain spare parts inventory on -site as listed in this specification from end of initial warranty period through year 10 of display life. Within 72 hours of notification that spare part has been used, that part (excluding bulbs) shall be replaced by the service representative /manufacturer. G. During the 100,000 hour nominal board lifetime, the Owner may have certified brightness and color temperature measurements made on screen(s) according to the acceptance procedure to verify that the board is operating within specifications. If the board is not capable of meeting specifications, provide the necessary repair and component replacement to bring the system to operational parameters. This new work shall be warranted for 100,000 hours effective from the original Owner acceptance date. Manufacturer warrants that equipment, spare parts and components required to effect any repairs will be available for a period of 10 years after substantial completion. H. Preventative inspections and cleaning: 1. Preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season (5) 11 63 10- 17of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 (one of the inspections will be occurring immediately preceding the expiration of the 5 year warranty period). 2. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 3 and 5. 1.11 ALTERNATES A. As noted in Part 4 1.12 THRESHOLD INSPECTIONS A. The Owner will select and employ a special inspector to perform structural inspections in accordance with Florida Statute 553.79. B. Contractor's professional engineer shall prepare a structural inspection plan in accordance with Florida Statute 553.79. The structural inspection plan must be submitted and approved by the enforcing agency before issuance of a building permit. C. Cooperate with Special Inspector, provide access to Work. D. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used and which are required to be tested. E. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary and final design mixes proposed to be used for concrete and other materials mixes which are required to be controlled by the testing laboratory. F. Furnish copies of Products test reports as required. G. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested 3. To facilitate inspections and tests 4. For storage and curing of test samples H. Notify Special Inspector sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. Notification shall be a minimum of three working days (72 hours) for required shop testing and two working days (48 hours) for required field testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse Owner for testing personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's negligence. I. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required: 1. When initial test indicates work does not comply with Contract Documents. 2. For the Contractor's convenience. 3. For inspection and testing services required, but not included herein. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 SPECIFIED PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Model numbers and manufacturers included in this specification are listed as a 11 63 10- 18of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 standard of quality. Regardless of the length or completeness of the descriptive paragraph herein, each device shall meet all of its published manufacturer's specifications. Verify performance as required. Where two or more acceptable products are listed, the Installer may use either at his option. Invitation to bid does not necessary imply that vendor has met all qualification requirements. B. Suppliers invited to Bid are done so with no implication or certification that their proposed products meet the technical requirements of this specification. Potential vendors are invited to prepare prices for more than one display type meeting these specifications (i.e. different pixel spacing). Suppliers invited to bid include: 1. Prime Contractors a. ANC b. Daktronics c. Mitsubishi d. Panasonic e. TS Sports/Lighthouse f. Yesco g. Suncoast LED 2. LED Displays: a. Daktronics b. Lighthouse c. Mitsubishi d. Optotech e. Panasonic f. Yesco g. Suncoast LED h. As approved 3. Scoring Software Only a. Daktronics b. ANC c. OES d. Sound Creations/Blaze e. As Approved 4. Control /content management equipment/software a. ANC b. Daktronics c. Sound Creations/Blaze d. As approved C. Other qualified manufacturers will be considered subject to approval of technical data, samples, and results of independent testing laboratory tests (if necessary to verify performance) of proposed equipment, submitted in accordance with project requirements. 1. If proposed system includes equipment other than specified model numbers, submit a list of major items and their quantities, with a one -line schematic diagram for review. 2. Include a list of previously installed projects using proposed equipment that are similar in nature to specified system. 11 63 10 - 19 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 D. All equipment supplied shall be new and meet the latest published specifications of that product. In the event that the product is enhanced, or improved, supply the newer product at no additional cost. 1. If product is discontinued or becomes obsolete due to continuing product development, replace it with manufacturers' current equivalent at time of installation at no additional cost. 2. If product is discontinued or becomes obsolete due to technology change, substitution will be based on fair market value of accepted and proposed products, upon approval of substitution by Owner's Representative. E. While service contract costs form the basis for alternates, the annual costs for a parts only service contract cannot exceed 6.5% of the base bid price for this section of work. The specifics of the parts only costs are outlined in the description of the service contract. F. Under no circumstances shall the manufacturer's name, logo, or representation be visible to the public. 2.2 PHYSICAL DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Engineer systems to the most stringent applicable code. B. Wind Loads: A minimum design pressure as dictated by the 2010 Florida Building Code code (positive or negative) shall be applied to all signage and display surfaces. This also applies to the entire Scoreboard Enclosure. Corner pressures and attachment loads shall be as determined through local Building Code and by applying the project specific criteria. (All attachments, connections and members shall also be capable of withstanding all seismic forces in accordance with the local Building Code.) C. Loads: All loads shall be determined and considered in combinations as required by the 2010 Florida Building Code. D. Minimum thicknesses, gauges and standards: 1. All enclosure surfaces subject to fan abuse shall have a minimum thickness of 16 gauge. 2. All sheet metal shall have a minimum thickness of 18 gauge. 3. Structural steel members shall have a minimum flange, web or wall thickness of 1/4 inch. 4. All welds exposed to weather shall be 1/4 inch minimum, and shall be continuous for the entire surface of the connection. 5. All steel grating shall be serrated and powder coated. 6. Where similar connections and members are used in other areas of the stadium, every effort shall be made to detail and furnish members in a consistent and uniform manner. E. Enclosure and Structure 1. Display enclosures, additional structure, lighting, power distribution, convenience outlets, and other items for installation, operation, maintenance, 11 63 10 - 20 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 and repair is this contractor's responsibility. 2. Structural Steel: ANSI /AISC 360 -05, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings with Commentary ". 3. Installer to submit complete drawings showing the connection of the Installer supplied equipment to the structure at each different condition. 4. Installer to submit design calculations bearing structural engineer's stamp for Owner's record. 5. The internal module structure, supports, attachment and anchoring members, mounting hardware shall be provided in accordance with engineering standards and governing codes. 6. In areas where low clearance is present, provide caution tape or warning on cross member. 7. Exposed steel to be cleaned and prepared to receive high performance paint coating system with a minimum 10 year labor and material warranty. All paint on exterior of enclosure shall be a non - reflective paint. 8. All floor grating shall continue to each vertical member without any visible gaps or openings in the floor. 9. Enclosure a. Enclosure to be shop fabricated, anodized aluminum, style and color as shown on the Owner's scoreboard concept drawings. Construction to comply with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other industry standard practice. b. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive "oil- canning ", buckling and tool marks with exposed edges folded back to form hem. Finish to comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. For components which are assembled or welded in factory, apply finish after completion of fabrication. c. The structure, supports, attachments and anchoring members, mounting hardware shall be provided in accordance with engineering standards and governing codes. d. Electrolytic protection shall be provided wherever differing metals come into contact. e. Trim shall be coordinated to be identical in appearance to adjacent advertising panels scoring displays and architectural elements. f. Finishes shall match adjacent existing elements, unless otherwise indicated. g. All welds shall be cleaned, primed and painted. h. Rivets or sheet metal screws penetrating the interior to be capped or cut to prevent injury. i. Cabinet depth of adjacent scoring, matrix and or video displays shall be within 1" ( + / -). Notify Owner when variance is greater. F. Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials for handrails, railings, anchors and connections: 1. Provide handrails and railings complying with ASTM E985 for structural performance; tested in accordance with ASTM E894 and ASTM E935. 2. Form changes in railing members: 11 63 10 - 21 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 a. Flush radius bends b. Mitering elbow bends c. Prefabricated flush elbows d. Any method above to change in direction involved. 3. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by handrails and railings. Coordinate anchors with supporting substrate. 4. Provide weep holes to drain entrapped water in hollow sections exposed to exterior moisture, condensation, or other sources. 5. Finishes: a. Galvanized 1) Hot -dip handrails and railings to comply with ASTM A123 and hardware to ASTM A 153. 2) Fill vent and drain holes not required for weep holes with zinc solder and file off smooth. 3) All fittings, attachments, and ferrous components to be galvanized. 4) After galvanizing, thoroughly clean of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. 5) Cleaning: clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. G. Catwalks and Stairs 1. Provide catwalks and platform assemblies capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials, members and connections: A minimum uniform design load as dictated by the IBC shall be used for all catwalks, platforms and accessways. 2. Catwalks shall be provided the full width of all rear - service electronic and advertising displays. 3. Internal circulation between catwalks shall be by ships ladders or stairs; vertical ladders are generally not acceptable. a. Ladders shall extend beyond each catwalk level. b. Provide self - closing access gate for openings in railing. 4. Provide a hoist, attachment point, hoist arm, davit, etc., and access through enclosure /railing, etc. to allow materials to be lifted to display from accessible area below. Structural capacity of structural provision for hoist to be of sufficient size to raise and lower all service items required for servicing the display, up to and including a minimum of 500 lbs. Hoist may rise through catwalks, in which case, hinged catwalks with safety railings shall be provided. H. Painting 1. Installer is responsible for touch up and repair of welds, corrosion, paint and finishes where work attaches to structure. Coordinate with Owner to maintain all product warranties and existing condition of Enclosures, Paint, etc. 2. Electrolytic protection shall be provided wherever differing metals come into contact. 3. Provide first line premium high performance (HiPac) products from one of the following manufacturers: IPC, Carboline, Sherwin - Williams Company or Tnemec. 11 63 10 - 22 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 4. Provide three coat paint system as indicated: a. Primer — organic zinc epoxy not less than 83 +2% by weight of zinc in dried film and 57 +2% volume solids applied at 3.0 - 5.0 mils DFT. b. Intermediate — polyamide epoxy not less than 65 +2% volume solids applied at 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. c. Finish — 100% Acrylic Urethane with UV inhibitor, high solids, not less than 64 +2% volume solids applied at 3.0 - 4.0 mils DFT. 5. Prepare surfaces and apply in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. I. Inspect existing vertical steel structure for corrosion and condition of coating. Notify Owner to clean corroded areas and re -coat per the requirements of this specification. Finish to comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. For components which are assembled or welded in factory, apply finish after completion of fabrication. J. Electrical 1. Provide complete power and branch circuit distribution as required from main switchboard all the way to the display modules. a. Power Distribution: All panel boards or load centers provided with lighting units for power distribution to displays loads shall incorporate main breakers, branch breakers and SPD's (Surge Protection Devices. b. Provide utility power distribution in all rear service enclosures. c. Label each breaker as to its function within the scoreboard assembly (i.e. backlit panel #1, Fixed digit scoreboard, etc.) 2. Conceal conduit and distribution within enclosures. 3. Provide lockable load center, breaker panels, and disconnects. Provide minimum of 8 keys per lock. 4. All materials shall fully comply with Underwriters Laboratories or other acceptable testing agencies acceptable to local authorities with jurisdiction. 5. Provide interior work lighting as required. K. Lightning Protection at Left Field Main Display 1. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services to provide a complete lightning protection system for the exterior scoreboard structure(s) included in this contract. The system(s) shall include strike termination devices, interconnecting conductors, a proper grounding system, interconnection with other building grounded systems, and surge suppression at service entrances and at left field main video board enclosure. The system design shall comply with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard # 780, the Lightning Protection Institute (LPI) Standard # 175, and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standard # 96A. The manufacturer of the material components shall be a manufacturer member of the Lightning Protection Institute, and all materials shall be listed and labeled in accordance with the requirements of UL Standard # 96. The system installation shall be made under the supervision of an LPI Certified Master Installer. Upon completion the contractor will deliver to the owner an as-built drawing and the appropriate system Certification documents under the UL & LPI programs. 11 63 10 - 23 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 L. Ventilation 1. Provide natural or forced ventilation as required for operation of all components. If louvers are required, submit location and size in submittals prior to installing 2. Provide all necessary dust and dirt filtration for the ventilation system. 3. Filters shall be easily removable and changeable. 4. NC level attributed to this ventilation shall be no more than NC 45 at nearest seat. M. Unless otherwise noted the following is the requirement for spares throughout the Scoring and Matrix system: 1. Provide 5% (or two (2) if 5% is less than two (2)) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, modules, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like. 2. Provide two (2) spare printed circuit card and transmit/receive interface of each type used in the system. 3. Provide 25% spares of any air filters —after final acceptance. 4. Provide extenders where required for service and maintenance of equipment. 5. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display. 6. Provide lockable; weatherized storage cabinets within scoreboard enclosure (where available for that display) for storage of spare parts inventory. Storage cabinet to include laminated parts list of each item included in cabinet inventory attached to lid /door of cabinet. N. Service Requirements 1. All screws and nuts that are required to be removed for access to displays shall incorporate captive screw and nut type designs. 2. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display; including any specialized /custom ladder, bosun's chair, or scaffolding required to service auxiliary displays for maintenance and repair. 0. Provide primary and backup connection from each display to control system in Scoreboard Control Room and other specified control locations. The Primary and Backup connections shall be routed separately around the stadium and be run in separate cable pathways. 2.3 LED DISPLAYS A. Technical Standards: 1. The Video Display shall incorporate direct view technology; currently recognized technologies: a. Light Emitting Diode (LED) 2. Brightness: 256 levels of illumination, including 0 %, 25 %, 50 %, 75% and 100 %. a. These illumination levels shall be able to be preset to simultaneously switch brightness and gamma correction to accommodate the following common game conditions: 1) Direct Daylight 2) Indirect daylight/overcast days 3) Afternoon/evening 11 63 10 - 24 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 4) Night (with field lighting) 5) Night (without field lighting) b. A method of accommodating automatic brightness control shall be supported. c. Illumination levels shall be able to be discretely dimmed or raised over time during an event. 3. Brightness shall not fall below (at 100% white generated at external input): a. 8,000 nits within first 100,000 hours of operation after acceptance. 4. LED module /panel characteristics a. Module shall be for outdoor use. b. Module, power supply, and ventilation components such as fans require a minimum IP rating of 67. c. Module shall have anti - reflective paint or coating applied to display face. Black state across all modules shall exhibit a Delta E color variation of no more than .4. d. Modules shall have horizontal louvers running between LED's or pixels. e. Modules shall be able to removed and installed from both the front and rear of the display. f. It shall not be necessary to remove or insert screws in order to remove or install a module. g. Color Capability: 16 bit (281 trillion colors). h. LED Refresh Rate: 2400 Hz minimum as defined by the number of times per second the image on the LED is repainted in intensity. i. Display shall have redundant internal module to module signal transfer j. Display shall have module level redundant internal power 5. Uniformity of brightness: a. Adjacent pixels 2.25 %, b. 7% total variation across entire display, brightest to darkest pixel /module. c. Uniformity standards to apply over entire viewing angle specified with no perceptible color shift. 6. 160° (80° off center) minimum horizontal angle (defined as 50% brightness) of viewing and 65° (nominal +25/ -40° with screen vertical) of vertical. Color temperature to remain constant over 50% brightness viewing angle range. 7. Color temperature of display: 7,000- 9,300 °Kelvin. With a uniformity of 250 °K between adjacent pixel with remote set -up and control to adjustment and balance of any pixel /module in display to match overall display color temperature through 100,000 hours of use. 8. Joints, seams or modules out of plane with the rest of the display, due to mechanical alignment of modules, units, louvers, secondary seals or artifacts will not be acceptable. 9. Gaps in displays shall not be larger than 125% of the pixel spacing of the displays. Sections spanning expansion joints to feature "slip joints" attachments to minimize or eliminate gaps. 10. Provide top, front or rear access as required by mounting conditions. 11. Display shall be flicker less, and free of all image processing artifacts such as image stuttering, frame dropping or skipping of any portion of the image display. 12. Images must be able to move smoothly throughout the entire length and width of the display. 13. Size as noted on display schedule 11 63 10- 25of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 14. LED Quality a. Suppliers: The highest quality LEDs purchased from Nichia or Cree. Upon award, Contractor shall supply verification of LED supplier and LED model numbers. b. Quality Control: Sorted by intensity and color wavelength. c. LED Lifetime: 100,000 hours of operation as defined by time at which display intensity has decreased to 50 percent of the original intensity. 15. Display Construction a. Service Access: Front or rear. b. Approximate: Cabinet Depth: 12" c. Cabinet Construction: All- aluminum construction for lightweight and corrosion resistance. 16. Viewing Characteristics a. Module Intensity: 8000 nits (adjustable). b. Brightness Control: 256 levels (manual, scheduled or automatic). c. Contrast Ratio: 1200: I. 17. Physical Pixel Spacing: Provide LED Displays with a maximum of 15 mm row and column spacing or approximate equivalent. 18. Minimum active area of displays shall conform to stated dimensions per the display renderings or larger as firm standards allow. B. Video /Scoreboard Processor 1. The processor shall be configured to support the following inputs: a. Component Serial Digital input (i.e. ITU -R 601; SMPTE RP -125) b. Digital Television (DTV) Production standards (e.g. 480p; 720p, 10801, 1080P). c. DVI 2. Provide connections, cabling and appropriate backups from control room (field level, Video Control) to board to support switching between the following connections (simultaneous display is not a requirement): a. Serial Digital (601) b. Digital Television Production standard (e.g. 480p; 720p, 1080I, 1080P). Note savings to be achieved to deduct this option. c. HD -SDI 3. Specific Input Configuration: a. HD -SDI and DVI b. Processor shall be able to support having 6 simultaneous sources on screen based on template layouts, while transitioning to 2 sources and back again without glitch, stutter, shimmer, black frames etc. c. Shall be capable of using an input of the type specified (e.g. HD -SDI) as a chroma key. d. If these requirements place significant cost burden on the processor, indicate savings achieved with a more limited input and /or simultaneous display configuration within the VE portion of the proposal form. 4. Remote operation. a. Preferred method of operation will be for a processor which responds to the VDCP protocol common in production switchers which allows for effects (in this case processor transitions) to be queued, run, and rewound. Note: VDCP over Ethernet has been supported /operated to date and is preferred 11 63 10- 26of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 implementation. b. Alternate method of operation will require the processor to respond to contact closures from the production switcher to achieve the same effects. (Assume need for 8 -12 contact closures to recall specific preset configurations, and then exercise the transition). 5. Processor shall output an HD -SDI signal to video control /video replay system which represents a composite of the same "feed" which is being sent to the video display. a. If these requirements place significant cost burden on the processor, indicate savings achieved with a more limited approach within the VE portion of the proposal form. b. If computers are employed as part of the LED Video display system, they shall meet these specification requirements as well as: c. Provide with a 15 minute UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply). d. If a computer is used as part of the processor —or used for remote control or any other functions of the video board— provide a complete backup computing system running in a full -time, on -line backup mode with appropriate disk mirroring. 6. Provide connections, cabling and appropriate backups from control room to board to support the following connections: a. SMPTE 292, HD -SDI (e.g. 480p; '720p, 10801, 1080P). b. SMPTE 424M; 3G -SDI is desirable. If this adds significant cost, please identify removal as a VE. C. Video screen electronics remote control system to provide complete screen remote control of: 1. Brightness level 2. Display power on/off (from control computer /console /processor) 3. Video signal on/off 4. Video Input Selection a. (including remote activation and deactivation by a contract closure from the video replay system production switcher) 5. Image positioning, sizing, and scaling 6. Color level 7. Hue 8. Contrast 9. Sharpness b. Color display test, and address location. This pattern shall include a map that corresponds to the address of each unit's physical address as well as a red, green, blue and white color scroll for all inputs over the entire display. Typical pattern: c. Red – Map, Green – Map, Blue – Map, White – Map 10. These controls shall be provided for all inputs to control system processor. D. Un- interruptible Power Supply (UPS). Provide UPS on screen processor(s), electronics, etc. that may be disrupted by momentary loss of power. UPS shall be designed to support signal processing path (not display) for15 minutes. E. Electronic connection between replay system and LED video boards. 1. All cable (primary and back -up) and pathway required is to be supplied and installed by 11 63 10 - 27 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 this Installer. 2. All cable, whether fiber optic or copper, will be run in new conduit and /or cable tray from the Control Room to video display(s). This does not relieve this contractor from providing and installing fire stop blocking, armored and/or innerduct if project requires it. 3. A separate, back -up cable shall be provided. a. Back -up path may be either fiber optic or copper. b. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. c. Patch panels shall be provided at the Control Room and Video Display to facilitate transfer between primary and back -up cables. 4. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. One complete backup set of transmitters and receivers shall be provided. 2.4 VIDEO DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS A. Computer based control system hardware shall exhibit sufficient computer processor power and speed to generate images instantly on command. Software packages and control electronics shall provide specified operational features. All control system software and messages shall be stored on non - volatile disk. Function of each workstation used for a particular display shall be able to be accessed and operated in the event of computer failure with workstation in the same functional group. B. Minimum Computer Processor Configuration for each CPU 1. CPU: as required by system operation. 2. Case: rack mount, with mounting rails. 3. Memory: 1 gigabyte (minimum) expandable to 2 gigabytes; if software requires additional memory to function, provide at no cost to owner. 4. Hard Disk: One terabyte of storage. 5. Video: 64 bit graphics accelerator capable of 16 million colors at 1600x1200. Refresh rate to be at least 72 Hz. Configure system to run at 1600x1200. 6. Monitor: 22" flat screen; active matrix, LCD (e.g. Viewsonic, LG, or Samsung). 7. Mouse: Three button Microsoft Intellimouse with IntelliEye. 8. Keyboard: full size with separate numeric keypad and cursor control. 9. Keyboard, Mouse and Monitor extenders. Provide as required to support these devices at some distance from the rack mounted CPUs 10. Serial ports: two. 11. USB: two front and two rear capable of handling 2.0 and 3.0 12. Computer system shall be completely tested by manufacturer prior to delivery. 13. 10 /100 Mbps Fast Ethernet adapter 14. Provide with a 15 minute UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) including monitor load. a. Each CPU /workstation assembly to include dedicated, on -line UPS with sufficient capacity to operate CPU /workstation (includes video monitor, not printers) for 15 minutes. Locate switch on UPS. b. Do not set UPS on floor. Unit must be mountable. 15. Software: 11 63 10 - 28 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 a. All software necessary to interface this computer to scoring system for configuration and operation, inclusive of all 3"I party software and licenses. b. Provide latest version of Windows® software on computer that is compatible with Video Display system. c. Provide with Microsoft Internet Explorer Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox, depending upon team's office standard or preference. d. All necessary software to synchronize, with appropriate timing offset, computer clocks to National Observatory Atomic clock (via internet connection provided by Owner). 16. Control System configuration to include on -line, redundant primary and backup server. 17. Computers /processors /controllers to consist, at a minimum, of the following: a. Left Field Main Video Display, primary processor b. Left Field Main Video Display, back -up processor c. Right Field Baseline Fascia Video Display, primary controller d. Right Field Baseline Fascia Video Display, back -up controller e. Scoring/Stats; primary f. Scoring/Stats; backup g. Scoreboard Room remote control computer (may be Keyboard, Video, and Mouse extension if architecture supports this approach). h. Rack control computer (may be Keyboard, Video, and Mouse extension if architecture supports this approach). 18. Control room rack mounted equipment to create sound levels of not more than NC 35 at nearest operator or workstation location. 19. Blu -ray drive that can read and write to Blu -ray media, DVD and CD -Rom. C. Hardware Control functions 1. Brightness controls: Provide a minimum of 256brightness levels for each display. D. Diagnostic Software: Provided to assist the Owner in diagnosing, isolating and repairing deficiencies in the display and control system, including defective lamps. E. Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. 2.5 DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS A. Computer based control system hardware shall exhibit sufficient computer processor power and speed to generate images instantly on command. Software packages and control electronics shall provide specified operational features. All control system software and messages shall be stored on non - volatile disk. Function of each workstation used for a particular display shall be able to be accessed and operated in the event of computer failure with workstation in the same functional group.. B. Control System configuration to include on -line, redundant server /master for all statistics and game -in- progress information. C. Control computer functions to all for the following workstations: 11 63 10 - 29 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1. Scoring 2. Back -up scoring (module; computer, etc.) 3. Message entry and playback 4. Scoreboard operation and configuration 5. Outside data services /steno input /Statistics feed. 6. Caption computer if function not included in other workstation(s). D. Main Server 1. Provide sufficient network storage for all message and animations in RAID protected format for 2 seasons worth of material E. Back -up Server — configured to run in a "hot- standby" configuration. 1. Provide sufficient network storage for all message and animations in RAID protected format for 2 seasons worth of material 2. Internal and exterior data ports to support, at a minimum: a. Elias b. Sportsticker feed c. ESPN Gamecast d. Access to MLBAM stats system. e. Feeds to multiple network display interfaces (e.g. Fox Box) located at broadcast truck parking area. f. Data feed from speed gun supplied herein capable of being displayed on any matrix board, or fed to the statistics video systems. g. Statistics SQL database access by Video Replay System character generator (e.g. Chyron Duet, or Pinnacle Systems Deko series) h. Serial Digital video output of data in text form. i. Data input standard stenography (ie; Stenograph 800 - 228 -2339, Cheetah Systems 800 - 829 -2287; EEG DE 280 decoder) equipment. Coordinate exact system and interface requirements with team after award of contract. j. Programmable inning state information that will allow changing of character generator pages (including "intelligent interface" remote recall of pages) based upon programmable triggers for: 1) Pre game 2) Time before game start 3) Specific inning 4) Half inning state 5) Game ended (team won) 6) Game ended (team lost) 7) Post game 8) As certain situations happen in the game. For example, stats should automatically change from batter to batter after each at bat. Graphical templates and the stats shown should be allowed to be triggered by different variables (current at bat number in the game, team, inning, etc.) These are examples and automation of the system should not be limited to these examples. 3. Speed Gun: System to incorporate data from radar gun: a. Connect computer feed to scoring system and store pitch and plate speed information within statistics database. 1163 10- 30of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 A 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Weatherized enclosure. c. Provide 4 channels of distribution d. Provide a minimum pitch speed threshold e. Provide a set hold time f. Support both MPH and KPH 4. Control room rack mounted equipment to create sound levels of not more than NC 35 at nearest operator or workstation location. F. Hardware Control functions 1. Brightness controls: Provide a minimum of 256 brightness levels for each display. Brightness levels shall include 0 %, 25 %, 50% to 65 %, 75% and 100% of full brightness for displays, ON /OFF controls for time and temperature display. 2. Clear ( "oops ") Button: Provide a special clear button in addition to the keyboard control that will immediately clear each matrix board. This will override any display in progress, and allow the operators to immediately remove any messages or animation. 3. Main Scoring and display Graphic Animation for Signage: Provide switch for activating the animation sequence. 4. Emergency message: Provide a special button or "soft" key on keyboard to initiate a minimum of six different stored emergency text messages of Owner's creation, on all displays capable of text. 5. Static ad panel illumination controls within scoreboard control room in locations as directed by the Philadelphia Phillies or Clearwater Threshers. 6. Change in advertising message template and files. Provide a minimum of three different advertising templates with three different sets of ads per template. G. Scoring, Advertising Image and Animation Software Control Functions and Features: 1. Character and Animation Features: All control system software and messages shall be installed on the internal hard disk drive with backup systems stored onBlu -ray discs. Provide the following software features for all displays. a. Character, Animation and Symbol Generation: Generation, control and placement of any display pattern in any area of the video or scoring displays. Patterns to include pre - programmed baseball display formats. Programming should allow the operator to modify the existing display format or store and recall custom formats generated by operator. b. Character Fonts: Upper and lower case character generation. Include a minimum of 100 separate fonts, including double and single characters. In addition provide the capacity for ten additional user definable font for storage and retrieval as a standard character set. Provide modification capabilities to all fonts and characters. c. System to allow creation of text messages "on the fly" within a zone or template, during the event and for these messages to be stored and played back in an automated fashion, during the event or recalled at a later time d. Symbols: A minimum of 100 line symbols to assist in operator graphics creation. In addition provide unlimited number of user definable symbols. e. Advanced message composition, including auto centering, left and right 11 63 10 -31 of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 justification. Character by character editing with the ability for font changes of existing text without text retyping. f. Bulk deletion of messages or selected deletion of individual messages or groups of messages. 2. Game in progress scoring requirements: a. Provide a graphical user interface capable of game statistics. b. Ability to keep a full- fledged MLB stats database which keeps game in progress statistics, season statistics, lifetime statistics, and updates stats via MLB's statistics system every morning. System to import rosters, visiting team statistics, and league leaders as well. This database shall include the ability to store pitch speed and type. 1) Must be able to download from outside source (MLBAM, Elias, etc.) 2) Must be able to manually override or add to rosters or stats if an error occurs in downloaded data 3) Stats and roster must include, but not limited to: a) Full Name b) Number c) Biographical Information (Age, Birth date, home town etc.) d) Season Stats e) Career Stats f) Situational Stats (Vs. Pitcher, Vs. Batter, Vs. Team, etc.) c. Allow for scoring of all baseball situations. d. System must allow for a safe /manual mode that allows the operator to continue scoring the game if a previous play(s) has /have not yet been recorded into system e. Software must allow for the input of detailed scoring information; e.g.: 1) Scoring sequence 2) Where ball was hit to 3) Home run distance 4) User designated notes fields f. Control system to allow designation of keyboard "soft" keys for rapid display of standard game conditions, such as Home Run, hit, error, etc., player name /number, team name, etc. g. As an All Star Game may be played here, it is essential that the statistics and database system be able to support players from the same league with the same jersey number. All database structures should include field of Major League Baseball's unique player ID to accommodate the All -Star game. 3. Statistics database: a. Game In progress information b. League leaders and standings c. Sportsticker information d. Speed Gun information e. Must be updated automatically after every at bat/scoring decision for the players involved. f. Situational/Expanded Stats 1) System must be able to generate game, season, career and situational stats (vs. lefties, vs. team, vs. batter, RISP, 3 -2 count, bases loaded, etc.) for any player involved in the game 11 63 10 - 32 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 2) These stats must be easily identified, formatted and displayed at the operator's discretion using compatible displaying software as well as character generators g. Standings & League Leaders 1) Categories for leaders should include but not limited to: 2) Batting Leaders (hits, avg., HRs, etc.) 3) Pitching Leaders (ERA, strikeouts, wins, etc.) 4) Fielding Leaders (assists, putouts, fielding %, etc.) 5) Team Leaders 6) Rookie Leaders h. This game in progress information shall be stored in a SQL database that shall be made available to: 1) Video character Generator 2) Video Display System 3) Other resources as designated by Owner i. Unique display requirements: 1) Spray charts for batters in the current game j. Note Creation, Storing & Editing 1) System must allow for the creation, editing, storing and displaying of player and team notes 2) System must allow for easy viewing, selection and displaying of notes 3) System must allow for notes to be edited during the game 4) System must allow for the creations of notes on the fly 4. Provide interface to the statistics system for out of town games to allow update of score, inning, runners on base, outs, pitchers and batters for each out of town game displayed. Update of all information on out of town scoreboard to be accomplished automatically once day's games are entered into system. a. Major League Scores 1) System must download and provide updated schedules, rosters and scores for all games in the major leagues from MLBAM or other source of out of town scores 2) System must allow for scoring updates to happen frequently (Several times a minute) 3) Updates should include, but not limited to: a) Rosters b) Game Start Time c) Current Pitcher (name & number) d) Current Batter (name & number) e) Current Base Runners (name, number & indicator) f) Current Score g) Current Inning (Top or Bottom) h) Current Balls i) Current Strikes j) Current Outs k) Winning Pitcher (name & number) 1) Losing Pitcher (name & number) m) Save (name & number) 4) System must allow for an user override function when software does not 11 63 10 - 33 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 provide current information (Specifically the addition of players to rosters and the changing of scores and innings as needed or if 2 games are played on a day) 5) System should allow user full control of how scores are displayed a) Number of games displayed b) Information displayed for games (and shall adapt if 2 games are played on a day by teams) c) Displaying of scores on multiple boards at one time 6) System should allow for the generation of game notes provided by MLBAM or other source of out of town scores a) Homeruns, injuries, pitching changes, ejections, etc. that have happened in other games b) System should allow user to edit and display notes at their discretion c) System should hold all notes generated until user displays or deletes the note b. Minor League Scores 1) System must download and provide updated schedules and scores for all games in the minor leagues from MLBAM or other source of out of town scores (Minor Leagues should include all AAA, AA, A & Rookie leagues at a minimum) 2) System must allow for scoring updates to happen frequently (Several times a minute) 3) Updates should include, but not limited to: a) Game Start Time b) Current Score c) Current Inning (Top or Bottom) d) Winning Pitcher (name & number) e) Losing Pitcher (name & number) f) Save (name & number) 4) System must allow for an user override function when software does not provide current information (Specifically the addition of players to rosters and the changing of scores and innings as needed) 5) System should allow user full control of how scores are displayed a) Number of games displayed b) Information displayed for games c) Displaying of scores on multiple boards at one time 6) System should allow for the generation of game notes provided by MLBAM or other source of out of town scores a) Homeruns, injuries, pitching changes, ejections, etc. that have happened in other games b) System should allow user to edit and display notes at their discretion c) System should hold all notes generated until user displays or deletes the note 5. External Feeds a. Information on out -of -town statistics, standings, league, team and individual statistics shall be acquired via Major League Baseball, Sports Ticker data feeds or other third party services as identified by the Team. These feeds to be interfaced directly with scoreboard control system, with automatic, real- 11 63 10- 34of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 time update capability. b. Installer to coordinate interface with outside information services with the Team. Software vendor shall interface to any data service client wishes throughout the warranty period. Vendor may identify any limitations of this service with their response (e.g. XML, 232, or other data interfaces). c. System to allow input of electronic stenograph data for text display on any matrix display and existing fascia displays. Coordinate location of stenographer with Owner's Representative and Team. Provide data link to this location from control system. 6. Advertising Image Control- System to allow multiple static and one animated LED advertising images in user definable zones for all matrix displays. System to: a. Allow creation of advertising/content templates with ad images inserted independently of content. b. Provide programming for at least 6 templates for each display (3 Phillies, 3 Threshers), with an additional three sets of different ad images for each template, as directed by the Owner. c. Advertising images to be able to changed independently of other content on display. d. Content to be able to be updated automatically or manually without any perceptible change in advertising image. e. Change in advertising image content to allow images /templates to be automatically or manually changed upon: 1) Predetermined point in game, including inning and half inning and any numerically identified inning (eg; 7th inning stretch). 2) Pre and post game 3) Exposure time 4) Time of day 7. Animations: Refresh at a minimum of 30 frames per second. Maximum of a one second response to a control system command. System shall be capable of importing AVI files for system playback. 8. Control and Interface requirements a. Preview: Preview animations or messages on the user system monitor(s) prior to display on spectator displays. b. Maximum of a one second response to a control system command. c. Security Code Access: Passwords shall be available to system users to log into and access the control of the display system. d. Message Display Procedure: User can develop a display "play list" that can include an unlimited number of files (messages) in a specified order, for a specified period of time, at certain times of the day. Individual files can be given time constraints so that a message can be dropped from being displayed after a given number of times. e. Off Line Programming: New messages, procedures, and displays can be entered and programmed into the system during the display of existing file(s) from any terminal (Network Control Systems). f. Messages to be able to combine with images in a single template and the resulting combined file able to be scheduled for automated presentation. The start time of the display to be able to be entered for subsequent automated start, or initiated immediately with a key stroke /click. Files in queue to be able to be 11 63 10 - 35 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 identified, and duration of each message on the display set via software control. g. Message Logging and Recall: All displayed messages or animations shall be recorded into a Message Log. The Message Log shall be tied into the game controller and statistics memory. Any message or selected number of frames of animation can be retrieved from the Message Log and printed on the system printer. A summary of the Message Log shall provide a description of the event, title of the message or animation, date and time of display, duration of display, which board(s) received the message, and which particular inning (or other moment of the event) the message occurred. A similar log shall exist for the rotating signs. h. Direct Control: Provide direct access and control of game statistics from previously designated remote locations or control room, generated by the operator from both control system locations. i. Real Time Access: Provide access from any message console to current messages, statistics, game -in- progress and animation. 9. Message formatting requirements: a. Zoning: A minimum of 25 user definable display zones (separate areas for displaying information) within both color displays with the size and location determined by the operator. Zones to be controlled individually, in groups, or totally at the same time, for all scoring, including auxiliary boards. Zone capability to simultaneously include text captioning or baseball line score at location of displays. b. Messages shall be able to crawl or roll in predefined zones with a minimum of four separate speeds. c. Temperature, time of day and date programming. d. Clocks: Provide capability to define location, size, fonts, and format of clocks on any addressed display. e. Assignable Z -order priority 10. Effects: Provide the following effects for characters, messages, symbols and animation: a. Operator control of message, including sequencing and timing. b. Repetitious rotating of selected zones of any display zone with at least three separate speeds. c. Vertical and horizontal venetian blind change. d. Horizontal travel with a minimum of three separate speeds. e. Vertical scroll with a minimum of three separate speeds. f. Wipe up /wipe down. g. Wipe left/wipe right. h. Wipe in a random -dot fashion. i. Expand horizontally. j. Expand vertically. k. Transitions inside special effects shall include "dissolve ", and "black hole" effects. Black hole and zoom effects to have user definable directions and origins. 11. Inherent system backup: Each computer -based workstation shall be capable of operating the software of any other workstation. 12. Control system to allow designation of "soft" keys for rapid display of standard game conditions. 13. Security Code Access: Passwords shall be available to system users to log into and 11 63 10 - 36 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 access the control of the display system. 14. Message Display Procedure: User can develop a display "play list" that can include an unlimited number of files (messages) in a specified order, for a specified period of time, at certain times of the day. Individual files can be given time constraints so that a message can be dropped from the displayed after a given number of times. 15. Off Line Programming: New messages, procedures, and displays can be entered and programmed into the system during the display of existing file(s) from any terminal (Network Control Systems). 16. Internet access Message Logging and Recall: a. All displayed messages or animations shall be recorded into a Message Log. The Message Log shall be tied into the game controller and statistics memory. Any message or selected number of frames of animation can be retrieved from the Message Log and printed on the system printer. 1) All displayed files, messages or animations shall be recorded into traffic database (log). 2) At a minimum every file, message or animation in the traffic database shall provide: a) A description of the event b) Title of the message or animation c) Dates and times of display 3) Date and time of first display. 4) Date and time of last display. 5) Other dates and times of display. a) Duration of display, which display(s) received the message, b) Client (e.g. advertiser, agency or network) associated with message or animation. 6) Sub - client information related to the piece (e.g. identifying a specific advertising campaign, 7) Contact information (e.g. name, phone, address, billing codes, etc.) 8) Missed display (e.g. scheduled, but did not occur due to being "pre- empted" by live piece or higher priority material). 9) Traffic reports shall be able to be created based upon user definable fields such as: a) Client b) Element (e.g. file, message, animation, etc.). c) Daily, weekly, monthly, etc. 10) Traffic reports shall be able to be generated in MS Excel. 11) Direct Control: Provide direct access and control of game statistics from previously designated remote locations or control room, generated by the operator from both control system locations. 12) Real Time Access: Provide access from any message console to current messages, statistics, game -in- progress and animation. H. Provide the following pre - programmed display formats: statistical and timing functions. Include variations of pre - programmed displays for the support of college and professional baseball, pre - programmed display formats, or the ability to store and 11 63 10 - 37 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 retrieve operator generated formats. Installer to work with Owner and Team staff in determining layout and content of pre - programmed displays. Each message shall be capable of being displayed on any matrix board. System to include data interface to allow game in progress information to be provided to broadcasters, without interference to display system control. 1. Work with the team to develop a number of pre - formatted arrangements to display game in progress, out of town displays, as well as league highlights. a. A minimum of six finished templates are required. b. Setup, review, approval and revision of each template will occur on site and graphics personnel are required on site. c. Expect the Setup, review, approval and revision to occur over multiple weeks. 2. Establish ability for stats and clip playbacks to be established with priorities so stats may have priority over clips or clips have priority over stats (depending on priorities). a. Main Outfield Display — simultaneous display capability minimum requirements 1) Up to four (4) simultaneous ad images with at least one animated 2) Minimum of 3 simultaneous scalable video image(s) 3) Game, player, team, situation stats 4) Line score 5) Alpha numeric text messages. I. External Data Control System: Provide system software related primarily to game statistics. Software shall interact with outside agency statistics (i.e.; ESPN Gamecast; MLB; Stock ticker) via modem or satellite interface by Display System installer, or manual entry by operator. Communication connection to paid services will be provided to control room under a separate contract. Provide for the system to be interfaced to broadcasters and the stadium video Replay System's character generator. J. Diagnostic Software: Provided to assist the Owner in diagnosing, isolating and repairing deficiencies in the display and control system, including defective lamps. K. Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. 2.6 LED GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION A. Graphics and Animation packages. 1. Animations a. The following animations are considered the initial minimum inventory of animations to be played back on the displays: 1) Anthem sequence (American flag waving) 2) Play Ball 3) Charge! 4) Fireworks 5) Home Run (3 versions) 6) Strike Out (2 versions) 7) Throwin' Heat (2 versions) 8) Double play (2 versions) 9) Get Loud 10) Louder 11 63 10 - 38 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 11) Make Some Noise 12) Stolen Base (2 versions) 13) 5 -7 generic moving backgrounds that can be stilled during play (containing Ballpark naming rights, Phillies or Threshers, or perhaps sponsor information) 14) Template for player names/headshots 15) Phillies or ThreshersWin (2 versions each) 16) 2 race elements; including winning animations for each race participant 17) Welcome to Bright House Field 18) Batting 1st 19) Batting 2nd 20) Batting 3rd 21) Batting 4th 22) Batting 5th 23) Batting 6th 24) Batting 7th 25) Batting 8th 26) Batting 9th 27) Due Up 28) Awesome! 29) Double 30) Here We Go Phillies or Threshers Here We Go 31) We WILL Rock You 32) Great Catch 33) Great Play 34) That Ball is Outta Here! 35) Let's Go Phillies or Threshers Let's Go 36) Oh Yeah 37) Pump It Up 38) What a Play 39) WOW! 40) Did you see that? b. Animations will be both continuous (simultaneously displayed on all displays) as well as local to a specific display. c. Animations shall be able to be displayed on each sign, at appropriate pixel ratio. In the event that animations must be re- rendered or converted to function on different size displays (e.g. fascia and field wall), provide that as part of this package. Multiple renderings of same animation shall not be construed as more than 1 animation. 2. Proofing Process a. It is anticipated that the development of these animations and graphics will be something of an iterative process, working with the team to arrive at a suitable graphic appearance and look. b. Where multiple versions are noted, it is likely that some of the additional versions may be sponsored. c. Some animations will require multiple reviews to arrive at finished, playable product. 3. Video display animations shall be delivered at full 1920x1080 resolution and possibly in at least two codecs based on team preference. Verify preferences 11 63 10- 39of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 for delivery. 4. Software rights a. Provide each graphic and animation in an editable, layered file format (e.g. photoshop and after effects, etc.) so that team can make corrections during the season (e.g. add players as the season progresses. 2.7 DISPLAY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT A. Animation Creation Computer 1. Basis of Design Hardware Configuration is currently Mac Pro Configured: a. Dual (2) 2.93GHZ Six - cores, b. 48GB memory. (Quantity: 1) c. One (1) ATI Radeon HD 5770 IGB graphics cards. (Quantity: 1) d. Mac Pro Raid card. (Quantity: 1) e. 1 TB 7200 -rpm serial ATA hardrive configured as mirrored system drives. (Quantity: 2) f. Apple Quad Channel Fibre Channel PCI Express Card — 4GB; Apple Computer (Quantity: 1) g. Blu Ray Drives; MCE BDIOXMPE2009. (Quantity: 1) h. Apple Mouse. (Quantity: 1) i. Apple Keyboard. (Quantity: 1) j. Apple 27" Cinema Display. (Quantity: 1) 2. Software a. Final Cut X. (Quantity: 1) b. Adobe Creative Suite 5 Master Collection. (Quantity: 1) c. Flip4Mac Studio Pro HD. (Quantity: 1) d. Nattress Big Box of Tricks Plugin. (Quantity: 1) e. Magic Bullet Suite 2009. (Quantity: 1) f. MS Office Professional 2010 g. Digital Juice/Digieffects Camera Mapper. (Quantity: 1) h. Digital Juice Compositors Toolkit 1. (Quantity: 1) i. Digital Juice Compositors Toolkit 2. (Quantity: 1) j. Digital Juice Video Trax 2 - -HD. (Quantity: 1) k. Digital Juice Sound Effects Library Volume 1. (Quantity: 1) I. Digital Juice Theme Kit 147. (Quantity: 1) m. Digital Juice Theme Kit 160. (Quantity: 1) n. Digital Juice Theme Kit 162. (Quantity: 1) 3. Computer system shall be completely tested by manufacturer prior to delivery. 4. Provide with a 15 minute UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply). 5. Animation Computer Minimum Quantity: 1 B. Networked Functions. The following devices should be configured to be shared on a network between individual workstations as well as the Video Replay System: 1. A network switch will be provided for the entire Video Display, Video Replay and Scoreboard system by the Video Production installer a. Coordinate connectivity b. Assist in configuration of switch; although exact configuration should 11 63 10 - 40 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 be provided by owner. 2. Network Back -up Requirements: a. Each computer provided under this contract shall be able to be backed up over the network to shared storage mediums by the owner. b. Work with the owner to establish back -up procedures and directories. c. Same system shall be used for imaging all computers. 3. Internet gateway: via network connection to team's computer system C. RS 232/485 Fiber Modems 1. Required as necessary to provide data at remote locations such as TV truck dock, video coaching, clubhouses, etc. a. Telebyte Model 277 b. Approved equal 2.8 SCORING CONSOLE A. Scoring through the use of keyboard inserts B. Ability to recall game information if power is lost C. LED backlit 32- character liquid crystal prompting display to verify entries and recall information currently displayed 2.9 EQUIPMENT RACK(S) A. Equipment Rack to match those being used for the video production equipment and be frame and panel type constructed of 16 -gauge cold - rolled steel. - to have locking rear door mounted on the frame (not the rails). Coordinate location and equipment/cabling in racks with Owner and video production system installer. Empty mounting panel spaces to be filled with blank or vent panels, in a finish to match rack. Provide end panels and top panels as required. Provide shelving as required for equipment mounting within racks. Provide rack supports as required. Provide seven rack keys of each type. Rack color to be gloss or flat black. Provide a magnetically attached, demountable, 60 -watt fluorescent or LED lamp in a locally switchable fixture mounted in the top rear of each rack. Include extra set of mounting rails in each rack for rear support of panels or equipment. Verify exact rack space required. 1. Support Equipment a. Blank Panels b. Vent Panels c. Miscellaneous equipment shelving d. Rack screws — Middle Atlantic HS e. Power distribution f. Rack light g. Seismic bracing and bases for attachment of racks to structure as required by code. 2. Display System Racks to be: a. Racks 1) Middle Atlantic MRK 4432 11 63 10 - 41 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 2) With side and top panels B. Keyboard, Video, Mouse Matrix Switcher 1. Provided by video production system installer. Coordinate connectivity. 2. Note: Dual module is used; Video and Scoring Display Installer connects to both switches as well. 3. Type 1 Data Monitor (GPXM1) —Rack mount keyboard, video and mouse. a. 19" flat screen, rack mountable, with integral keyboard and touchpad. b. Acceptable Suppliers 1) Rose RV2- CKVT19 2.10 SIGNATURE SIGNAGE — NAMING RIGHTS (If Applicable) and Time and Temperature Display A. Provide static, non - illuminated, naming rights signage with Bright House Field" logo /letters. Same as existing for new naming rights signage. B. Time and Temperature Display: Display alternating time or temperature for time and temperature display. 1. Illumination a. White, high brightness LED to allow daylight viewing. b. Lighting shall be addressable to allow 1) Cursive "signing" effect at multiple speeds 2) Individual letters to flash on and off 3) Other programmable effects 4) Linked to scoring system for home run or other signature moments 2. Letters: a. Depth: 18 -24 inches with aluminum returns and backs of a sufficient thickness to prevent buckling, oil- canning or visible warping. b. Height: as shown on schedule c. Front Face to be per Bright House color standards. d. Sides and rear of the letters are likely to be project color, but this needs to be reviewed from mockups. e. Transformers mounted either within letters between back and false back, or on catwalks. f. UL connectors and toggle disconnects with neoprene boot g. Drain Holes out the rear of the letter (not across front) 3. Supporting Structure —to match depth and appearance of entire assembly. 4. Controls: from scoreboard controller. a. Able to set an automatic off and on timer based on day of the week, day of the year, season of the year with a special holiday schedule for override. 2.11 CONTROL CABLING A. Installation shall include all required and operationally necessary low voltage control and /or fiber optic cabling for all scoring displays from Scoreboard Control Room to each display assembly as appropriate. B. All cable whether fiber optic or copper will be run in new conduit/cable tray from 11 63 10 - 42 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 the Scoreboard Control Room to each scoring/matrix element. This does not relieve this contractor from providing fire stop material, armored cable and/or innerduct if project requires it. C. Provide a single spare for each transceiver (line driver) type used by the scoring/matrix system. D. Provide back -up to any cabling sufficient to maintain game in progress clock functions /displays. Provide one spare cable of each type to each display. It is not acceptable to use spare pairs within the same cable. E. Cable shall carry appropriate fire rating (e.g. CMR, CMP, OFNR, OFNP, etc.) on jacket of cable as required by code for all areas cable passes through. 2.12 FIBER OPTIC CABLING, TERMINATIONS A. Fiber Optic Termination Panels I. Optical Fiber Rack Mount Patch Panel a. 2U Panel, 24 — 48 Port 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# RMG- 2000 -000B 2. Fiber Pigtails Single Mode (3m long) APC (PN determines Connector Type) a. Pigtail Adapter 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# FPT9- APSC- S -003M 3. Termination Panel Inserts a. Single Density, Loaded with 3 -SC single mode 1) Duplex Adapters a) Acceptable Product; (1) ADC PN# RMG- 06ADPC3 b. Double Density, Loaded with 6 -SC single mode 1) Duplex Adapters a) Acceptable Product; (1) ADC PN# RMG- 12ADPC3 c. Single Density, Loaded with 6 -SC single mode 1) Simplex Adapters a) Acceptable Product; (1) ADC PN# RMG- 06ADPC 1 d. Double Density, Loaded with 8 -SC single mode 1) Simplex Adapters a) Acceptable Product; (1) ADC PN# RMG- 12ADPC3 e. Double Density, Loaded with 12 -SC single mode 1) Simplex Adapters a) Acceptable Product; (1) ADC PN# RMG- 12ADPC3 f. Blank Strip 1) Acceptable Product; 1 1 63 10 - 43 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 a) ADC PN# RMG- 00ADP00 B. Fiber Optic Connectors 1. Single Mode Pigtails a. ST Pigtail (12 Fiber Strands) 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# FPM - 04/0 -M003M b. SC Pigtail (12 Fiber Strands) 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# FPM - 074/0 -M003M c. SC Angle Polish (APC) 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# FPM- 0E/0 -M003M 2. Single Mode fiber optic patch cords a. Simplex single mode patch cords 1) SC Patch Cord 568SC — 568SC a) SC Patch Cord 568SC — 568SC provide in 2 and 3 meter (6 and 10 feet) length as appropriate; "X" is equal to the length in meters (1) Acceptable Product; b) ADC PN# FPC- SPSC -S -XM 2) ST Patch Cord 568ST — 568ST a) ST Patch Cord 568ST — 568ST provide in 2 and 3 meter (6 and 10 feet) length as appropriate; "X" is equal to the length in meters (1) Acceptable Product; b) ADC PN# FPC - SPST -S -XM b. Angle Polished (APC) SC single mode Patch Cord 568SC — 568SC provide in 2 and 3 meter (6 and 10 feet) length as appropriate; "X" is equal to the length in meters 1) Acceptable Product; a) ADC PN# FPC - ADSC -S -XM PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Installer is responsible for matrials from time fabricated until final installation and acceptance by Owner. Storing or delivery materials at Stadium does not relieve installer from ultimate responsibility for all materials. B. All equipment and materials shall be new. Take care during installation to prevent scratches, dents, chips, etc. C. Mount equipment and enclosures plumb and square. Permanently installed equipment to be firmly and safely held in place. Design equipment supports to support loads imposed with a safety factor of at least three. Seismic bracing shall be installed on appropriate equipment where local codes require such installation. D. Cover edges of cable pass - through holes in chassis, racks, boxes, etc., with 11 63 10 - 44 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 rubber grommets or Brady GRNY nylon grommets. E. AC Power and Grounding 1. Adhere to all local and national electrical codes and standards. 2. Label power distribution equipment (e.g. breaker panels, disconnects, and Load centers) as to what portion of what module is being served by that device (e.g. breaker). F. All engraving shall be 1/8" block sans serif characters unless noted otherwise. On dark panels or push buttons, letters shall be white; on stainless steel or brushed natural aluminum plates, or light- colored push buttons, letters shall be black. G. Equipment and Cable Labeling 1. Provide engraved lamicoid labels on the front and rear of active equipment mounted in racks. Mount labels in a neat, plumb and permanent manner. Embossed labels are not acceptable. Equipment labels to have at least three lines of engraving with the first line listing the general name of the device. The second line to include the schematic reference of the device. The bottom line to indicate what other devices or areas this equipment controls. 2. Provide an engraved label over each user - operated control that describes the function or purpose of the control. Label size to be adjusted to fit available space. 3. Engraved labels to have 1/8" high characters minimum. Labels to be black with white characters except where indicated. 4. Cables, and wiring to be logically, legibly and permanently labeled for easy identification. Labels on cables to be adhesive strip type covered with clear heat - shrink tubing. Factory stamped heat shrink tubing may be used in lieu of the adhesive strip style label. Hand - written or self - laminating type labels are not acceptable. 5. Wiring designations to be an alphanumeric code that is unique for each cable. Locate the cable designation at the start and end of each cable run and within 3" of the point of termination or connection. For cable runs that have intermediate splice points, the cable shall have the same designation throughout with an additional suffix to indicate each segment of the run. Actual cable designation assignments to be determined by Installer. Add cable designation codes to system schematic drawings included with Project Record Drawings. 6. Label each terminal strip with a unique identification code in addition to a numerical label for each terminal. Show terminal strip codes on system schematic drawings included with Project Record Drawings. 7. Provide adhesive labels on the rear of equipment where cables attach to indicate the designation of the cable connected at that point. 3.2 INSTALLER TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Verify the following before beginning actual tests and adjustments on the system: 1. Electronic devices are properly grounded. 2. Powered devices have AC power from the proper circuit and hot, neutral, and ground conductors are connected correctly. 11 63 10 - 45 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 3. Insulation and shrink tubing are present where required. 4. Dust, debris, solder splatter, etc. is removed. 5. Cable is dressed, routed, and labeled; connections are consistent with regard to polarity. B. Installer shall contract with independent testing agency /consultancy to verify LED display performance: 1. Overall screen brightness (peak) 2. Uniformity testing a. Separate measurements (brightness and color temperature) shall be shall be made to verify uniformity at: 1) Peak/maximum brightness (recommended direct sunlight operating brightness). 2) Typical operating brightness 3) Evening /nighttime operating brightness b. Brightness uniformity 1) Pixel to pixel a) Intra - module b) Between modules c) Sampling techniques are acceptable, provided: (1) Number of samples is not less than 20% of the total display's pixels. (2) Samples are spread throughout the screen (3) Samples run width of screen 2) Module to module 3) Best case to worst case c. Color temperature uniformity 1) Pixel to pixel a) Intra - module b) Between modules c) Sampling techniques are acceptable, provided: (1) Number of samples is not less than 20% of the total display's pixels. (2) Sample is spread throughout the screen 2) Module to module 3) Best case to worst case 3. Viewing angles: a. Horizontal b. Vertical c. Defined as 50% of peak brightness, or at the point a noticeable color shift occurs. 4. Tests to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's installation and service manual on displays when physically installed at the site, with a "normal" video signal that is injected at the control room, or at the board. Tests on display elements or modules prior to installation are not acceptable. 5. Test report shall include full documentation on test procedure, instruments employed (including model number and serial number) and copy of instrument calibration certification. C. Color temperature of all displays to be adjusted to be within a maximum range of 10 %, while maintaining absolute values stipulated in this specification. 11 63 10 - 46 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Preparation for Acceptance, prior to final inspection: 1. Temporary facilities and utilities shall be properly disconnected, removed and disposed of off -site. 2. All systems, equipment and devices shall be in full and proper adjustment and operation, and properly labeled and identified. 3. All materials shall be neat, clean and unmarred and parts securely attached. 4. All broken work, including glass, raised flooring and supports, ceiling tiles and supports, walls, doors, etc. shall be replaced or properly repaired, and debris cleaned up and discarded. 5. All extra materials, portable equipment, and spares shall be delivered and stored at the premises as directed. 6. All as built documentation, record drawings, operations and maintenance manuals, and test data must be presented prior to or during acceptance as determined by Owner's representative. 3.3 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide test equipment and complete, installed control system for final acceptance testing. Test equipment to be available for the entire period through final system acceptance. Prior to start of testing, provide a list to the Owner's Consultant of test equipment make and model numbers that will be used. 1. Dual -trace oscilloscope: 100 MHz bandwidth, 1 mV /cm sensitivity, TV trigger. 2. Multimeter: Measurement range, DC to 20,000 Hz, 100 mV to 300 V, 10 ma to 10A. 3. Spot photometer: equal to Minolta CS100 4. The following equipment will be needed in the process of acceptance testing. Some of this equipment may exist in the video replay system. The use of the video replay system's components should be confirmed with the Owner and Owner's Consultant. In the event that this equipment is not available, then it shall be provided by installer. a. Television test signal generator: Tektronix, Leitch; composite or component depending upon actual connections to display. b. Waveform monitor and vectorscope: Tektronix or Videotek; composite or component depending upon actual connections to display. Unit should be portable. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of installation and initial tests and report specified in Part 3, acceptance testing shall be performed by the Owner's Representative. B. Acceptance testing will include operation of each major system and any other components deemed necessary. Installer will assist in this testing and provide any test equipment required specified herein. Installer shall provide at least 2 technicians available for the entire testing period (day and night), to assist in tests, adjustments, and final modifications. Tools and material required to make any necessary repairs, 1 1 63 10 - 47 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 corrections, or adjustments shall be furnished by the Installer. Testing process is estimated to take a minimum of 3 days. Testing to include demonstration of Stenograph and Sports Ticker /other outside service, data input capability. Provision of stenograph equipment and operator as required, is the responsibility of the Installer. C. The following procedures will be performed on each System: 1. Assessment of display images 2. Provide test pattern on all color matrix and video displays for Owner's Representative to review. Pattern to include: a. A rotation of red, grid, blue, grid, green, grid, white, grid. b. Grids to have letter and /or number or combination of both within each grid box representing module. c. Rotation to be able to be easily accessed and automatic. 3. Physical inspection of displays 4. Review of animations 5. Review of scoring and clock functions. 6. Review of system operation on redundant cabling. 7. Control functions shall be checked for proper operation, from controlling devices to controlled devices. 8. Adjust, balance, and align equipment for optimum quality and to meet the manufacturer's published specifications. Establish and mark normal settings for each adjustable control with small white, adhesive dots, and record these settings, in the "System Operation and Maintenance Manual" a. For physical controls, normal settings shall be marked with small white, adhesive dots. b. For software controls, "screen shots" of the relevant menus, pages or dialog boxes shall be made. Additionally software presets shall be recorded to "disc" permitting full recall. 9. Installed and loose equipment will be inventoried for correct quantity. 10. Any other test on any piece of equipment or system deemed appropriate. 11. Testing to include demonstration of Stenograph and Sports Ticker data input capability. Provision of stenograph equipment and operator as required, is the responsibility of the Installer. D. Display Brightness testing procedure: 1. Screen(s) shall be set at the appropriate brightness level with an NTSC standard (or equivalent) 100% white video signal at input to screen/processor. Screen(s) will be allowed to stabilize, and screen controls shall be adjusted for a uniform brightness across each screen's face. 2. Screen(s) shall be adjusted to the specified color temperature. 3. Brightness level shall be measured using a spot photometer of certified calibration with trained technicians according to the following procedure: a. All measurements shall be made in the lowest ambient light attainable. This will necessitate measurement during late hours due to the construction process. b. A grid of one vertical and one horizontal line, equally spaced, shall be placed on each video screen to provide for four equivalent rectangular screen areas. 11 63 10 - 48 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 c. Spot light intensity readings measured in NITS (1 NIT = 1 candela/m2) shall be taken with a spot photometer set to a 1° measurement circle at a distance of 500 feet normal to screen(s). d. Screen(s) will be turned off and four readings shall be taken with an average light established to determine the "black" level. e. The difference between the white screen light measurement and the black screen measurement shall establish the brightness in each area and the average of each screen shall establish the overall brightness of each screen. f. Horizontal and vertical viewing angles will be measured. E. In the event the need for further adjustment or work becomes evident during setup and /or acceptance testing, the Installer will continue his work until the system is acceptable at no addition to the contract price. If approval is delayed because of defective equipment, or failure of equipment or installation to meet the requirements of these specifications, the Installer will pay for additional time and expenses of the Owner's Representative. F. Final acceptance will follow the successful control system operation at the completion of the team's first regular season of home stand of at least 3 games. 3.5 DEMONSTRATIONS A. Provide 40 hours instruction to Owner designated personnel on the use and operation of the System, scheduled as a minimum of 5 separate sessions with number of sessions to be mutually coordinated, by an instructor fully knowledgeable and qualified in system operation. The System Reference Manuals should be complete and on site at the time of this instruction. Coordinate schedule of demonstration with Owner's Representative and Owner. At direction of Owner or tenant, a portion of training time may be deferred to end of, or at any point during the first regular season as follow -up sessions to enhance operator's ability to maximize performance of system. B. Training Schedules 1. Training should be assumed to take place on the project site, unless agreed to by the Owner. 2. Training should be scheduled to be non - overlapping, unless agreed to by the Owner. 3. Actual training schedule shall be by agreement with Owner. Do not assume that training will occur over 8 hour days. It is more likely that training will be scheduled in 4 to 6 hour increments; perhaps over a period of weeks (or even months). 4. In the event that a portion of the training time is occupied in troubleshooting the equipment installation, then the training time shall be extended an equal amount of time. C. The following is a general idea of the training "curriculum ": 1. A general familiarization of the Owner's Representative of the device. 2. An explanation of how the device interfaces to the rest of the system (including data connections; timing requirements and the like). 3. General training on operating the device. 11 63 10 - 49 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 4. Specific training on device operation (e.g. entering statistics; how to access data retrieval sources; how to create repeatable formats and layouts, changing fonts, loading new fonts). 5. Saving information; backing information up (including a review of the proper procedures for backing up. 6. Basic troubleshooting 7. Specific troubleshooting (this information may be conveyed to personnel other than the device's "operators "). 8. How to upgrade software; precautions taken while doing (e.g. backing -up existing software, don't be the first one to try the new software on game day). D. In addition to training noted above, be present at four soft opening events, up to three Phillies Spring Training games, and each of first three home stands for the Clearwater Threshers ( "stand" is defined as all games against a signle opponent) following final acceptance, as designated by Owner, to assist with operation of system. E. In the event that the Scoring Display system is used prior to final acceptance, attendance in support of said usage shall not be construed as acceptance, or as event attendance. 3.6 EVENT ATTENDANCE A. In addition to training noted above, be present at first 4 games during first season, as selected by the Owner, following final acceptance, to assist with operation of system. 1. Call times to be as follows: a. 4 hr call on game day prior to event b. 1 hour call on the day prior to event c. 24 hour call any other day 2. Additionally provide one (1) follow -up visit at the Owner's request prior to the end of the first year of operation. Site trip to include at least eight (6) hours on site, at Owner's direction. 3. Any time spent troubleshooting the installation during this time, shall not count towards fulfilling this requirement. PART 4 — BID INFORMATION 4.1 SUBMITTALS A. The LED Display Details shall be submitted during the bidding phase of the project with the product data documentation for approval. B. Service Options outlined in Part 3 of the Section shall be submitted with the close- out documents for the project with the cost for each option. Owner to elect which to select during the warranty phase of the project. 11 63 10 - 50 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 4.2 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS A. Unique Identification 1. LOC— Location of Display 2. SUB— subordinate identification of an element in overall display. 3. SCB —Main Video Display B. Dimensions 1. HT— Height of Active Display area (excluding, trim, etc.), in inches. 2. WD Width of Active Display area (excluding, trim, etc.), in feet. 3. TOL— Tolerance, expressed as a percentage of Height or Width. Allowable variation to base size. 4. MAX HT— Maximum height of display, including all cabinet, trim, etc. (inches unless otherwise noted). This dimension is generally set by sight lines and cannot be exceeded within base proposal. C. TYPE — Technology Type 1. RGB —Full color, light emitting diode (LED) 2. FD —Fixed digit, light emitting diode (LED) 3. BL -Back lit panel D. MIN RES— Absolute Minimum Physical Pixel Resolution expressed in mm (higher resolution products are implicitly allowed; within the available power limitations). E. USE — Purpose of display F. Position Information 1. Position Information; physical location of display. G. Notes - 4.3 SCHEDULE OF DISPLAYS See Sketches SK -1, SK -2 and SK -3. Contractor shall confirm as -built sizes in field. 4.4 ALTERNATE A. Add Alternate 1 - Provide warranty break -out pricing to expand warranty to cover years 6 thru 10. B. Add Alternate2. Service Contract for parts and labor for Years 5 through 10 for the scope of work covered under 11 63 10. Pricing shall remain in effect until the end of the warranty period or until the Owner accepts or declines this service contract whichever occurs first. 1. Requirements of service contract. a. All costs for US factory parts repair or replacement shall be included. 11 63 10 -51 of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 b. Following expiration of warranty period, owner will remove failed components from display (scoring or video) and ship, at owner's expense, to US repair depot. c. Installer (or installer's Supplier) shall repair or replace components and ship to owner, at installer's expense using next -day delivery for Tuesday to Saturday deliveries (inClearwater, Florida). Installer shall ship repair parts, within 24 hours of request of owner, prior to their receipt of failed part. d. Repair and return shipment shall be in a timely fashion to maintain display operation. e. In the event of parts failure of more than 5% of the display(s), the installer shall dispatch to the site, at installer's cost, factory technicians to assess cause, and means of returning to operation. Site visit timing shall be coordinated with owner, and in the event that adequate notice is provided (36 -48 hours), shall be provided prior to stadium events where more than 50% of the facilities seating capacity is expected. 2. Sum of years 6 through 10. a. Year 6 costs. b. Year 7 costs. c. Year 8 costs. d. Year 9 costs. e. Year 10 costs. 3. Note if Options increase or decrease these values, indicate savings (or additional cost) 11 63 10 - 52 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 6.1 LED DISPLAY DETAILS. SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH LED DISPLAY PROPOSED. Base Proposal or Alternate Number: 11 63 10 ID Number: Manufacturer: Model: Overall Display Size (measured from Fractional Units (e.g. 18.5') pixel to pixel; not including cabinet) Vertical Feet Horizontal Feet PHYSICAL Pixel Pitch Millimeters Number of Pixels (Vertical number x Horizontal number) by Pixel Density Pixels /sq ft Virtual Pixel Pitch "claimed" pixel pitch millimeters Green LED Supplier Red LED Blue LED Supplier "3 in 1" LED Supplier Brightness Nits Brightness Level adjustment Gradation Method Tonal Gradation Viewing Angle Vertical Horizontal Power Consumption Color Temperature °K degrees V Degrees H Average (entire display) Maximum (entire display) Normal Power requirements(Voltage, Service, 0) Include any air conditioning requirements for entire Display Entire Display Weight (Include internal structure) 11 63 10 - 53 of 54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 END OF SECTION 11 63 10- 54of54 20080630 June 23, 2014 F2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 SCOREBOARD REPAINTING Prepared for: Brian Keane PE SECB McCarthy and Associates tmkeane @aol.com 727 - 641 -3151 Jeffrey Walker The Sherwin Williams Company 813- 394 -4894 swrep6784 @sherwin.com July 17, 2014 Section 09900 - Painting Page 1 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 Part 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Owner will provide final Scope of Work. B. Scope of work includes: 1. Chlorinating exterior building surfaces followed by pressure washing at a minimum 3000 p.s.i., sealant removal and replacement per paint spec, sealants shall be applied at all 90 degree corners per engineer recommendation, priming of exterior and application of exterior topcoat. One building will be painted. The exterior colors will be the same. 1.2 PRE -BID CONFERENCE A. A pre -bid conference of all intended bidders, owner's representative(s), project attached specifiers (Le., engineer or architect) and Sherwin Williams representative(s) to review specifications, owner's final scope of work and establish project requirements of all parties involved. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in exterior waterproofing, commercial, residential, multi -story and multi - family painting. B. Submit with bid a minimum of five references of successfully completed projects of similar magnitude and complexity, to include BUILDING /COMPLEX NAME: BUILDING ADDRESS: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Continued) Section 09900 - Painting Page 2 of 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 TELEPHONE NUMBER: BUILDING /RESIDENT MANAGER: BOARD MEMBER OR OFFICER: EXTERIOR FINISH COATING SYSTEM: C. Include a copy of license, if required by local governing authority and applicable insurance documents. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame /fuel /smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.5 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. Provide to prevent public entry, to protect existing trees and plants, to provide for owners use of site, to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage and to protect products and finished work from inclement weather as conditions warrant. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING A. Maintain areas under contractor's control free of waste materials, debris and rubbish. B. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site periodically and dispose of off -site, conforming to applicable regulations for disposal of debris. C. Maintain disposal area in an orderly manner; prevent run -off into waterways or onto adjacent properties. 1.7 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products immediately upon delivery, in accordance with Sherwin Williams product data sheets. All materials used on job shall be stored in a single place designated and agreed upon by the project management's representative. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Section 09900 - Painting Page 3 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 A. Do not apply exterior coatings during inclement weather or when air or substrate surface temperature is below Sherwin Williams recommendations, unless otherwise recommended by Sherwin Williams representative. B. Provide lighting level of 80 foot - candles measured mid - height at substrate surface. 1.9 FIELD SAMPLES A. A job site standard of the specified surface prep, surface conditioner, and finish executed by the contractor of record prior to project commencement is strongly suggested for the purpose of satisfying owner's approval. Provide field sample panel 2 feet long by 2 feet wide illustrating surface preparation, coating color, color coverage, texture and finish. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the work, if surface is properly prepared. 1.10 PAYMENT SCHEDULE Payment draw schedule will be arranged between the owner's representative and painting contractor. Sherwin Williams will be provided a copy of the schedule and notification of payments by the owner. Sherwin Williams will set up an account specific to this project. Upon each draw, Sherwin Williams shall receive payment toward the account balance and will, in return, issue a "Partial Release of Lien" from the supplier. Part 2 — PRODUCTS Section 09900 - Painting Page 4 of 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 2.1 COLORS A. A sample of each color shall be applied to the building for color approval by the project management's representative. Part 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Verify substrate moisture content does not exceed recommended "dry" condition. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General 1. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures as recommended by Sherwin Williams and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 2. For more detailed information, see manuals and publications of standard industry procedures provided by organizations such as the following: a. American Institute of Architects (AIA). b. Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). d. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA). e. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC). f. Sealant Waterproofing Restoration Institute (SWRI). 3. Remove or protect items not to be finish painted. After completion of painting in each space or area, reinstall removed items. B. Mildew Treatment Section 09900 - Painting Page 5 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1. Solution concentration shall be 1 part water to 3 parts chlorine. Work solution into cracks, joints and textured surfaces with clean, stiff - bristle scrub brush. Workers should wear rubber gloves and safety goggles. Avoid skin contact and wash with soap and water when through. Allow the solution to remain on the surface for ten minutes followed by a clean water rinse. C. Pressure Washing 1 All vertical and horizontal surfaces designated in scope of work will be pressure washed for the complete removal of all mildew, chloride (salts), dust, dirt, grease, oil, loose particles, laitance, loose /peeling /blistering coatings and foreign materials. 2. The most effective method to accomplish the necessary results is the application of high pressure water blasting applied at horizontal and vertical overlapping sweeps completed at no more than 6 — 12" away from the surface. At no time will the operator attempt to wash at a distance of more than 12" away from the substrate. 3. Concrete, Masonry and Stucco Substrates: The pressure necessary to accomplish the above requirements is 3000 p.s.i. or above with a properly sized fan tip on well adhered coatings and /or an oscillating tip on marginally adhered and peeling coatings. 4. Metal Surfaces: Use 3000 p.s.i. or above with a fan or oscillating tip. 5. Wood Substrates: Use 1500 p.s.i. with a flat fan tip. 6. The unit's delivery flow at the nozzle must be between 4.5 — 7.0 gallons a minute. Local water supply should be verified with an empty 5- gallon pail and a watch with a second hand. 7. After pressure washing and mildew treatment check several areas for surface chalk and efflorescence. If chalk remains, re -wash affected areas, and allow to dry. Apply surface conditioner to obtain a slight angular sheen on the entire surface. D. Sealing Chalk and Efflorescence 1. Verify powder residue on surface is either chalking due to Section 09900 - Painting Page 6 of 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 weathering or alkalinity, or efflorescence. Localized powdery spots on cementitious surfaces usually indicates efflorescence or high alkalinity. A few drops of muriatic acid applied to the powdery surface will react to efflorescence by bubbling; no reaction to chalk. 2. After pressure washing and mildew treatment, allow surface to dry thoroughly and check several areas of each surface for chalk and efflorescence. 3. Apply surface conditioner appropriate to degree of chalk remaining, determined as follows: Chalk ratings are as listed in ASTM 4214 -89, Test Method 659. a. Light Chalk: #8 on ASTM Photographic Standard. b. Moderate Chalk: #6 on ASTM Photographic Standard. c. Heavy Chalk: #4/2 on the ASTM Photographic Standard. 4. Apply surface conditioner solution with brush, roller, airless or pressure sprayer. For heavy chalk, work surface conditioner thoroughly into surface with brush. 5. Allow to dry according to label directions before proceeding. 6. Recheck for chalk after surface conditioner is dry. Surface conditioner should be applied to obtain a slight angular sheen on the entire surface. 7 Topcoat surface conditioner within 7 days after overnight dry. E. Sealants 1. Install Stampede Urethane sealants at all specified transitions of the building's exterior wall envelope to protect from air and moisture infiltration, by removing and replacing ALL existing sealants according to SWRI (Sealant Waterproofing Restoration Institute) and ASTM C 1521 -02a, Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints: examples of areas to look for a. Sealants that are in adhesive failure. b. Sealants that are in cohesive failure. c. Sealants with a loss of sealant properties. d. Substrates cohesive failure with sealants attached. 2. Install specified sealant STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE Section 09900 - Painting Page 7 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 SEALANT at all transitions listed, and to all transitions where they have been omitted previously, unless specifically excluded by Owner or Owner's representative in writing. This includes, but is not limited to: door, window and fixture penetrations and perimeters; windowsills, joints and perimeters of decorative stucco bands, quoins, joints at wall to wall (i.e., inside corners created by changes in direction of joining surfaces); flashing details; control joints and between separating dissimilar materials at expansion joints, etc.; and work provided by others including attachments or intrusions when penetrating exterior coating system (i.e., downspouts, screen enclosures, railings attached to sidewalls, etc.). Sealant installed over existing sealant is strictly forbidden. 3. Prior to sealant application: a. Remove all old sealant with a caulk cutter only using caution not to damage the substrate and brush clean all residuals. Bridging /band- application over any existing sealants is unacceptable. Dispose of all cleaning residuals /old sealant, etc. in accordance with all local and state EPA/city /county requirements. b. Seal stucco with surface conditioner and allow to dry. c. Fit with backer rod or bond breaker (where necessary to control maximum depth of'/2" and /or to prevent three (3) sided adhesion. 4. Install specified sealant STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE SEALANT. Sealant must be installed according to the manufacturer's directions. All sealant must be installed to maintain the proper width to depth ratio. All sealant will maintain a minimum of /2" width and have a minimum of intimate contact with the prepared substrate(s). 5. All sealant will be no more than ' /2" in depth, and no more than 1" in width except for multi- component high - performance sealant. Transitions that have anticipated movement will or where sealant depth may exceed h /2" will have bond breaker tape or backer rod installed to prevent three (3) sided adhesion. 6. Expansion joints will use specified two part urethane sealants and will be installed only after proper mixing procedures. All sealant details will be tooled immediately after installation with the correct sized sealant tool. F. Ferrous Metal Section 09900 - Painting Page 8 of 12 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1. After pressure washing, mildew treatment and chloride (salts) removal, ferrous metals will be solvent cleaned in accordance with the Society of Protective Coatings Standard, SSPC SP -1. Change cleaning rags often. Dispose of all rags in accordance with local, state and EPA regulations. 2. Any existing rust or loose and failed coatings will be removed by conscientious hand and power tool cleaning, according to SSPC- SP2 /3. Hand or power sand all existing gloss surfaces in order to promote the adhesion of the specified primer /finish. Remove all sanding residuals. 3. All residue produced by grinding and chipping will be completely removed from the surface and surrounding area prior to any other procedure. Any area that presents difficulty in reaching will be treated with the specified rust conversion primer, applied by label direction. Rust must be present for the converter to perform as formulated by converting ferrous oxide (rust) to a stable iron complex. 5. Pay particular attention to back -to -back angles, bolt configurations and all welds. "Stripe coat" all welds and allow primer to dry prior to complete prime coat installation. 6. Surface temperature must be 5° F above critical dew point prior to any coatings procedure. G. Galvanized Metals 1. After pressure washing, mildew treatment and removal of chloride (salts) residue, remaining oxidized or deteriorated coating will be removed by power tool sanding or wire brushing. 2. Lightly sand to remove existing gloss and ensure primary bond of the Sherwin Williams coatings system. 3. Clean all surfaces to be painted by solvent wiping with approved solvent compatible with specified system and allow to dry prior to any other procedure. Remove all sanding residuals. 4. Prime any bare galvanized metal. Convert any rust — see "Ferrous Metals." H. Miscellaneous Equipment — Roof fixtures, fire boxes, mechanical /electrical fixtures, boxes and piping. Section 09900 - Painting Page 9 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 1. After pressure washing and mildew treatment, sand, scrape and wire brush remaining loose paint. 2. Replace rusty fasteners. 3. Prime rust and prime bare metal. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample panel 4 feet long by 4 feet wide illustrating coating color, color coverage, texture and finish. B. Locate where directed. C. Accepted sample may remain as part of the work, if surface is properly prepared. 3.5 APPLICATION Coatings should be applied based on specified wet mil film thicknesses to achieve suggested dry film thicknesses. Spread rates available on Sherwin Williams product data sheets and product labels should be used as a guideline for material estimates. Given the available data, it is the responsibility of the applicator to determine spread rates based on surface textures, profiles and porosity after required preparation. The contractor shall also be responsible for determining the number of finish coats to provide satisfactory hide and coverage without compromising the finish and performance characteristics of the products. Sherwin Williams shall not be held responsible for any quantity estimates. A. Apply products in accordance with Sherwin Williams recommendations. Section 09900 - Painting Page 10 of 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Verify surface temperature is within manufacturer's specified range. D. Apply each coat to film thickness as recommended by Sherwin Williams. E. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. F. Apply exterior coatings using brush and roll method, unless approved otherwise by Owner. 3.6 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed or spattered. B. During progress of work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Collect waste, cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in metal containers and remove daily from site. ' 3.7 MATERIALS AND PRIMERS (unless otherwise specified at system 3.8) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Primer - Ferrous Metal: SW Macropoxy Pre Prime 920 B. High - Performance Primer — Ferrous Metal: SW Macropoxy 646 Fast Cure Epoxy applied at 7 -13.5 mils wet/5 -10 mils dry. Follow all label directions. C. Sealant — STAMPEDE 100 URETHANE SEALANT. D. Sealants — Expansion Joints: Per engineer's specification. E. Backer Rod and Bond Breaker: Compatible with adjacent surfaces and materials; to suit application. Backer rod is best placed with tools specifically designed to control depth to W. F. Solvent Cleaner: See data sheet for appropriate solvent for each product. G. Accessory Materials: Paint additives, thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; of commercial quality. Section 09900 - Painting Page 11 of 12 BRIGHTHOUSE FIELD 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FL 33765 3.8 FINISH SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES Coatings should be applied based on specified wet mil film thicknesses to achieve suggested dry film thicknesses. Spread rates available on Sherwin Williams product technical data sheets and product labels should be used as a guideline for material estimates. Given the available data, it is the responsibility of the applicator to determine spread rates based on surface textures, profiles and porosity after required preparation. The contractor shall also be responsible for determining the number of finish coats to provide satisfactory hide and coverage without compromising the finish and performance characteristics of the products. Sherwin Williams shall not be held responsible for any quantity estimates. WET FILM GAUGES MUST BE USED. A. Score Board Metal Supports Refer to Article 3.2 Preparation and 3.7 Materials and Primers. 1. Primer: SW MacroPoxy Pre Prime 920 2. Second Coat: SW MacroPoxy 646 3. Third Coat: SW MacroPoxy 646 4. Fourth Coat: SW Acrolon 218 NOTE: Follow all suggested coverage rates on product data pages Section 09900 - Painting Page 12 of 12 APPENDIX Appendix.docx i 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS: Ewing Cole Sketches 1. EWING COLE Sketch — SK -1 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed Video Board - Dated 6 -23 -14 2. EWING COLE Sketch — SK -2 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed New Naming Rights Signage, New Temperature Display & Relocate Existing Flag Poles (3) - Dated 6 -23 -14 3. EWING COLE Sketch — SK -3 — Bright House Network Field — Proposed New Ribbon Board - Dated 6 -23 -14 Structural Electrical Drawings Scoreboard Structural Electrical Drawings - Bright House Networks Field (7 sheets) -Dated 12 -2003 a. Sheet 1 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design Elevations & Details Dated 12 -12 -03 b. Sheet 2 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design — Details dated 12 -12 -03 c. Sheet 3 of 3 - James R. Brown — Signage & Video Board Structural Design — Sections &Details dated 12 -12 -03 Sheet 1 of 1 - James R. Brown — Sign Foundation — Sections &Details dated 12 -15 -03 E -1 Scoreboard Power Elevations & Section Drawings Date 11- 18 -03 E -2 Panel Schedules, Details & Single Line Diagram Date 11- 18 -03 E -3 Electrical Specifications Date 11- 18 -03 d. e. f. g. Structural Assessment McCarthy & Associates, Inc. — Bright House Field — Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing Date July 15, 2014 General Building Permit Drawings Included are General Building Permit Update Set May 30, 2003 (Final Plot March 11, 2004) Facility Open February/March 2004 Spring Training Season. Video Board Contractor shall verify in the field actual location Audio Video Information provided on the drawing provided below: Sheet No. Drawing Title AVO -0 AVI -1 AVI -2 AV2 -IA AV2 -1 B AV2 -1C AV2 -1 D AV2 -1E AV2 -2A AV2 -2B AV2 -2C AV2 -2D AV2 -2E Audio Visual Service Level Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Audio Visual Cover Sheet & Legend Reference Plan Main Concourse Reference Plan Service Level Area A Service Level Area B Service Level Area C Service Level Area D Service Level Area E Main Concourse Area A Main Concourse Area B Main Concourse Area C Main Concourse Area D Main Concourse Area E Appendix.docx 717,•2014 1 1 General Building Permit Drawings - Continued ' Sheet No. Drawing Title 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AV2 -3B Audio Visual Suite Level Area B AV2 -3C Audio Visual Suite Level Area C AV2 -3B Audio Visual Suite Level Area B AV2 -3E Audio Visual Suite Level Area E AV2 -4C Audio Visual Roof Area C AV2 -4D Audio Visual Roof Area D AV2 -4E Audio Visual Roof Area E AV3 -I Audio Visual Enlarged Room Detail AV4 -1 Audio Visual Sections AV4 -2 Audio Visual Miscellaneous Drawings Details AV5 -1 Audio Visual Console Functional Diagram AV5 -2 Audio Visual System Speaker System Functional Diagram AV5 -3 Miscellaneous System Functional Diagram AV5 -4 Audio Visual Plate Details AV5 -5 Audio Visual Panel Details AV6 -I Audio Visual Broadband Functional Diagrams Pre - Qualification Application and Interview Questions Owner Direct Purchase Instructions Soil Boring Report QORE Property Sciences "Report of Preliminary Geotechnical Subsurface Exploration ", April 2, 2002 Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 EWING COLE SKETCHES Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 MI MI r M r- N MN ■ N M • N- - N • MI I= M EXISTING FLAG POLES TO REMAIN EXISTING NAMING RIGHTS SIGNAGE TO REMAIN EXIST ADVERTISING SIGNAGE ON REAR OF SCOREBOARD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN NEW LED VIDEO BOARD (22' -6 "H X 31' -0 "W) NEW TEMPERATURE DISPLAY ■■ b1F EXISTING ADVERTISING SIGNAGE TO REMAIN s n!r c EWING COLE BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD I PROPOSED VIDEO BOARD I SK -1 I JUNE 23, 2014 bright house field 111111 NMI MIN - NMI MIN Mil 111111 111111 111111 INN •1111 NM IMO - INN NM NEW TEMPERATURE DISPLAY NEW NAMING RIGHTS SIGNAGE (5-0"H X 31'-0"W) EXIST ADVERTISING SIGNAGE ON REAR OF SCOREBOARD STRUCTURE TO REMAIN NEW LED VIDEO BOARD (27'-6"H X 31'-0"W) RELOCATE EXISTING FLAG POLES (3) bright house field EXISTING ADVERTISING SIGNAGE TO REMAIN 01 .4 ti EWING COLE BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD I PROPOSED VIDEO BOARD I SK-2 I JUNE 23, 2014 MN NM MS N MN • N UN E MN MO MI M MO MIllt I OS SI INN EWING COLE NEW LED RIBBON BOARD _(+)-__3'-4"H X 26' -0 "W) I n i$ i 1R1tr'MARVIF. BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD I NEW RIBBON BOARD I SK -3 I JUNE 23, 2014 bright house ftekl 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 4. 9*-10' „:. • • , 7 6,05 " 1 A SEE CET. F HANDRAIL T5 4/4 (HANGER 1 / TS 4446 FM/MP A1111111■111■ .....4.,Arinrar111..6111111701/ inani T(54 4 S 441 1(. 41(4:1 4.4.% • (TOS TS 5x5x)(1 (TOS 22-4') TOP OF BEI414 ELEV. 3W-10' S-ex2'-13* CONC. LANDING DATUM ELEV. 0*-0- TOS TOP OF STEEL El.. BASED ON DATUIA EF-00" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4-l-0 11.-8. DETAIL 1 / 2 of 2 5-634.•-6" CONC. LANDING GALV. STRAIGHT LADDER BOLTED TO CONC. LANDING or STEEL PLATE IF-8" FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/4'.4V-0' ANCHOR BOLT TYPE IA SCALE. 1/2"..1'-0' NOTES GENERAL NOTES • 1) CONTRACTOR To cRARruu.y EXAMINE RE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS TELL AS THE BUILDING SITE • TO DETERIANE ANY DISCREPANCIES PR1011 TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTON OF THE ENGINEER. 2) EXISTING STRUCTURES MUST BE PROTECTED P141684 4445 DURING CONSTRUCTION. TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO RENDER ANY BOSTING STRUCTURES AND ALL UTILITIES SAFE FROM ANY DAMAGE CURING CONSTRUCT/ON. • 3) ALI. DIMENSIONS SHORN HEREIN MUST BE EXAMINED AND VERIFIED PRIOR. TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 4) SOIL CAPACITY ASSUMED TO BE 3000 P56. CONTRACTOR TO NERIFY EXISTING SOIL CAPACITY PRIOR TO PLACEMENT CF NEW FOUNDATIONS. 5) STRUCTURE IS STABLE ONLY IN RS DESIGNED FORM. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE DESIGN VAIL INVALIDATE 1)460615014. -- 6) FOUNDATION DESIGN 15 BASED ON MARINES MAD INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. 7) DESIGN BASED ON FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2001 AND CHAPTER 6 OF ASCE 7. STRUCTURAL STEEL: • (UNLESS OINERYASE NOTED) - 1) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHAU. CONFORM TO TIE LATEST EDITON Of 'THE SPEW-CATKINS - FOR THE 059044, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS' OF THE AIAERICAN INS-TRITE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AS REVISED TO DATE. 2) STEEL SHMJL BE A-572 GRADE 50 EXCEPT PIPE AND STEEL TUBE, TUBE COLAS SHALL BE ' MADE FROM A SINGLE PIECE OF ASTM A-53, GRADE El STEEL TUBE. MTH ENDS ACCURATELY FINISHED TO PROI406 SMOOTH UNIFORM BEARINGS AND SHALL BE *now WATERTIGHT. • 3) STEEL TUBE SHALL BE IAADE OF ASTIA A-500 GRADE 8 STEEL FROSHED AND MEWED AS IN NOTE 2 ABOVE. _ 4) WELDING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR WELDING SHALL BE OONE IN 5116CT ACCORDANCE • VATH THE REQUIREMENTS OF 134E AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY MOE FOR ARC AND GAS WELDING FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION', AS REVISED 10 DATE. 5) SHOP CONNECTIONS SHALLBE MADE BY WELDING. OR MTH 36" DIAMETER A-325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. FIELD CONNECITONS SHALL BE MADE MTI4 Wf.J.DING ow DIAMETER A-325 HIGH STRENGTI4 BOLTS. • 6) ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE GALVANIZED, TOUCH-UP MTH R/CH PAINT. STEEL SHALL .BE uNRAINTgo v*HERE ENCASED DI CONCRETE oft To BE nos, WELDED OR MREPROOFED. 7) CO0M14 BASE PLATES SHALL BE SET LEVB- ON W NON-SHRINK CEMENT GROUT (5000 Ps MIK) 8) ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE FACES OF PIPE OR TUBE COLUMNS SHALL BE THROUGH PLATE CONNECTIONS NM WELDS EACH SIDE, EACH FACE. (R AS DETA/LED ON THE DRAWINGS • 9) CONTRACTOR SHALL SUMAT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF ALL STRUCTJRAL STEEL MIER TO FABRICATION OR ERECTION 06 .41445 STRUCTURAL STEEL. • WELDING NOTES • 1. ALL moRo Jowls TO BE 670-XX ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE 141114 ANS (AMERICAN MELDING SO(5ETY) STRUCTURAL MELDING CODE-STEEL. AWS 01.1 2. ALL 14)63646 45 TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALFIED WELDERS 94 ACCORDANCE MTH AWS STANDARDS. & WELDING OF NUTS VAN LESS THAN.100% THREADS ENGAGED SHALL BE WELDED USING A "PUDDLE WELD' 311114 CONVEX CCNTOUR. • . 4. ALL WELDING ELECTRODES AND FLUXES SHALL CONFORM 10 AWS. PER THE FOLLOYANQ SPECIFICATION FOR COIERED CARBON STEEL ARC BELDING ELECTRODES, AWS 65.1. 5. BOLTS NOT SPECFED AS 'SLIP CR/MCA? NEED ONLY TO BE TIGHTENED To THE SHUG-TIGHT OZMDITION. THIS MEANS Uhl ALL Rum IN CONTACT USNG (3) TURNS MTH AN IMPACT TRENCH OR M11-1 SPUD WENCH. 10004 1)? BOLTS PREVIOUSLY TIGHTENED 04405 NI 011468 BOLTS HAVE EXPERIENCED 0646 05(51 CF TIGHTEMNG BY APPLYING IMPACT 848041011 46144 ONE F011 NAPACT 7$ ARIL P604616 34 NON-SHRINK anour Jr UNDER SASE • BASE PLATE SCALE: 1/2".f-13" CONCRETE NOTES 1) CONCRETE STRENGTH TO BE 4000 PSI AT 213 DAY. PORTLANCL;CEMENT 1016 1 OR IR MAXIMUM SLUMP TO BE 4, WITH 311 AR ENTRANMENT. MAXIMUM W/C RATIO 10 85 .45. 2) REINFORCING STEEL TO BE GRADE 60,000 PS1, AND A SIZE AS SHONW MTH DESIGNATED SPACING. 3) ALL, REINFORCING TO BE SUPPORTED ON BOLSTERS OR SOUD MASONRY UNITS. NO 14000. GENERAL NOTES 1. BASIC WINO SPEED 130 MPH 2. IND INPORTAICE FACTOR ••• 1.15 & 1147619441. PRESSURE 4. ixsuil PRESSURE 46.2 PSF 10-12-01 REDING 801E5 ADDED . . Daminow REVISIONS • 0 SLEARWATER IINN■111 1■111MIMM61111 GRAPHIC SCALE SIGNAGE Et VIDEO BOARD smucruRAL DES/GN CLEARWATER STADIUM PHILLIES SPRING TRAINING FACILITY JAMES R. BROWN RA. PROFFSMONAL RCN:ER 2154)6*4500065, HAM/SAM. N.U. 07601 mom pm xm-iwo IWC 40)00-6 6 VOA . PW.ITS r I.-Ct 3 • /2.01,j0.3 AMES R. BROWN B35152 463 I 7 'HTAN RD • 601 OLD COAC l BCP2002-10555J comisur sPoras o orAPLEK 3410 k TOP OF BERM ELEV. 38.-10- • 13 IDAT". El- CROSS SECTION A SCALE: l/4"1-o• • - • TOP OF BERM ELEV. 32-12 DATUM El.. IY-0• CROSS SECTION B SCAN F. l/4"-1--0 1'0/4' 8.6. STEM GRATING (GALV.) SiGN CABINET. tW18/<158 WT 645 TS3x2zN W18,058 WT 61/25 TS3x2vA L4v4vA tW18x158 SEE NOTE 1 BELOW 1D4v4s3i 3 EQL. Spo. • 2-1033- 11.-13" 11.-8" TS 4,1406 (HANGER) (T1P. 3 PLCS) SIGN CABINET TS Not DIAGONAL • L4z4zh 3 Ea- 5PC.'0 2-1054 11'-fl" 1 24'10' .1 2.-Z" 11*-8" 12-0" PIDICATES SPAN DIRECTION OF ror EL& STEEL GRATING (GAVE) PLAN SCOREBOARD FRAMING 0 EL 1/2" & 31'-6 3/4: SCALE. 1/4 -1-2 NOTE 1: PROVIDE OPENING AT GRATE .0 01.. 32-1.1c TS 4v4v-h (HANGER) (TYP. 3 PLCS) TS 41( DIAGONAL 3 EOL SPC. • 2-10% v.. 11.-8- 3 EOL SPC 0 3'-10% v• ,,..--6-1 2-10' 2-212.-2 • [ 1,..-Er 13.-0- • 4 WT8ol58 ' OPEN OPEN 12-0" 1 12-21 2-2" it. INDICATES SPAN DIRECTION OF l'xf," 8.8. STEEL GRATING (GAM) PLAN —SCOREBOARD FRAMING 6 EL 46*-0" SCALE 1/4"1'ED" GRADE PLAN VIEW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE PLAN 0 EL mr-lr. & ABOVE (14) 410 BARS LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING EQUALLY WAGED NOTE 2 45 DEBARS 24' MK LAP BARS SPACED PER DIMENSIONS Li Li Li 1:412.1E1 1. DRILLED swArr INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE um ACI-336 (LATEST ENRON). 2. CONCRETE W061( SHAM BE IN ACCORDANCE WV ACI-318 (LATEST EDHION). CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A 80490(4 .28 DAY STRENGTH OF 4E= P5. 3. AU. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED star siva CONFORMING TO AVM A-615, GRADE 60. 4. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL NAVE A ARNIMUM THREE (3) INCHES COVERAGE 5. ENGINEER SHALL NOT 80 800608518415 FOR FOUNDATION INTEGRITY • COLUMN IS SET vrno• 72 HOURS OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT. OR NTVIOUT PRIOR \CROP-ATM OF CCNCRETE STRENGTH. 6. FINAL LENGTH OF FOUNDATICN MAY VARY DEPENDING ON ACTIJAI_ IN SITU SOIL CONDITIONS RELATIVE 10 BORING DATA SUPP1JED. DET5_,1-0. • ATTACHMENT . PER CAPITAL t • DETAIL A SCALE: 1.-1/2"-1'-2 WO BOLT L 3.4306z0-6" TAIL EL (SEE SECTION A) Ts 5.506 • L .3/43A•40-13' • WORKING POINT DETAIL D SCALE 1-1/2--1.-0" W18,1158 V/18z158 12-12-03 0.5. 52-6 6120158 2-8 1/4" DET. 0 (15IA) 46 DET. E TS 302 T.O.S. EL T.O.S. EL 31-6 T. 21?-11 DETAIL C. SCALE.. 1/4"■1'-0' CET. E WELDING .01E5 400E13 DETAIL B SCALE 1-1/2..1*-2 DATE .013011014 CLEARWATER REVIDIA6 . 0 GRAPHIC SCALE SIGNAGE & VIDEO (IDAHO STRUCTURAL DESIGN: • CLEARWATER STADIUM MUM SPRING TRAINING FACILITY - - JAMES R. BROWN FLA. PROFEDIONAL ENGINEER 215 UNION STREIT. NAC1436ACK. NJ. 07601 800( 06)801.08 ROT/ 4D-HT4 1" FLORIDA sEcT1oN SCALE 1-1/2"1 MORSIMALINOINSI i ovn 1/4,DIT L 7•1603 • SAFETY CHAIN GALVANIZED STRAIGHT LADDER 36' BENT C CONNECTION BRACKET )6' BENT E CONNECTION BRACKET LADDER CAGE ' T,OS. EL 31' -635 EC BENT It CONNECTION BRACKET PROVIDE (3) HINGE DOOR & HASP LOCK CONC. LANDING (BY OTHERS) DATUM ELL O' -D' LADDER CROSS SECTION SCALE 1/4...1'-0* 1 -x1/4- B.B. STEEL 136-6 GALV. GRATING (GALV.) HANDRAIL 1XY GALV. HANDRAIL LADDER CAGE SAFETY CHAN 0 EL 38' -1/3" Sr 46•-0' SAFETY CHAIN 0 EL. 31' -636" $'t GALV. HANDRAIL SIGN CABINET TS 4x4136 (HANGER) (TYP. 3 PLED) 11' -B' I INDICATES SPAN DIRECTION OF 1'1Jj- B.B. STEEL GRATING (GALV.) I2' -O' PROVIDE OPENING AT GRATE 0 EL. 38' -1)t' AND PLAN - SCOREBOARD HANDRAIL & LADDER SCALE 1/4--1.-0- CAGE c ji9OP DETAIL SCALE 1-1/2.6.1 -0 i2'- 0-2' -2 1Y.'• GALVANIZED STEEL ID IA. PIPE SLEEVE HANDR911{ PETAIL SCALE 1 -1/2 -1 -O SECT1O SCALE: 1-1/2-..1 3'11 RUNG EV BENT E CONNECTOR BRACKET 3636 LADDER 3 SIDE RAIL % BENT P CONNECTOR BRACKET CONNECTIQN BRACKET DETAIL SCALE 12 -12-03 METDWG NOTES MOD OAT! Nma.101 �: REVOIONS 0 GRAPHIC SCALE SIGNAGE & VIDEO BOARD STRUCTURAL DESIGN CLEARWATER STADIUM RALLIES SPRING TRAINING FACILITY CLEARWATER FLORIDA JAMES R. BROWN FLA. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER 213 MOOS STREET, HACK NSACK, N.J. 01601 None rm. -,SIN FNC OIIW». eholri+Vh - R. 5� 151 lamwaom w /nG l ~7 -1603 13 w 3 l CEA23 -73 L BASE PLATE 2O'Y20"x1 W /8- 74.0ABxY -6 & I■ COLUMN SQ. STL 1'0 HOLES 11-16 9—# GRADE 1" GROUT 11 — #6 CONC. FOOTING SECTION A SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" PROPOSED COLUMN 14x14x`Y(6 6.cOLUMN & BASE t 20- x20"xl" STEEL PLATE NOM PROVIDE 1" NON — SHRINK GROUT & Y4' LVL E UNDER BASE It BASE PLATE SCALE: 1/2 " =1'-0" NO1ES GENERAL NOTES 1) TO coNTRACKR 10 CAREFULLY EAMARE THE CONTRACT ooCUMENTs AS WELL AS THE BURDNO SITE DEMOTE DEMOTE ANY 0 TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. MIT DISCFFPANCIES FOUND MUST BE BROUGHT TO ME ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER 2) E1051P1G STRUCTURES MUST BE PROTECTED PRIOR AND DURING OOHS WJCTIOK TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY 70 RTIOEN ANY MOSTIN0 STRUCTURES AND ALL UTILITIES SAFE FROM ANY DAIAEE DURS O CONSTRUCTION. 3) ALL DIMENSONS SHOWN HERELN MUST HE C(AA* AND /CREED PRIOR 10 SEGRNIBIG CQISIRUCTON. 4) SOIL CAPAOTY A5811E0 TO BE 3000 I4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY DOSING SOL CAPAHTTY PRIOR TO PUICEMUaT OF NEW FOUNDATIONS. 6) SIRIICIURE 6 5TA8LE ONLY MRS DESIRED FORM. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE DESIGN WILL NVAUDATE THE DESIGN. 6) FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON DRAMNOS AND INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE OWNER 7) DE9R4 BASED ON FL0OOA BUILDING CODE 2001 AND CHAPTER 6 OF ASCE 7. STRUCTURAL STEEL: (UNLESS OTHERMISE NOTED) 1) STRUCTURAL FABRICATION ERECTION F 46 DESIGN, AND E STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS OF TIE AMERICAN 015T1TU16 OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AS RENSfD 10 DATE 50 EXCEPT PIPE AND SIOD. DAN. WOE COLINAS SHALL RE 2) STEEL MADE FROM A A PIECE ADM A-52 GRADE B $102 TUBE. WI114 ENDS ACCIRA1FLY FROSTED 70 PROVIDE SMOOTH RNFORM BEARINGS MO SHALL BE VIEWED WATERTIGHT. 3) STEEL TUBE SHALL RE MADE OF ADM A -500 GRADE B STEEL FW69LD AHD RELDEO AS N NOTE 2 ABOIE 4) WELDING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR WELTING SNAIL BE DONE N STRICT ACCORDANCE WTTN THE REQUIREMENTS OF 'RE AMERICAN WELDING SO1ETY CODE FOR ARC AND GAS 005610 FOR BUILDING OONSTRUCWWN% AS REVISED TO DATE 5) SHOP CR*EC110NS SHALL BE MADE BY MELDING. OR WIN W DIAMETER A-325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. NOD CREEC1IBN5 SHALL BE MADE MTHH tEDNG OR IC DIAAEIER A -325 NNRH STRENGTH IM-TS 6) ML STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE GALVAM2EDD. TIM/CH-UP WITH DIM PoC1 PONT. STEEL SNNl BE UNPAINTED WHERE ENCASED N CONCRETE OR TO BE FIELD MELDED OR FIREPROOFED. 7) COLUMN BASE PLATES SHALL BE SET LEVEL ON 1" NON -STINK GWENT GROUT (5000 P9 MK) 8) ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE FACES OF PIPE OR RISE COLUMNS SHALL BE THROUGH PI.AIE CONNECTIONS WITH MEWS EACH SIDE EACH FACE. OR AS DETAILED ON THE ORAMNGS 9) CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAMNGS FOR TIE FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL PRIOR TO FABRICATION at ERECTION OF ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL- 601 OLD. COACHMAN RD BCP2002- 10555J COMMUNFTY SPORTS COMPLEX Zoning: C atlas# 2818 CONCRETE NOTES 1) CONCRETE STIR 10114 TO BE 4000 P9 AT 28 DAY. PORTLAND CEMENT TYPE I OR B. MADOMUM SLUMP 70 56 4'. WTH 3% AR ESTRIN/MIT. MAXIMUM W/C RATIO TO BE It 2) REI60RQN0 STEEL 10 BE GRADE 60.000 P9. AND A SZE AS SWIM WITH OE9ONA1ED SPACING. 3) UMI NITS. REDIFO TO BE SUPPORTED ON BOLSTERS OR SOLID MASONRY GENERAL NOTES 1. BASIC WD SPEED 1.111 2 WD 6PWRMLE FACTOR - LTD 1 INTERN& PRESSURE - N/A ♦ MKS FEMME - 422 PSF 11 -06 -03 FOOTING SZE CHANGED DUE TO SIGN CHANGE P.V. DATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS 0 2 4 6 a GRAPHIC SCALE SIGN FOUNDATION CLEARWATER STADIUM PHILUES SPRING TRAINING FACIUTY CLEARWATER FLORIDA JAMES R. BROWN FLA. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER 215 ONION STREET, HACKENSACK, N.J. 07601 moue 457 -1580 FAX (209 4574946 7 4z S JAMES R. BROWN #351 RA PROCESSIONAL ENGINEER SOME AS SHWN. 9-12-03 I 1 d BATE MEET MA NO. CEA23.99 9.-10" MIMING / BJRTEBE SEE DED 31.-0- PROIT.CTION (TTP. FOR 3) 11 hL POWER J-2 MID D x 3 FOR 5 X 21' AO AD PANEL BANEL 3,4, & 5 \--SQUARE D VAREWAY FOR LED MIME WIRING FOR r 0 21' AD PANEL CIRCUITS 3, 4. A 5 ID 2 l/r NO Fe 11 VENAE OR l WIRING r ORCI1T I a z FSQUARE D VIIREWAY FOR LET IA:OGLE WIRING iF 1-1/4.0 FOR LED NODULE POWER ORCUITS FIBER/DATA J-BOX FOR POWER J-BOX FOR 14 x 12 AO PANFI AND_FJcprantio D YRIEWAY ERRING . DATA J-BOX C11 SCOREBOARD • POWER J BOX FOR 14' X AD P AND SCOREBOARD 1 1 1 1 1 4.: PHELIES) •'-1",-c.2-41`,04.";, omen. 01.paz • z;nanaaimoasAuNninz 9990 VZOOZd011 .011 NVWHOV03 010 1,09 -- • 1,11p; Nov . 4. • ELEVATION 1/41—O SECTION 601 OLD COACHMAN RD BCP2002-10555J COMMUNTTE SPORTS COMPLEX 2E113 Zordwr.0 atiasi ELECTWAL 1102 CCCKSUILY Olt Inedl•CHWILit PA 1,..11141514 DATE: wg`10/03 tionstom A 10/18/03 0 FOR FERMI' A A A A A MANN 11y. ME CHECKED BC ..12 SCALE As No= PROJECT # POW2e7 SHEET WILE: SCOREBOARD POWER ELEVATION AND SECTION DRAWINGS DRAWING NO.: E-1 •2003 •••,".-T,ke • FED FROM HOPI 5 • z *PHLUES SUPPUED" CUTLER, HAMMER 3R RATED DISTRIBUTION PANEL (42) SPACES PANFI 400 A/4P MAIN BREAKER. LOCATED AT BASE Cc SCOREBOARD'S LEFT STEEL UPRIGHT BEAM DP-SC(1'1E6°AM A,.1*\ I '44111 CAFITAL MANUFACNRING SUPPUED 3R RATED SURGE SUPPRESSOR ATTACHED ) L BONCCD TO GROUND GRID SUPPLIED BY PHILLES (5) 10' GROUND RCOS 400A. 208/120V BUS \ 30 AFT ) 30 AC ) 30 ) 30 AT 30(AF ) 30 OF 30' AT 30 AT L _ (2P) L (21') •(2P) (2P) (2P) 44 44 /re 44 2r • 2r SQUARE 0 WIREWAY St RATED - 10/3 _ - 10/3 CID-VO - 10/3c-g§,) - .8) CAHLES 20 AT ) • 20 ) 20 Ai OP) I (IP) 20 AF I) 20 AT (IP) I 20 AF 20 AF 20 AT ) 20 AT ) 20 AT 20 AF 1) 20 AF 20 AT ) (IP) (2P) (1P) (IP) '1\ •ADDITIONAL BREAKERS BY OTHERS• 4 2 4 4,4 a. 1,f4G, rc MON PITCH 25 LED DISPLAYS (40) TYPICAL. 2.5 AMP EACH AT 208 NEC CONTROL ROOM AC mar CONNECTOR 0/790005 38 RATED =ORM RACK RITTAL CS #9783040 AD PAM. 51014 ICY 14'-r AO PANEL SIGN f2 31' U33 SCOREBOARD REAR LLUINNATED AO PANEL SIGN 8' x 31' w =AREA . SURGELOGIC CCIERNAL 3R RATED f TVS 2EB113A 180 KA PEAKSURGE CURRENT PER PHASE 02 GEDNEY T10E OW END NUS/RNG. DP-SCOREBOARD 208Y/120% 3 phase . 400 AMP MCEI 100% NEUTRAL FULL GROUND BUS SERIES RATED '28 KAIC CKT DESCRIPTION KVA CE • SIZE p11. Las SIZE • KVA DESCRIPTION CKT 1 tm licomm- 2.70 30/2 A 3012 2.70itemmotas. 2 OAL,N8.11.4 2.70 ft 220 • es-smarms C3 5 ten mows, ' 2.25 30/2 C 3012 225 mammies- 13 D5 AtRunso.ctatcaomems 2.25 D8 A E2. 'F2- 2.25 - E5 E6 E7 2.25 3012 El 20/1 1.00-our00cementa.540t F5 10 F7 ,2AL0000CA2538AX 2.25 C 20/1 0.40/canno. imam um . 12 13Ao44.4,488 1.004 MI A 20/2 1.00 me monmovio 14 15 REM ou.uumAnamen . 1.004 20(1 8 1.00 17 REAR ILLON.Ral:ONERI 1.50 4 20.1 C 20(1 4 1.50m mecum 18 19 20/1 A 20/1 20 21 20/1 B 20/1 22 23 C20/1 24 25 2011 A 20/1 28 27 20r1 820/1 28 29 2011 C 2011 30 31 20.1 A2011 32 33 2011 92011 34 35 I 2011 C20/1 -- 36 37 1, 2011 ASS/1 38 39 • 20/1 Et 2011 40 41 .5 ' 2091 C 2011 42 , • 1. Beakereieferenced to this note *MI be on • 2.13reakeis referenced lo this note shall have loCkout provisions • 3. Breakers referenced to this note e11e1 be HOAR Med. • 4. Breakers referenced Os this note she* be HID rated PHASE A LOAD- 11.9 KVA 99.2 AMPS (CONNECTED LOADS) PHASES LOAD e - 10.7 KVA 88.8 AMPS (CONNECTED LOADS) PRASE C LOAD a 102 KVA 85.1 AMPS (CONNECTED LOADS) TOTAL LOAD= 32.8 KVA 91 AVG-AMPS. N.T.S. 'DP-SCOREBOARD' •PANEL SCHEDULE 1R‘CTRICAL • .1.02000848.08 WEST CkIESTER. PA Ams, • \ KIN0.309,1S2a 3110 SW CORD FROM PAWL MANUFACTURER. SQUARE D WIREWAY AY mom TERMINATE EACH 110OULE ROAM CONDUCTOR 80 08018 AS IDENTWIED PANEL SEMMES. EACH MICOULE IN A ROW IS MIRED INTERNALLY DE1NEEN MODULES.] SQUARE 0 2 1/2* RIREWAY TYPE Le. .DATE 99/S6/135 PENSIONS N.T.S. A -BRONZE 00850: PLATE (8) • LASIXRID9LIORESLa00{COLlel GRADE DAM f 1/0 imiatuu COPPER GROUNDING CABLE COPPER GROUNDING CABLE 'non 10.-0* LITNG COPPER 9001194 400 SEE CONFIGURATION AT LEFT O 49888 10? ARE 090490 00 SCALE: *18.101 .F8KI.ECT ,t P03087 9090 11(8 PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS, AND SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM o ftANING E-2 02003 DEM Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Cl C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 El E2. 'F2- E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 Fl F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 SQUARE D WIREWAY AY mom TERMINATE EACH 110OULE ROAM CONDUCTOR 80 08018 AS IDENTWIED PANEL SEMMES. EACH MICOULE IN A ROW IS MIRED INTERNALLY DE1NEEN MODULES.] SQUARE 0 2 1/2* RIREWAY TYPE Le. .DATE 99/S6/135 PENSIONS N.T.S. A -BRONZE 00850: PLATE (8) • LASIXRID9LIORESLa00{COLlel GRADE DAM f 1/0 imiatuu COPPER GROUNDING CABLE COPPER GROUNDING CABLE 'non 10.-0* LITNG COPPER 9001194 400 SEE CONFIGURATION AT LEFT O 49888 10? ARE 090490 00 SCALE: *18.101 .F8KI.ECT ,t P03087 9090 11(8 PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS, AND SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM o ftANING E-2 02003 DEM Ell MIN NM OM NM ON NO MIS UM Nil INN SIM MI MI Ill. NM Mill MI • P T g P > > II( Igli!iiili i nil!! ! ; NI I [I lit HI' PILIP Irnk E,- le tit! 90far ihkia g ag. Di rtiti 014 an. r III/ ,t 114;101 :14f whitri HIM 111FI 1181 it I. .1. 1 r 411 1! j1 ;OW ! 1;:r711 IW Efill 11 till " 0 101 I ir!!' E irfra 10 Pi! 91 01 1111 F I 2- al la s gilt 1:21 I. 1 Fla i 5. g A 6 " g ,tn ti g irr 11. tf. 11!i El.;1 IP I ki--1 el /quail i; ;a 7 t r" I, II 111 1. 11 al aril NI II ail teta.al ig a rdr F tit pat 11 itEr 1 1 t if g " lichi ill II 9/ 111111 ; 4 WI 14 fr I II I I 11 tall!! 111 Riw cti 11117it 3qP117111 11.1 1"11111"Al'Ii4 Ylit I 1.! la .TE 5' P . >g - i N - [ " - - - il ill! I-iii! IT! 1 rig 1ml ! If gi 1 111(11 flf t tql ly 14ii III' Til 1 ; ei ! 'Iola I!' i rflt! til iv ! iqi ;1.'t i 41 A (141 fj ili fiq, :il I4 Ii I ,11i ir ti lilt 1 4 ; liffai 1 le p g I 113. , 1 i 1 F g I - Pp:4111p -4111 g Of itiirli-1:1 111.14-14i I IP PI .14 Ill i • .43 1 1,' • Vr Pi! III it 11111A ti! ltig! ti II/ It II. • F • 23 Jr • [. •; f flf Ilf f. f Pf !ar 'at it frj5.' I • 11. 4; EIN' gFr 0 44-14 LIII k ;11 4144'4 p l tatqlh; 1-7 ILI 1 -2. r. • talfiali S Ir FL a • fE torturs t F P . „ I il:Vil 11[1.i Firi ill I' g tit 11 lilt 1.41 WIFIr of 1 li FP2,11 illii IN" 1 stINF 14111 41141 Ili 1 1 qiirmir P-47:3".511 Jel- ti q iithik sPigg. 1st : 1,14 Fig Nit It Fi'll 2 fig! pip IN — I - " c1111. ?A ins.";: ili ig Wg 011 :PA ld It 51! ii tigg jI Irf Ili If LF ! :;1141 hit iti " pi itzri b% i1444 if! g 0 0 > 7 111F ti 5' p P F F g P P llUIi itir: 111111 ill 1 trill j - Xlf If If 1151": 1111 Pir:! wi p t;ligi! .114 hi! qtql ita mil 14 ill 0 alp!fil ni Will ill K9 Pi i rii4t wq t 1-1 a'ir 11 '1 I gilt II a II& g IsI r !IP 3 I r r P P W T 7 5 P F T 8 m r. if till Ir iiiirnip iii alp ,9[ tvjil ; 1 - — 1 - — '3 ; IF 1 1 1 "1 Ft if grilititi 425411 1 i 5? " " ,111111111111 a," fr- 1 IIiii- 11 lit- gilt r 11; • ig it 11.1,- itigiat i j! .F.! fil It 'II' .t chilli !it 1 I pist 6,.1111 F I 0 i 1 IF di 11. .1 ft -1.a I re.1 F .. II rqi il If lig Illir . WIE 9171a, if li iri hi 4011 ii 4i it 4 iiit 1 -ir I ii IN lid If is till iiiiiiit ip a I !ill! giiita; 1 k v a • a" P. 'i wr f IN ;a :liiiiiits it ii ri :I i a! el ! ri, il 1 . 9- 0 IL Jr IL i! sly i Mr ailii14111 il iflt 11 g i I li 11- i‘ kt ttl Igit . .11. i ! troil 4 tii- WI ill ! idirieiti I- ; t XI ii0 ill 5 q' R 1 a g el II .- ; i 1 la 1 I it 1 2 ' it 1 1 _ i 2g: fl -''`'r c-7--flIn Tri e< i t , ! 4 ;II P 01-1 1 1 i E j2 $r r is q > g JR g t! qt! It Trt I IR hi. I P " • apt r 111 I I 1 I T F P F USWl 1.11 111.14 /Ili Pti jq IR 1 S RE14, ..01 lig trit it' Igie 2: 110 1111- lIFF!: hid 111 ili:. !II Fit ! WI P 111 ND rt.! 111 ; ." IP 114 III 11 ; tifl.i • 14 hi I gill triws 44 lig 110. wii.gg. I. 9 ttil 1119 gp hill 10, pit tie sa I 11. ;int 44 kirk! I- I " IR r 11 ir 1/ lilt .t t J 1E .1 • r • r it.• w P, aja I 82 U I bil , . 0 i ill>>6 A' t S 'Kittle& NEW BALLPARK CLEARWATEN, CAPITAL EQUIPMENT MUTE SOB ord BROAD STREET LMSDALE, PA 19448 215422-008p.ne 215.WEONOlu P if 1 jr ILI1j jt 21 I4; Islit as if t! :f 1 2 MM S UM.M n nonia:rOnn. ,11 11111 SNOIld0IJI03dS 1V012l13333 • r:;•:"•,; STRUCTURAL ASSESSMENT Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 AA McCarthy and azza Associates, Inc. C 0 N S U L T I N G• E N G 3 N S E R S BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD STRUCTURAL ASSESSMENT OF THE SCOREBOARD FRAMING 601 North Old Coachman Road Clearwater, FL 33765 McCarthy Project No. 14237 Prepared by: McCarthy and Associates, Inc. 2555 Nursery Road, Suite 101 Clearwater, FL 33764 y 15, 2014 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a:.\.• SS 014 McCarthy and Associates, Inc. CONSULTING., ENGINEERS 2555 Nursery Road, Suite 101 Clearwater, FL 33764 Phone: (727) 536-8772 Fax: (727) 538-9125 www.rnocanhyassoc.corn July 15, 2014 1 Mr. Art Kader, Asst. Director City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. P. O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 34658-4748 Re: Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project No. 14237 Dear Mr. Kader: Per your authorization, a site visit was conducted on July 10, 2014, to identify the condition of the structural steel framing that supports the existing scoreboard. Attached is a summary of our observations and recommendations. Sincerely, McCarthy and Associates, Inc. E. Michael McCarthy, P.E. President Attachments cc: Brian Keane I Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project No. 14237 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Project DescriptionPage 2 ` 1 2.0 Materials Testing__ ...... Page 2 30 Field Observations...—. _.Page 2 1 4.0 Summary Page 3 1 5.1 Recommendations.. ...Page 4 6.0 Appendices .Page 5 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 A) Elevation Photograph B) Photographs and Descriptions Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project NO. 14237 Description: 1. Referencing Peter Welsh, P.E. (Ewing Cole) e-mail report dated June 27, 2014, the City is planning to have a new scoreboard installed on the existing steel framing. Refer to the referenced e-mail for the scope of work. 2. The original structural steel framework was designed by James R. Brown, P. Brown, P.E. Florida #35152, Hackensack, New Jersey, Sheets 1, 2, 3, dated December 12, 2003. 3. The structure consists of a painted steel frame (approximately 72' high x 51' wide), supported on five (5) drilled concrete shafts (5' wide x 22' deep). 4. This report is presented as a means to evaluate the extent of any steel deterioration and offer a course of action to address the necessary repairs. 5. During the repair process, the engineer, building official, or contractor may find additional areas of concern that will need to be addressed. II. Materials Testing: 1. There was no material testing included in this phase of the project. 2. Note: Pinellas County Environmental Department may require the owner to conduct a level one asbestos test, with report, as part of their requirements. III. Field Observations - (See Exhibits A and B for Photos): 1. The foundations were reviewed as follows: a. The anchor bolts are galvanized and in good condition, however, they exhibit rust on the top of some of the bolt/nuts. b. The top surface of the concrete piers are in good condition. c. The base plates were never grouted as shown on the original drawings (3-1/2" ungrouted gap). d. There are missing nuts on the underside of the base plates. e. The concrete pad under the ladder was never installed as noted on the drawings. pad ladder moves under load. 2 Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project No. 14237 I f. There is no evidence that the steel frame was ever ounded for lightning protection as shown on the drawings. 2. The steel framework was reviewed as follows: a. The existing paint is chalking. b. There is minor to moderate surface rusting exhibited at various locations throughout the structure. c. The ladder and handrails at the catwalks are not galvanized as specified on the drawings. d. The galvanized grating at the catwalk is in good condition. e. The safety chains at the catwalks are rusted shut at the clips, or are missing. 3. Miscellaneous observations: a. There is a missing back panel on the lower right hand corner of the adjacent sign panel. b. There also is minor deformations to several other back panels at the adjacent sign. c. Rusted hinges were visible at the electrical panel box. d. Rusted conduit connectors were also noted above the electrical panel. e. The advertising panel at the top (back) side of the structure has faded paint. IV. Summary: The three (3) flag poles are in generally good condition, however, the 1 connection bolts/nuts at the base plates are rusted. I The foundation concrete was in good condition. However, several items were noted as follows: a. The galvanized anchor bolts are exhibiting some rust. 3 Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project No. 14237 b. The base plates were never grouted as specified. c. There are missing nuts on the underside of the base plates. d. The concrete slab at the base of the ladder was never installed. e. There is no evidence that the steel columns (5 each) were ever grounded as shown on the drawings. 2. The steel structure is in good condition, except for the following items: a. The paint system is chalking. b. There is minor to moderate surface rust at various locations. c. The safety chains need replacing. V. Recommendations: 1. Repairs to the foundation systems are as follows: a. Galvanized bolts should have the rust removed by a wire brush, then coated with a cold galvanizing material per ASTM A780. b. Grout the base plates as originally specified. c. Install a concrete pad under the ladder and secure the ladder to the new pad with galvanized bolts, d. Upon review by an electrical engineer, install and ground the system as originally noted on the drawings. 2. Repairs to the steel frames are recommended as follows: a. Sandblast (or) wire wheel all rust locations. b. Clean the steel per paint manufacturer's recommendations. c. Provide a paint coating equal to Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy system with Acrlon finish. d. Replace the safety chains. 4 Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing McCarthy Project No. 14237 3. Repair recommendations regarding the miscellaneous items are as follows: a. Clean/coat rusted panel hinges on the electrical panel. b. Replace rusted brackets at conduit bank. c. Consider repainting the advertising panel at the top/back side of the structure. d. Referencing the flag pole connections, replace the nuts and coat the bolts with a cold galvanizing per ASTM A780. VI. Appendices: 1. Exhibit "A" - Elevation Photograph 2. Exhibit "B" - Photographs and Description. 5 EXHIBIT A Elevation Photograph Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 ELEVATION PHOTO KEY EXHIBIT B Photo No. Description i Rusted conduit brackets 2 Ungrouted base plates 3 Rust at beam edge 4 Rusted connection 5 Rust at panel 6 Rust at handrail 7 Rust at brackets 8 Rust at handrail 9 Rust at flag bolts Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 Photo 1 — Rusted Conduit Brackets Photo 2 — Ungrouted Base Plates Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 Photo 3 — Rust at Beam Edge Photo 4 — Rusted Connection Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 Photo 5 — Rust at Panel Photo 6 — Rust at Handrail Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 Photo 7 — Rust at Brackets Photo 8 — Rust at Handrail Bright House Field Scoreboard McCarthy Project No. 14237 Photo 9 — Rust at Flag Bolts GENERAL BUILDING PERMIT DRAWINGS SEE BOUND SET OF DRAWINGS Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 PRE- QUALIFICATION APPLICATION Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 Clearwater Instructions to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects In order to be eligible to bid for City of Clearwater construction projects a contractor must be prequalified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division. The purpose of pre - qualification is to provide the City with reasonable assurance that your organization has the financial assets, resources, work force and work experience to successfully complete construction contract agreements with the City. If your company is interested in becoming prequalified or wishes to reapply for pre - qualification, please fill out the attached application. In order for your application to be considered complete and begin the approval process you will need to submit all of the following items with your application. You may send your information packet to Parks, Planning and Project Manager prior to the Mandatory Pre -bid Meeting or bring to the Mandatory Pre -bid Meeting. Failure to submit Pre - Qualification the vendor will automatically eliminated from consideration: The Clearwater Threshers, the Philadelphia Phillies and the City of Clearwater are seeking to establish a long -term partnership with a scoring and video vendor. In order to ensure that the company chosen to work with has the Owner's long -term interests in mind, the following will be required in order to bid. Owner may choose to waive or enforce these items at the Owner's sole discretion. Failure to submit written responses to ALL of these requirements will automatically eliminate a vendor from consideration. A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: At least 5 years experience in the production of specified products or as approved by the Owner. B. Installer's Qualifications information to be provided with Bid Response. Firm experienced in the installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project; and meet the following criteria: 1. At least five years experience with equipment and systems of the specified types. 2. Experience with at least six comparable scale Minor League Baseball, NCAA Div I or MLB ballparks construction projects within the last three years. 3. Maintain a fully staffed and equipped U.S. service facility. 4. With the bid return, the potential Installer shall demonstrate that he has: a. Adequate plant and equipment to complete the work. b. Scoring software appropriate for MLB games and automated statistical record keeping. Provide print outs of representative software screens and identify third party services (e.g. Radar Gun, Sportsticker, Fox Sports, etc.) that have been successfully integrated in past projects. Provide locations where electronic captioning equipment has been successfully integrated in past projects with photos of displays. c. Adequate staff with commensurate technical experience. d. Suitable financial status to meet the obligations of the work. e. Hourly fee for software /animation programming. f. References from three (3) or more users of stadium similar display and software control systems provided by Installer. g. List of structural, electrical, HVAC and other subcontractors, including engineering and trade contractors intended to do the work. C. Installer must provide financial records for the previous three years. (City policy dictates that we return this item to you after the approval process is completed. We do not make copies or retain this financial information. If you submit electronically the file will be deleted following approval.) D. Installer must provide a list of a minimum of six (6) facilities where similar Bidder - proposed video product is installed. E. Installer must provide existing MLB and MiLB customer list referencing implemented video technology and integrated scoring solution. This submittal shall also include references and project information for all systems referenced above, including: 1. Contact person name, telephone number, and email address. 2. Display system name and location of operations control center (project name /number). 3. Display quantity. 4. Display commissioning date (first date of successful on -site operation). 5. LED display size (lines of resolution WIDE x lines of resolution HIGH). KM 8/05/14 6. Display housing access. F. Provide a toll -free help desk number accessible at all times. G. Installer must have company employed technicians located within 2 hours of Bright House Field to ensure Owner the very best in maintenance response H. Three letters of reference, on the owner's letterhead, written within the past three years, that includes the contractor's performance on a specific project. The letter should include a brief description of the project, start and end dates, dollar amount of contract and owner comments on the quality of workmanship and satisfaction of work completed. I. List of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project owner representative. J. A copy of all current contractor licenses. Pre - qualification status lasts for three (3) years from approval date and is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category in conjunction with larger project work. Included in the application are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre - qualification approval. To receive approval in a particular construction category, your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's completed project list. In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources, and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient work force or insufficient resources will not be approved for pre - qualification or will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm pre- qualification status before a bid opening. Application and submittal items may be sent to Leroy Chin prior to Pre -bid Meeting and will also be accepted at the Mandatory Pre Bid Meeting on Friday, August 22, 2014 1:30 — 3:00 PM for Bright House Network Field — Video Boards Replacement - Contract No. 14- 0030 -PR. address information package to: Leroy Chin Park, Planning & Project Manager City of Clearwater — Parks & Recreation Department. P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 Peter J. Welsh, PE, SE PRINCIPAL, DIRECTOR OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING EwingCole Federal Reserve Bank Building 100 N. 6th Street Philadelphia, PA 19106 -1590 If you have any questions during this process please contact the Leroy Chin at 727 - 562 -4856 (Desk) 727 - 224 -7101 Kell) or e-mail Leroy.Chin(aimyclearwater.com. KM 8/05/14 Application to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects Contractor Firm Name: Contact Person Name & Title: E -mail Address: Com • an Website: Type of Organization (Individual, Corporation, Partnership, etc.): Date organization began under present name: Other names and dates organization has existed as: List of Organization Leadership (President, Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer, Partners, etc.): References: 1 Contractor's License Number (attach copy): Individual Holding License: Issuing Authority: Classification of License: Number of Full time employees directly on applicants payroll: Present value and type of all construction and operational equipment directly owned by the applicant (Information may be obtained from most recent financial statement and include long term lease /purchase equipment): Type: Value: Has your firm ever failed to complete work awarded to you? If so, where and why? The information in this application and all attachments included with the application is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Organization Name: Print Name and Title: Signature: Date Signed: KM 8/05/14 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 • The pre - qualification to bid limitation is an amount of dollars equal to the amount of the largest single construction protect which has been successfully completed by the Contractor. • This amount is limited to the particular construction categories in which the Contractor is approved to perform work. • The Contractor may request an adjustment after successfully completing larger construction projects or providing evidence where two or more similar projects were completed by the Contractor at the same time. The combined amount of these simultaneous projects may be more than the largest single project accomplished to increase your bid limit. This amount will be considered as the pre - qualification amount up to an amount equal to 150% of the largest single project amount. • Pre - qualification amounts and categories may be limited as warranted by the City's experience with the Contractor's construction projects. • Please attach a list of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project representative. Largest Single Project COMPLETED: Amount of Contract: Start and End Dates: Type of Work: Owner /Representative: Address: Phone Number: Email Address: • Pre - qualification is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category as part of larger project work. • To receive approval in a particular construction category your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's attached competed project list. • In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient workforce or resources will not be approved and will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. The following are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre - qualification approval. Asphaltic Concrete Resurfacing Landscape and Irrigation Bridge Construction and Modification Marine Construction Commercial Buildings Marine Dredging Commercial Swimming Pools Roadway and Parking Lot Construction Concrete Flat Work (curbs, walks, courts, etc.) Sanitary Pump Station Construction Management Services Sanitary and Storm Sewers Demolition Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work Design Build Stormwater Management Construction Electrical Tennis Courts Excavation /Site Work Traffic Signalization Fiber Optic Urban Streetscape Gunite Restoration Wastewater & Water Treatment Facilites Horizontal Directional Drilling Water and Force Mains Industrial Painting Well Construction Other: Video, Scoring & Display Systems KM 8/05/14 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) INSTRUCTIONS 1. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (PO) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 2. Contractor shall submit a list (ODP Summary) of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for approval prior to initial pay application. Certain contracts will be awarded based upon the bid proposal with pre - determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost, (b) sales tax savings, and (c) Contractor's costs associated with the item. 3. Contractor shall submit Request to Requisition forms (see attached) for each vendor to the City for review and approval, in electronic, MS Word format. The City will review and code, then return to Contractor for electronic signature. The City prefers that all Request to Requisitions be included in a single submittal. 4. A Change Order (CO) shall be issued to Contractor reducing their PO by the amount of the ODP purchase(s) and the sales tax savings (per Request to Requisitions). COs will be drafted by the City and will be forwarded to the Contractor for execution. Contractor shall submit two (2) originals, signed, sealed and witnessed, to the City for execution. One original shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Concurrently, the City Purchasing Department shall issue ODP POs directly to each vendor (via email), per the Request to Requisition, along with an executed Certificate of Entitlement and the City's Certificate of Tax Exemption. The Contractor and City Project Manager will be copied. 6. Contractor shall coordinate delivery with Vendor. Material shall be delivered to the project site. Contractor shall instruct Vendor to send invoice to the Contractor, naming the City as the purchaser. 7. Contractor shall review, approve and submit executed invoices to the Project Manager with adequate documentation (delivery ticket, packing slips). Invoices shall include the ODP PO number, invoice number, and be addressed to the City of Clearwater, do Contractor. Two (2) executed invoices (1 — signed and 1 — copy) and one (1) signed packing slip shall be mailed to the City for processing. 8. City shall approve invoices and issue payment to the Vendor for materials received. 9. ODP POs must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor PO. If material costs needed for project exceeds the Vendor PO amount, the ODP PO will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP PO will be paid for by the Contractor. Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 REQUEST TO REQUISITION for Owner Direct Purchase Materials STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER City Project Name: General Item Vendor: Street Address: City /State /Zip: City Contract #: Contact Name: Phone No: Email: Receiving Location (Ship Street Address: City /State /Zip: (Project location) Attention: Requested by: (General Contractor) Contact Name: Date Needed by: Phone No: Phone No: Email: Expense (City will complete) Line Quantity Units LS, SF, etc.) Detailed Description pping & handling charges, if applicable Price Per Each (refer to Line Item # and details from Bidder's Proposal, Section V) special delivery instructions Hold X% for retainage LS Send Original Invoices to: City of Clearwater c/o Contractor or Subcontractor Name whoever installs the materials Mailing Address, Attention To: Email address, Phone Number PO Total LS Sales Tax Savings to Owner (first $5,000 x 7.0 %, thereafter sales tax rate is 6.0% Equipment shall be in accordance with the applicable technical spec., and all other applicable provisions (shop drawings, O &Ms, warranties, etc.,) of contract referenced above. Spare parts provided as per s • ecifications; frei•ht included. Start u• services and trainin• are included in the above •rice. Contractor's signature Requesting Official - PRINT NAME Date: Title and Name of Contracting Firm City Rep Signature Approving Official - PRINT NAME Date: City of Clearwater Representative Title Engineering will provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program Appendix.docx 7/7/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 QO RETM PROPERTY SCIENCES REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24-0670A, REPORT NO. 001 Q O R E PROPERTY SCIENCES Prepared For: CITY OF CLEARWATER P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 - Prepared By: QORE, INC. 1211 Tech Boulevard Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24-0670A, REPORT NO. 001 April 2, 2002 © QORETm.. Inc., All Rights Reserved 1211 Tech Blvd. Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 623 -6646 fax (813) 623 -3795 Q O R E PROPERTY SCIENCES April 2, 2002 CITY OF CLEARWA TER P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 Attention: Ms. Alicia Farrell RE: Report of Preliminary Geotechnical Exploration City of Clearwater Community Sports Complex Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 Dear Ms. Farrell: QORE, Inc. has completed a preliminary geotechnical subsurface exploration for the above referenced project. We conducted this exploration in general accordance with our proposal No. 24 -02 -006, dated February 25, 2002. This report explains our understanding of the project, documents our exploration methods and findings, and presents our preliminary recommendations for development of the site in addition to preliminary recommendations for potential foundation systems. After you have reviewed our report, we recommend either a meeting or a telephone conference to discuss our findings and recommendations. QORE appreciates the opportunity to be of service to The City of Clearwater on this project. We look forward to assisting you through project completion. If you have any questions concerning this report, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Respectfully submitted, QORE, INC. Geo a Ste SO chak, P.E. Project Ma -ger Fla.,fegistration No. 390 daW5r, . Scott Fletcher, P.E. Chief Geotechnical Engineer Fla. Registration No. 31359 12 1 1 Tech Blvd. Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 623 -6646 fax (813) 623.3795 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CELARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24- 0670A, REPORT NO. 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 GENERAL 1 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 1 2.1 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS 1 2.2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 3 3.0 PUBLISHED SITE INFORMATION 3 3.1 GEOLOGIC SETTING 3 3.2 SOIL SURVEY INFORMATION 4 4.0 EXPLORATION METHODS 5 4.1 FIELD EXPLORATION 5 4.2 LABORATORY TESTING 6 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 6 5.1 GENERAL SOIL PROFILE 6 5.2 GROUNDWATER 7 5.3 TYPICAL SEASONAL HIGH WATER TABLE 8 6.0 CONCLUSIONS AND PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS 8 7.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES 13 8.0 LIMITATIONS 14 Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report (ASFE) Plate No. 1 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Title Boring Location Plan Appendices Test Boring Records Key to Soil Classification Laboratory Test Results Field and Lab Testing Procedures REPORT OF PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROPOSED CITY OF CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA QORE PROJECT NO. 24-0670A, REPORT NO. 001 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General QORE, Inc. has conducted a preliminary subsurface exploration for The City of Clearwater's proposed Community Sports Complex and associated structures to be located at the existing. Bomber Field Complex and Home Depot property, directly west of U.S. 19 in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. We provided our services in general accordance with our proposal No. 24- 02 -006, dated February 25, 2002. The purpose of this exploration was to explore the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions and provide preliminary recommendations for site development in addition to preliminary recommendations for potential foundation systems. This report explains our understanding of the project, documents our exploration methods and findings, and presents our preliminary conclusions and geotechnical engineering recommendations. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 Existing Site Conditions The subject site is located directly west of U.S. 19 and approximately % mile north of the intersection of Drew Street and OId Coachman Road, in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. The site is currently occupied in the northern portion by existing baseball fields, a two story masonry concession and press -box facility, asphalt parking and open grassland areas. The southem portion of the project site is occupied by a vacant masonry retail building that operated as a Home Depot store. Asphalt and concrete pavements surround the vacant building. The existing store building will be demolished to allow construction of the new sports complex. Beyond the Home Depot store to the south is a single story retail plaza and associated asphalt parking areas. The property is bordered to the east by a retention pond with U.S. 19 beyond and to the west by a power transmission line easement with OId Coachman Road beyond. To the north are baseball fields and existing training facilities associated with the Carpenter Field Complex. An approximate 20 -inch diameter pipe stub was observed to exit the ground just north of the Home Depot property in the southeastern comer of the Bomber Sports Complex. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 2 From conversations with Clearwater Water Department personnel, this pipe will carry reclaimed water and is intended to continue underground, across the site to the west then offsite. The pipe will be advanced by underground directional drilling. It appears that future portions of this pipe may underlie or be very near parts of the southern portion of the stadium. During our time onsite we observed no obvious indicators of active sinkhole development. From cursory visual observation, the existing retail structure, surrounding pavements and most existing structures and improvements in the northern part of the site appear to be performing adequately with no readily apparent signs of structural distress with the exception of an asphalt parking lot at Bomber Field. The parking lot is located in the western portion of the complex and directly abuts the Home Depot property. A noticeable depressional trough extending generally east to west was apparent in the southern portion of the parking lot. Several exploratory test pits excavated in this area during our site evaluation by QORE's environmental department revealed buried debris consisting of miscellaneous wood, tree branches, and metal and glass bottles to depths of approximately 3 to 8 feet. The site topography, like the surrounding area, is generally flat. The Home Depot property appears approximately 3 feet higher than the majority of the northern property. This elevation differential has likely resulted from filling of the Home Depot site to create a building pad for the constructed building and associated improvements. At this time reports related to grading and construction at the Home Depot site have not been made available to us. A series of aerial photographs of the property dated April 1976, December 1979, May 1984, March 1990 and December 1996 were provided to us by The City of Clearwater. The March 1990 aerial photograph appears to generally depict the site as it exists today, with the Home Depot store present in the southern portion of the project site. The May 1984 aerial shows the Home Depot site to be undeveloped, vegetated with trees and brush. The Bomber Field property exists as open grassland with an oval roadway or track in the southern portion. The Carpenter Field Complex is in existence to the north. The remaining aerial photographs back to April 1976 generally depict similar conditions with heavier concentrations of brush and trees on the Home Depot site. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 3 2.2 Proposed Construction From review of a conceptual site plan provided to us, we understand that the planned construction will consist of a new sports complex that includes a new baseball stadium with seating, a concession building, and a training and clubhouse facility. The project will also include a practice field in the northwestern portion of the property in addition to asphalt parking areas and driveways. A soil berm will be constructed beyond the outfield of the stadium for additional seating. We understand that the stadium structure will be constructed utilizing precast concrete elements near its base with steel columns, beams and girders at the upper elevations. The current intentions are to found the stadium on a deep foundation system. The clubhouse building is intended to be a single story and likely constructed with exterior masonry bearing walls and interior columns with a concrete slab on grade floor. At this time, design information and structural loading conditions have not been provided to us for the proposed onsite structures. Specific traffic loading for the asphalt pavements and driveways and information related to final site grades have also not been provided. We assume changes in site elevations with cut and fill depths of 3 feet or less. We anticipate that the associated clubhouse and concession buildings for the new sports complex will be supported on standard strip and isolated column footings with wall Toads of 4,000 pif to 5,000 plf or less and column loads of 50 kips or Tess. We assume that the Toads for the baseball stadium will be transferred to grade beams and columns that may generate dead and live Toads of up to possibly 500 to 1000 kips 3.0 PUBLISHED SITE INFORMATION 3.1 Geologic Setting The site is in the Coastal Plain Physiographic Province. The Coastal Plain is a wedge - shaped deposit of Cretaceous and younger sediments, which ranges in thickness from near zero at the contact with the Piedmont Physiographic Province (the. Fall Line) along its northwest edge, to thousands of feet at the coast. Coastal Plain soils are marine deposits. They contain various materials including interbedded soft and hard limestones, gravels, sands, silts, and clays, as well as organics. 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 4 The Tampa Member of the Hawthorn Group, which consists primarily of limestone with lesser amounts of dolostone, sands, and clays, was deposited during the Miocene Epoch. In the vicinity of the project site, the Tampa Member exists from 0 to -50 feet Mean Sea Level. Following deposition, the Tampa Limestone formation experienced emergence, where erosion of the surface and solutioning occurred that resulted in the development of surface irregularities. Stiff, plastic days nearly everywhere overlie the limestone, and is a residuum of insoluble minerals concentrated by the solutioning of the limestone formation. This residual clay indicates that the majority of the solutioning activity occurred at the limestone surface. A sequence of sea deposited sand and clay overlies the residual clay. Stratifications of this unit are relatively undisturbed, indicating that deposition occurred after the weathering period of the Tampa Limestone formation. The uppermost deposits consist of fine sands containing clay with depth. The sands have no bedding, and are non - cohesive except for some zones of cementation that exist near the surface. These soils are of the Recent to Pleistocene Epoch. 3.2 Soil Survey Information According to the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida as prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, the subject property is primarily underlain by Wauchula fine sand and Made Land with an inclusion of Orlando fine sand. The Wauchula soil series consist of nearly level, poorly drained soils that formed over loamy marine sediments. Under natural conditions, the water table is at a depth of 10 to 30 inches for two to six months in most years and within a depth of 10 inches for 1 or 2 months during wet seasons. The Orlando series is nearly level, somewhat poorly drained, formed in thick beds of marine sands. The southem portion of the site in the vicinity of the vacant Home Depot store is mapped as Made Land. This unit consists of mixed sand, clay, hard rock, shells and shell fragments that have been transported, reworked and leveled by earthmoving equipment. Made Land occurs mainly in urban areas, along the coast and keys. The property to the south and west of the Home Depot is mapped as a borrow pit. The property directly adjacent to the north of the project site, Carpenter Field, is mapped as Made Land, sanitary fill. This unit consists of sand, clay, shells and shell fragments in varying proportions deposited over refuse and garbage. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24 -0670A, Report No. 001 4.0 EXPLORATION METHODS April 2, 2002 Page 5 The procedures used by QORE for field and laboratory sampling and testing were in general accordance with ASTM procedures and established engineering practice. Appendix C contains more detailed descriptions of the procedures used in this exploration. 4.1 Field Exploration Our geotechnical exploration program consisted of the drilling five (5) standard penetration test borings that were advanced at least five feet into competent limerock. These borings within the proposed stadium and clubhouse ranged in depth from approximately 53 to 63 feet below adjacent ground surface. Eight (8) standard penetration test borings were also drilled to depths of 20 to 25 feet. These borings were drilled in areas that will be overlain by pavements or playing fields. An additional three (3) borings were advanced to a depth of 10 feet along the northern limits of the project. The ten foot borings were performed to observe signs of potential encroachment of the landfill to the north onto the project site. The drillers advanced the borings using wet rotary methods and collected soil samples using a split - barrel sampler driven by a rope and cathead hammer system according to ASTM D -1586. Relatively undisturbed samples of cohesive materials were also obtained by pushing Shelby tubes. A series of four temporary piezometers were installed in the northeastern portion of the project site. Three of the piezometers were installed to a depth of about 19 feet and one to a depth of 9 feet. Piezometer PZ -3 was only installed to 9 feet due to caving of the hole. The piezometers were installed in boreholes established by a 4 -inch diameter continuous flight solid stem auger. The piezometers consisted of 2 inch diameter pvc casing with a lower 10 feet screened section.. The piezometers were installed to obtain stabilized groundwater levels at the site and establish the general direction of groundwater flow at this property. The top of the casing was surveyed using a construction level and measuring rod and related to an assumed site datum at the base of a concrete Tight pole for the practice field. Several exploratory test pits were also excavated using. a rubber tire backhole. The test pits were excavated to explore the shallow subsurface for indications of possible buried trash and debris. The tests pits were generally excavated in areas of the site where suspicions of buried material may exist. The test pits were observed and logged by a representative of QORE's environmental department. The specific results and findings of the test pits are contained in a separate report issued by our environmental department. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 6 The borings were located in the field by estimating right angles and pacing of distances from existing site features identified on the conceptual site plan and aerial photographs provided to us. Therefore, the boring locations shown on the Boring Location Plan (Plate No. 1) should be considered approximate. Upon completion of drilling the borings were backfilled with cement grout. 4.2 Laboratory Testing Our field representative sealed and returned the soil samples to the QORE office in Tampa where a geotechnical engineer further examined them. We visually classified the soils according to the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Laboratory testing was also performed on selected samples to evaluate gradation and plasticity properties in accordance with methods ASTM D-422 and ASTM D -4318 respectively. A bulk soil sample was obtained for Limerock Bearing Ratio (FDOT method FM5 -517). 5.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 5.1 General Soil Profile The subsurface soil and rock conditions outlined below highlight the major subsurface stratifications encountered during this geotechnical exploration. More detailed descriptions of the subsurface materials encountered are provided on the attached Test Boring Records. When reviewing the boring records and the general conditions outlined below, it should be understood that the subsurface conditions will vary across the site and between the boring locations. Our borings generally encountered alternating strata of poorly graded sands and clayey sands within the upper ten feet. The standard penetration resistances recorded in the upper naturally deposited sands and clayey sands ranged from 7 to 70 blows per foot. Our boring B6 and B15, drilled at the southem end of the stadium encountered materials interpreted to be fill to a depth of about 6 feet. Our borings B12 and B13 drilled in the southern most parking area encountered material interpreted to be fill to a depth of about 10 feet. These four borings where fill was encountered appear to be located in the area mapped as. Made Land in the Pinellas County soil survey. The fill generally consisted of layers of sand and clayey sand. No deleterious materials were encountered in these four borings. The standard penetration resistances in the upper fills ranged.from 6 to 44 blows per foot. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 7 Material interpreted to be old fill was also encountered at the Bomber Field Complex in our borings B3, B7 and B8 located in the eastern portion of the complex to depths of about 1 to 6 feet. An exploratory test pit excavated very near boring B8 exposed a horizontal layer containing debris consisting of wood, glass and metal, which extended to a depth of approximately 5 feet. Our boring B3 encountered trace amounts of broken glass at a depth of about 6 feet and our boring B3 encountered fill to about 1 -foot. The fill encountered in boring B3 appeared to be a select material placed for the infield of the existing practice field. Below the fill, and from the ground surface in non -fill areas, alternating strata of sand, clay and clayey sands were encountered to depths of about 30 to 35 feet. The standard penetration resistances recorded in these materials ranged from 2 to 27 blows per foot. Below 30 to 35 feet, weathered limerock was encountered. The weathered limerock consisted of a clay matrix with coarse sand and limerock fragments. The standard penetration resistances recorded in these materials ranged from 2 blows per foot to 50 blows per inch. Generally in the deeper borings a Toss of drill fluid circulation occurred at depths of about 25 to 30 feet. Casing was required in the borings to maintain drill fluid circulation and advance the borings to competent limerock. No anomalies such as sudden rod drops were observed that could be indicative of subsurface cavities or voids. Competent limerock was encountered at depths of 48 to 50 feet below ground surface. The exploratory test pits excavated by our environmental department generally encountered debris fill, which extended to depths of 3 to 8 feet below adjacent ground surface, in the southern portion of the Bomber Field parking lot. The area of debris fill was evident based on severe undulations in the asphalt. Debris fill which extended to depths of approximately 5 feet was also encountered in the practice field and open grassland area in the eastern portion of the site. 5.2 Groundwater Groundwater was not encountered in most of our borings before beginning wet rotary drilling at depths of 8 feet. A clear interpretation of groundwater levels was not readily discemable from observation of recovered soil samples. Our boring B1 remained open for 24 hours to obtain a stabilized groundwater measurement. Groundwater was measured in this boring at 12 feet. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 8 As discussed previously, four temporary piezometers were also installed to obtain stabilized groundwater measurements and direction of subsurface flow. The measured depths to groundwater ranged from 2.3 to 13.1 feet below surrounding ground surface, with groundwater appearing to flow in a south- southwesterly direction. The shallow groundwater measurement occurred in our piezometer PZ -3 that was only installed to a depth of about 9 feet. The difference in groundwater elevation can likely be attributed to a perched condition in the vicinity of PZ -3. Groundwater levels fluctuate with time due to seasonal rainfall and locally heavy precipitation events; therefore, future groundwater levels may be encountered at depths different from those indicated by our borings. 5.3 Typical Seasonal High Water Table The seasonal high water table is typically encountered during late summer following the rainy season. Several factors affect the seasonal high water table including the amount of rainfall; drainage characteristics of the soils; the land surface elevation; relief points such as lakes, rivers or swamps; and distance to relief points. Based on our limited exploration and soil indicators exposed in our borings we estimate the seasonal high water level may be encountered at depths as shallow as 12 inches below the current ground surface in the northern portion of the site and as shallow as 24 inches throughout the remaining parts of the project site. 6.0 CONCLUSIONS AND PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS Our findings related to subsurface conditions and our preliminary recommendations for site development are based on our site observations and field exploratory data obtained within the specified areas of the site. From a geotechnical perspective we believe that following proper site preparation, this site should adequately support the planned new construction. During our subsurface exploration, pockets of old fill, some containing buried debris, were encountered. The debris fill was generally encountered at the Bomber Field complex in areas that are proposed for future parking and the main playing field. Our borings B6 and B15 encountered fill with no debris to a depth of about 6 feet below ground surface. These two borings were drilled at the location of the southem stands for the stadium. The fills encountered in these borings exhibit a loose to firm relative density with standard penetration resistances of 6 to 16 blows per foot. The sampled soils in these borings did not contain indications of debris or other deleterious materials. It is possible that debris fill may exist in other areas between these boring locations. If debris, uncompacted fill or other buried items exist below new structures, 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 9 supported by spread footings such as the concession building, there is some risk for cracking of walls, floor slabs and other brittle construction materials due to consolidation and/or deterioration of buried material. The existing Home Depot store to the south of the proposed stadium likely had geotechnical overview during its construction. As such, we would expect that any fill placed within the building limits would have been properly compacted and the subgrade properly prepared (stripped) and evaluated (proofrolled). Boring B6 however, encountered material directly below the fill from 6 to 7 feet that could be interpreted as a poorly stripped subgrade (topsoil layer). It is logical to assume that Tess diligence was associated with testing and observation of earthwork beyond the building limits of the Home Depot structure, thus there is the potential for encountering buried debris or organics below or within the old fill outside the periphery of the Home Depot structure. We suspect that the future structures that will be constructed in the area of the Home Depot store will be one or two story lightly loaded buildings that could conceivably be supported by spread footings. As previously discussed spread footings or slabs placed over unsuitable materials could settle unacceptably. Therefore we recommend planning and budgeting assume that all old fill beyond the periphery of the Home Depot store that will support structures other than pavement or the stadium, be undercut, any deleterious material removed and the cut soils replaced in a controlled manner. Undercut materials, less any debris or organics, can be stockpiled and reused. We recommend that additional borings as well as backhoe pits be excavated in this area to access foundation conditions within the current Home Depot facility and what, if any, deleterious material may exist outside the periphery of the building. Undulations of the pavement exist in the southern portion of the asphalt parking area for Bomber Field. The settlement of the pavement appears to be related to buried debris. The future use for this area is proposed as new asphalt parking. It is likely that if the debris is left in place future settlement and irregularities will develop in the new pavement due to continued settlement resulting from decay of organic materials and metals. The surest way to reduce the potential for this occurrence is to undercut, remove the debris fill and replace it with properly compacted structural fill. We suggest an appropriate contingency be allocated for any haul off of materials. 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 10 Debris fill was also encountered in the eastern portion of the Bomber Field complex located in the proposed playing field and at the base of one boring B3. No surface irregularities were apparent in these areas to indicate the debris is present to the extent that exists in the parking lot. The future use for this portion of the property is to be the main playing field for the stadium and landscape areas. If there are no environmental concerns with these materials it may be possible to leave them in place, provided the materials will not be exposed during grading operations. If left in place, some future maintenance cost beyond that which may typically be expected may be required to mitigate undulations in the playing field, which may develop due to future decay of buried materials. Surface densification with heavy compaction equipment or dynamic deep compaction will help to densify the fill and significantly compress any debris to reduce the settlement potential. Our borings generally encountered clay strata below a depth of about 10 feet to the limerock surface. The clays exhibit consistencies of soft to very stiff with penetration resistances ranging from 2 to 27 blows per foot. We anticipate no large surface fills greater than 3 feet, will be constructed for this project that will generate substantial area Toads sufficient to consolidate the clay strata. We also anticipate that loads from the stadium structure will be transferred to the underlying limerock through a deep foundation system and that no heavy contact pressures from shallow footings will be transferred to the clay strata which can cause consolidation and settlement. If our assumptions are incorrect and heavy soil supported Toads are to be generated that result in increased stress concentrations on these clay strata, then additional borings should be performed in the loaded areas and undisturbed samples of the clay obtained for laboratory consolidation testing. Settlement analyses should then be performed based on the laboratory test results to quantify the magnitude of settlement that can be expected. Because of the heavily loaded nature of the stadium structure, we expect that a deep foundation that transfers Toad to the underlying limerock will be required. The lost circulation that occurred in all our deep borings within the stadium area indicate that the preferred foundation system is driven precast or prestressed concrete piles. Piles at least 14 inches square driven to end bearing in the hard limerock at a depth of about 50 feet can likely provide an estimated allowable pile capacity of at least 50 tons. Slurried - drilled shafts can also be considered for support of the stadium. Due to the loss of drilling fluids that occurred during the advancement of our deep borings, temporary or possibly permanent casing will likely be required for installation. We estimate drilled shafts 3 to 6 feet in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 11 diameter drilled a minimum of 10 to 20 feet into the competent limerock encountered at about 50 feet below current ground surface (total depth 60 to 70 feet) can likely develop capacities of approximately 300 tons (3 feet diameter) to 600 tons (6 feet diameter). Because the shafts will be installed below the groundwater table, wet slurry construction methods will likely be required as well as full time construction monitoring. Once the stadium design evolves so that its final footprint, column locations, and structural Toads are known additional borings and/or cone penetrometer soundings should be performed. At least 20 feet of rock coring should be performed in each boring to assess conditions for both piles and slurried shafts. The recovered core samples should be tested for unconfined compressive strength to better assess drilled shaft capacities. A 4 -inch core barrel should be used to sample the rock. The subsurface conditions encountered in the clubhouse area indicate that it could likely be supported by shallow spread footings with bearing pressures in the range of 2000 to 3000 psf provided that our assumptions concerning the magnitude of structural loads are correct. We also note that the seasonal high water table can be within 1 -foot of the present ground surface in this area of the site. The clubhouse grades should be raised so that the finished floor is at least three feet above the expected seasonal high groundwater table. Both of the borings performed in the clubhouse area had total losses of drilling fluid circulation and zones of soft clay above the limerock. These features can be suggestive of raveling and internal erosion of subsurface materials into voids resulting from the development of solution cavities at the limerock surface. Although no open voids or solution cavities were readily apparent from the two borings performed, we recommend additional exploration be performed within the limits of the clubhouse to provide more information related to subsurface conditions within the building area. Any future risk associated with the clubhouse can be significantly reduced through measures such as compaction grouting. Based on the subsurface and surface conditions observed it is our opinion that the risk of a dropout occurring during the service life of the structure once compaction grouting has been performed is very low. Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 12 As with the stadium we recommend that supplemental borings or cone soundings be performed. Depending upon the magnitude of resulting structural bads and desired settlement, undisturbed samples of the underlying clay strata and laboratory testing could be required. We expect the concession and ancillary structures to be very lightly loaded. Spread footings with design bearing capacities of from 2000 to 3000 psf. are likely. Although no structure is "insignificant ", these smaller structures may not warrant the compaction - grouting consideration as that for the clubhouse. At this time, we do not know what final grades will be across the new sports complex. We anticipate some cut and fill Grading will be performed to create building pads for the new stadium and surrounding buildings. We expect the materials within the upper ten feet of the site (not in areas of debris fill) will be suitable for use as structural fill. If significant quantities of clayey sand are encountered during excavation and grading of the site, consideration should be given to stockpiling this material for use as a preferred pavement subbase. Depending on the time of year construction is performed at this site groundwater may be encountered during normal excavation for utilities. Zones of perched water may also be encountered at relatively shallow depths. If required, dewatering may be accomplished by either perimeter ditches draining into sumps, which can then be pumped off -site, or by the use of wellpoints. Groundwater fluctuations can occur due to seasonal variations in rainfall, runoff, and other site - specific factors, and these fluctuations should be considered when planning earthwork activities. No traffic loading conditions for the parking Tots and driveways has been provided to us. Pavement sections typical for this part of Florida can be assumed for budgeting purposes. Based on assumed traffic pattems that we believe are consistent with this type of development the following flexible pavement sections can be considered: Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 13 SECTION DESCRIPTION.. THICKNESS (INCHES} Light Duty Heavy Duty Surface Course Type S -1 or S -3 Asphaltic Concrete with minimum stability of 1500 lbs. Compacted to at least 95% of the maximum laboratory density. 2 21/2 Base Course Limerock having a minimum LBR of 100 and compacted to at least 98% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). 6 8 Subbase In -situ soils compacted to at least 98% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). 12 a 12 Once actual traffic loading conditions are available required pavement sections can be calculated based on laboratory LBR testing. 7.0 FOLLOW -UP SERVICES Once the design of the sports complex moves beyond the conceptual stages and actual structural loading conditions are available, additional exploration of the site should be performed in accordance with the procedures previously discussed within this report to provide more specific design information tailored to the actual construction that will take place at this site. QORE should be kept involved throughout the design and construction process to maintain continuity and to verify that our recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. To achieve this, we should review project plans and specifications with the designers as the project progresses to see that our recommendations are fully incorporated Proposed Community Sports Complex QORE Project No. 24- 0670A, Report No. 001 April 2, 2002 Page 14 8.0 LIMITATIONS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The City of Clearwater and their designers for the specific application to the project previously discussed. Our conclusions and recommendations have been rendered using generally accepted standards of geotechnical engineering geology practice in the state of Florida. No other warranty is expressed or implied. This company is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions, or recommendations of others based on this data. Our conclusions and recommendations are based on the design information furnished to us, the data obtained from the previously described subsurface exploration, and our past experience. They do not reflect variations in the subsurface conditions, which are likely to exist in the region of our borings and in unexplored areas of the site. These variations are due to the inherent variability of the subsurface conditions in this geologic region. Should variations become apparent during construction, it will be necessary to re- evaluate our conclusions and recommendations based on final building locations and structural loads. The site, like the surrounding area, is underlain by limestone bedrock that is susceptible to dissolution and the subsequent development of karst features such as voids and sinkholes in the natural soil overburden. Construction in a sinkhole prone area is therefore accompanied by some risk that internal soil erosion and ground subsidence could affect new structures in the future. It is not possible to investigate or design to completely eliminate the possibility of future sinkhole related problems but with proper remedial measures the risk can be greatly reduced. In any event, the Owner must understand and accept this risk. The Boring Records present our interpretation of the subsurface conditions at specific boring locations at the time of our exploration. The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. The actual transitions may be more gradual than implied. For more information on the use and limitations of this report, please read the ASFE document that follows this page. Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. The following information is provided to help you manage your risks. eotechnical Services Are Performed for pacific Purposes, Persons, and Projects eotechnical engineers' structure their services to meet the spe- ric needs of their clients. A geotechnical engineering study ccn- :cted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a construc- :n contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geot- :hnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engi- Lering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. No one rept you should rely on your geotechnical engineering report tout first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who pre- :red it. And no one —not even you— should apply the report for y purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Based on Unique Set of Project - Specific Factors :atechnical engineers consider'a number of unique, project -spe- ic factors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors :lode: the client's goals, objectives, and risk management pref- ?nces: the general nature of the structure involved, its size, and 'figuration; the location of the structure on the site; and other irned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, Icing lots, and underground utilities. Unless the geotechnical gineer who conducted the study specifically indicates other - ;e, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: lot prepared for you. lot prepared for your project. hot prepared for the specific site explored, or :ompleted before important project changes were made. )ical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing atechnical engineering report include those that affect: he function of the proposed structure, as when is changed from a parking garage to an office wilding, or from a light industrial plant to a efrigerated warehouse, • elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, • composition of the design team, or • project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes—even minor ones —and request an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. Subsurface Conditions Can Change A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. Do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man -made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctua- tions. Always contact the geotechnical engineer before apply- ing the report to determine if it is still reliable. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems: Most Geotechnical findings Are Professional Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual sub• surface conditions may differ —sometimes significantly —from those indicated in your report. Retaining the geotechnical engi- neer who developed your report to provide construction obser- vation is the most effective method of managing the risks assn• ciated with unanticipated conditions. A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final Do not overrely on the construction recommendations included in your report. Those recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recom- mendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report's recommendations if that engineer does not perform construction observation. A Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Subject To Misinterpretation Other design team members' misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Lower that risk by having your geotechnical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review perti- nent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contactors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Reduce that risk by having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. Do Not Redraw the Engineer's togs Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To pre'.ent errors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photo- graphic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface condi- tions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotech- nical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written let- ter of transmittal. In that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report (a modest fee may be required) and /or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contractors have suffi- cient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be ki a position to give contractors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some clients, design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that have led to disappoint- ments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce such risks, geot- echnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled 'limitations', many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engi- neers responsibilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not Covered The equipment, techniques, and personnel used to perform a geoenvironmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any geoenvironmen- tal findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regu- lated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures. If you have not yet obtained your own geoenvironmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk management guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. Rely on Your Geotechnical Engineer for Additional Assistance Membership in ASFE exposes geotechnical engineers to a wide array of risk management techniques that can be of genuine ben- efit for everyone involved with a construction project. Confer with your ASFE.member geotechnical engineer for more information. AsFePROFESSA FIRMS PRACTICING iN THE GEOSCIENCES 8811 Colesville Road Suite G106 Silver Spring, MD 20910 Telephone: 301 -565 -2733 Facsimile: 301-589-2017 email: info@asfe.org www.aste.org Copyright 1998 by ASFE. Inc. Unless ASFE grants written permission to do so, duplication of this occurrent by any means whatsoever is expressly prohibited. Pe-use of the wording in this document. in whole or in part, also is expressly prohibited. and may be done only with the express permission of ASFE or for purposes of review or scholarly research. MEW/69493.5M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N W H a r — • — — — — — • — — — — — — ■1•1 • • • EXISTING WARNING TRACK B -11♦ APZ -2 • 8 -8 CLUB HOUSE PROPOSED BALL FIELD 0 •B -1 FUTURE 0 PROPOSED PARKING GB -12 • B -13 LEGEND 9 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO ROCK ® STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO 20 FEET STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING TO 10 FEET A TEMPORARY PIEZOMETER FROM CONCEPTUAL DRAWING BY EWING COLE CITY OF CLEARWATER EXISTING RETENTION POND APPROXIMATE SCALE -50 FT. DATE NO. PLATE NO. 3/20/02 I JOB 24 -0670A I 1 QORE PROPERTY SCIENCES TM 1211 Tech Blvd. Suite 200 Tampa, Flmklo 33619 (813) 623.6646 BORING LOCATION PLAN COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX CLEARWATER, FLORIDA APPENDIX A TEST BORING RECORDS Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/27/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/27/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 12 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4• SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Lost circulation at 12 feet. Circulation not regained. Ground water measured at 12 feet after 24 hours. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT-) DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 io m a SO b f0 a 00IX BLOWS /6• 0 — — Loose, dark gray to brown, silty SAND w /trace clay (SM) " • 4- 4 -6 -10 6 -6-7 -7 8- 10 -15 -16 —I Stiff, gray, sandy CLAY w /orange staining and scattered rootlets (CL) v, AA — 5 — — —;Very Very stiff, light gray, fine sandy CLAY w /orange staining (CL) %TA /. ii' �' il I ,, �� 14- 10 -8 -13 3- 6 -17 -15 stiff, light green gray, CLAY (CH) _ = 10_ Very stiff, light green gray, silty CLAY (CH) H 2 -5 -2 — — —15— — — —20— — J —25- -30— Firm to very stiff, gray, sandy CLAY w /Iimerock fragments (CL) 2 -5 -14 Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -2 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4• SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before Wet rotary drl7ling at 8 feet. ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT .) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 00 00 20 40101 BLOWS /6. 0 Loose, gray, fine SAND w /root hairs (SP) `= " FR 4 -4-6 -6 6-5-5-7 5-5-11-20 _ Loose, brown and dark brown, fine SAND (SP) — 5 — Firm, gray brown, clayey fine SAND w /orange staining (Sc) �}" 14 -12 -15 9 -13 -19-20 -Very firm, brown, clayey SAND (SC) AV22- '. �'� %. 0 4 0 OM f°1111/A# OM - —10 Hard, gray, sandy CLAY w /orange staining and decayed rootlets (CL) _ _ _ J 15 20 - 25 Loose, green gray, clayey medium to fine SAND (SC) 2 -3 -4 2 -2 -4 Firm, gray, clayey coarse SAND w /Iimerock fragments (SC) pro ii 0 il. 4-6 -10 —30— Boring terminated Q 0 R EThi TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-3 1 1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER ROPE AND CATHEAD I GROUNDWATER: 0 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 23/4• SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (F.r) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 f0 20 ]0 40 50 00 70 009010E BLOWS /6- 0 Loose, gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) - '• 3-3 -4-5 5- 8 -9 -13 9 -8 -9-7 V = - - — 5 — Firm, gray brown, fine SAND w /broken glass at 6 feet (SP) (FILL) ' 1 FA 5 -3-h3 2 -3-3 -3 - - Loose, dark gray brown, fine SAND (SP) - - - Loose, dark gray, clayey SAND w /organic staining (saturated) (SC) ply 6 -8 -12 10 - -, —15— - - - - - Very stiff, blue green, sandy CLAY (CL) r FA 6 -7 -7 Firm, green gray, clayey medium to fine SAND (SC) r ! 4" 20 - - —25- -30— Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R End TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-4 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER. FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/1/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: Z > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 314• SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before Wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (Fi) 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) O io m 30 40 00 00 70 00 901X BLOWS /6- Firm, light yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) 1 2 -4 -8 -7 5 -4-3 -6 8- 11 -14 -16 - - Loose. gray brown, very clayey SAND w /orange staining and partially decayed root hairs (SC) FM — 5 — Very firm, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (SP) F1 12 -11 -15-23 15 -17 -15 " - Very firm to dense, dark gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) p� OA O9- - —15" Stiff, green, CLAY w /red staining and decayed roothairs (CH) 4-5 -7 - Firm. blue green, clayey fine SAND (SC) if, 4 0, 0 �/` 6 -7 -8 —25- -30— Boring terminated Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -5 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28102 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: Q 13 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4• SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 25 feet. Casing set to 25 feet, regained circulation with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (F MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 10 20 70 40 50 10 70 10 sofa BLOWS �- 0 _ - Very firm, gray, fine SAND (SP) .. v '" ., 11- 15 -14 -13 12 -9 -8-8 5- 5 -7 -12 O _ _Firm, light gray, fine SAND (SP) " 5 — Firm, brown, very clayey fine SAND w red and orange staining (SC) 8" �� 14- 13 -18 -15 13- 20 -11 -17 _— _ `Dense, dark gray, clayey SAND (Sc) '4" ' \ - -10— Very stiff, green gray, clayey fine SAND (SC) , 3 -6-11 _ _ - _15_ - -// 20 _ -, Loose to firm, green gray, clayey fine SAND (SC) F■ 0 gAi / 1 2 -3 -4 1 -1 -1 — — —25-, Very soft, brownish gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) /// AL. 12 -11 -13 - -, - - Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) di i ' B�'i' „ \ 3 -13 -25 12 -41 -16 _ _, _ —� - -� --40- t_ Dense to very dense, light gray to white, highly weathered LIMEROCK _ = 21 -14 -11 -- Very firm, light gray to white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) V !! I 15 -23 -21 —45 _ ._ - Dense, light gray, intensely weathered UMEROCK -- w - Continued 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -5 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/1/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 13 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 25 feet. Casing set to 25 feet, regained circulation with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) 50 —55— —60— MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N 10 00 b b 00 00 70 0010 BLOWS /6" UKIEROCK 65 _ _ Boring terminated —70-- —75— —95— —100— 50/2 50/6 C 50 /1 Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-6 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/28/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 28 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during dulling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT) DEPTH (T) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) D to m 30 40 50 00 70 00 !0101 BLOWS �" 0 _ Loose, brown, clayey SAND (SC) (FILL) A// '/ " „ „ 2 -3-3 -6 3 -3-3 -3 2 -2 -5-14 _Loose, — 5 — gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) 13- 10 -11 -20 13 -11 -13-20 - — — — _ Very firm, dark brown to black, f'me SAND w /organic stoinin•, trace • •onic fibers SP y P=' =' Very firm, medium brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) 19_18 -9 _ _ —15— Very stiff, gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) / „ � / ., 4_4_4 _ _ _ 20— —- Loose, gray, clayey medium to fine SAND (SC) �I fillj di 3 -4 -6 _ _ _25_ Loose, gray. clayey coarse SAND w /Ilmerock fragments (SC)�/ 1 -2 -1 —30y — Soft, blue green and brown, sandy CLAY (CH) 38 -3 -19 _— — L-35— Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND and limerock fragments (GC) VIA ., 50/2 _ _ -40- _ H LIMEROCK °" __ =1 e, 6 -5 -1 _ _ —45— — — Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND (SC) O1/ ji Oil .� 1. , 13 -15-19 Dense, whits, clayey coarse SAND and Ilmerock frngenenfe Or) Continued 1 1 1 TM Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-6 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 2/28/02 BORING COMPLETED: 2/48/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME -45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 2 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 28 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT,) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 00 *0 70 00 /OIS BLOWS /6. 50 — — _ _ _5s— Dense, white, clayey coarse SAND and Ilmerock fragments (GC) 13-10-20 50/1 _ _ —60— —65— UMEROCK 34 -32 -50 50/1 _ _ —70_, —75—, —80- -90-- _ —95- 100— Boring terminated Q 0 R En' TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -7 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drill'mg at 8 feet. G ELEV. ELEV. DEPTH (�� MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 90 x90 901 BLOWS /6" 0 Firm, yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) :' n 3- 7 -11 -12 1117 14- 11 -7 -11 Firm, dark brown, fine SAND (SP) -Firm - 5 — to dense, medium brown, fine SAND (SP) '� . ii!!III lIllIlIli 8 -11 -13-18 8- 25 -33 -30 - -SANG —10— Very firm to very dense, gray brown, clayey fine (SC)" r II p 0- ig 7 -7 -13 - —15— Firm, gray, very clayey medium to fine SAND (SC) ,1 6 -12 -18 -" Hard, blue green, fine sandy CLAY (CH) 20 - —25- -S0— Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R E� TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-8 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 4.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 10 20 30 40 00 00 70 00 001X BLOWS /6. 0 ' -I Firm, dark gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) (FILL) ¢ ' • n II 3 -7 -7 -7 6 -7 -7 -5 3 -6 -6-7 - -staining - — 5 — Firm, dark gray to black, fine SAND w /organic and broken glass and metal fragments from 4 to 6 feet (SP) (FILL) . ,� •. , 1 LA 1 13 -15 -15-20 13 -17 -26-30 - - - —10— Dense, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (SP) 'I' ,, 5-7 -11 - - ' - — 15.-1 Very stiff, gray green. fine sandy CLAY (CL) recovered sample contained metal fragments and glass from 13.5 to 15 feet most likely from, upper debris fill 4-4-6 — 20 Stiff, blue green, fine sandy CLAY (CH) • —25- -30— Boring terminated Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-9 1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 23/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (T) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 t0 m 30 40 SO SO 70 00 Soto( BLOWS /6- 0 - - Loose, dark gray to black, fine SAND w /organic staining, partially decayed rootlets (SP) `` 1 -2 -4-4 6-6 -8-10 5 -4 -5 -6 _ - Firm, pale yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) - 5 - - - Loose, pale yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) " == ' .,ji ..1** 2 -3-3 -2 4-6- 13-28 - — -10— -15 -• -20-- -25- r- 30- Firm, pale yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) ' t. Boring terminated -- 1 1 QORE� PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -10 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24.3670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 2.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: G ELEV. (F) DEPTH (F0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 20 30 40 e0 b 70 00 0OIX BLOWS #6. 0 - - Loose, dark gray, fine SAND w /trace rootlets (SP) y: 1 -3-3 -5 6- 9_15 -17 9-22 -24-24 12- 13 -14 -16 7- 7 -7 -12 - - - 5 -s Very firm to dense, brown, fine SAND w /minor organic staining from 2 to 4 feet (SP) :M: .. -10- - - -15- -20- --25- -30- Firm, light brown, fine SAND (SP) L: ` . Boring terminated —. Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B-11 1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA I ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/4/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/4/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feel I G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT-) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) to 20 30 40 50 00 7010101U BLOWS /6" 0 - Loose, brown, fine SAND (SP) ... r• 1 -3-4 -8 5 -5-7 -9 10- 10 -11 -14 - - - - 5 — Firm to very firm, pale yellowish brown, fine SAND (SP) 0.% t' �,;., V. y— 11- 20 -23 -22 18- 12 -18 -25 _ Dense, pale yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) ::: ,<,. ' :; ::;, y4�� V - —15— -20- -25- -30— Boring terminated �- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -12 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4• SHEET 1 OF 1 Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (F I) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N.) 0 10 10 30 40 SO b 70 00 001 k BLOWS i6. - D 2 inch asphalt over 8 inch Iimerock base - " krger 6- 12 -12 -12 5- 5-7 -10 — _ Yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) — Very firm, medium brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) ' — 5 — Stiff, blue gray, fine sandy CLAY (CL) (FILL) OA ow VIDA 10 -12 -10-6 5 -7 -6 -6 - - 10 Firm to very firm, brown, fins SAND w /layers of brown fine sandy clay (SP /CL) (FILL) L_ — — — —15— Firm, green gray, fine sandy CLAY (CH) UV 1 -2 -3 50/6 — — 20 —25- -30— Very hard, green gray, fine sandy CLAY w /friable Iimerock fragments (CH) A,/ Boring terminated Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -13 1 1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 1 I Remarks: Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (�) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L r -- -'�r S R STANDARD RESISTANCE 0 to w PENETRATION Jo b (N) sow 10 w 5010( BLOWS /6" 1 8- 16 -12 -15 1 15-21-23-30 0 - 2 inch asphalt over 8 inch Iimerock base Gray brown. clayey SAND (SC) (FILL). - - - - — 5 — Very firm to dense, gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC) (FILL) r/' P4• .4 FA . 25- 20 -22 -16 7 -4-4 -6 _ - _ Dense, light gray brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) '' - - -10- - _ 15— Loose, gray and dark gray, fine SAND w /clay and wood fibers (SP /CL) (FILL)' r . � 3-4-6 Stiff, blue green, fine sandy CLAY (CH) A I 8 -10-11 — Very firm, blue green, very clayey SAND (SC) r g - 20 —25- -30— Boring terminated i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q O R ETM PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B-14 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing set to 30 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) O to 2s) 70 40 50 00 70 00 NI BLOWS /6' 0 _Very - firm, gray, fine SAND (SP) ti' ,.„ L. m ,_ 5- 10 -13 -15 10- 11 -7 -14 8-10-24-32 26 -40 -30-47 28-30-16-24 _ -Firm - 5 -- _ - to very dense, light brown. fine SAND (SP) la " " MOP • _ - 10 Dense, gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay (5P) „ - -Firm, —15 — blue gray. clayey fine SAND (SC) 4 I' 601 / `1I ' Pr 7-8-11 ► IF 1 -2 -2 - -. - 20-, Soft, blue green, sandy CLAY (CH) j 2 -3 -3 _ - - _ Firm, green gray, sandy CLAY (CH),_' Al. A. t 2 -2 -7 _ - Stiff, blue gray, sandy CLAY (CH) „ 4 -6_10 - - —35— Very stiff, blue green, CLAY w /limerock fragments (CH) %” J � 6 -15 -6 _ - -40- Very firm, white, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock fragments (SC)" �' I, , 1 -1 -2 - - —45 — Soft, gray, sandy CLAY w /limerock fragments (CL) _, 3 2 -12 -50 _ — —50--i Umerock k A Continued Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -14 1 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/5/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/5/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing set to 30 feet. G ELEV. (FT -) DEPTH (FT.) MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) o 10 m n 40 50 m 70 n Iola BLOWS /6" _ = — — —55- -60-- -65-- -70- -75- -80- -85— :90: —100— UNFROCK 50/3 Boring terminated 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q 0 R ET' TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -15 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME -45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 0 > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 314" SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. Ground water not encountered before wet rotary drilling at 8 feet. G ELEV. (FT.) EPT DEPTH MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) 0 10 30 30 00 SO 00 70 00 0013( BLOWS /6" 0 _ _Dark — — — brown, fine SAND (SP) (FILL) ti ` " „ _ Auger H d Auger 13 -8-8 -8 — 5 _Firm, dark brown, very clayey fine SAND (SC) (ALL) " . 7 -5-5 -9 11 -10 -13-20 _ _ Loose, gray brown, clayey SAND w /orange staining SC WM " — — = 10— Very stiff, dark gray, fine sandy CLAY (CO ,1 4 -6 -8 — —15 — — Stiff, green gray, CLAY (CH) / II 8 -7 -9 — — — Firm, green gray, very clayey fine SAND (SC) F/ 9' ,, 2 -3-6 _ _Stiff, — —25— light gray. CLAY w /scattered coarse sand (CL) ;' , t ■ 2 -3-3 _ — Firm, blue green, CLAY (CH) V 1, 1 -1 -1 — —35— _ _loose, =40= Soft, blue green, CLAY w /limerock fragments (CH) V el 13 -6 -1 white, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock, fragments (SC) 1 -1 -1 - _ _45_ Very soft, blue green, CLAY (CL) HP=.25 tsf. 4_ . ❑ 1 -1 -1 _ _ 50 Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND w /Iimerock fragments (SC) Continued Q 0 R ETM TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -15 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24 -0670A REPORT NO: 24 -0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: V > 8 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: Lost circulation at 30 feet. Circulation regained with casing. Casing advanced to 50 feet during drilling to maintain circulation. ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (Fr.) 50 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 10 30 30 40 30 SO 70 00 101 BLOWS /6" Loose, white, clayey coarse SAND w /Iimerock _ fragments (SC) _ UMEROCK —55— Boring terminated —65— —70— —75— —85— —100— 14 -50/5 n 50/2 i 1 1 1 1 elQOR ETM PROPERTY SCIENCES TEST BORING RECORD BORING NO: B -16 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24- 0670A -1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: Q 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4" SHEET 1 OF 2 Remarks: 50% loss of dreulation at 38 feet 100% loss of circulation at 40 feet Circulation regained at 42 feet without casing. Circulation lost at 45 feet. Circulation not regained - no casing used. G ELEV. (FT-) DEPTH (FT .) 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N) o 10 ao SO 40 so 00 70 m 110101 BLOWS /6" v s I-25- I-45- = _Gray, fine SAND (SP) yM" Hand Auger Hand 12- 10 -8 -12 - Yellow brown, fine SAND (SP) " - -(SP Firm dark gray brown, fine SAND w /trace clay " 20-24-28-22 13-13-12-12 _ -Very dense, gray brown. fine SAND (SP) " _ _ -10-. Very firm, gray brown, clayey fine SAND (SC)/' 0 " . 4-5-6 - _" _ 15- Stiff, blue green, CLAY (CH) r ,; 4 -7 -10 _^Firm. _ 20_ gray brown, clayey coarse SAND w /limerock„ fragments (SC) Of, 4 r 3-2 -2 I --1 -30- L - Soft, light gray brown, CLAY w /limerock fragment -/ (CL) 0 2 -2 -3 Firm, light gray brown, CLAY w /coarse sand and limerock fragments (CL) i 7„ 21-20-20 - - limerock _35- _ = Dense to very dense, white, clayey coarse SAND and fragments (GC) r ' q'� u 19 -15-41 rtt.,l' 8 -13 -3 - Firm, white, clayey coarse SAND w /scattered limerock fragments (SC) �} `•4 _ �►/ " . _ _ Limarock 50 Continued Continued TM Q 0 R E TEST BORING RECORD PROPERTY SCIENCES BORING NO: B -16 PROJECT: COMMUNITY SPORTS COMPLEX JOB NO: 24-0670A REPORT NO: 24-0670A-1 PROJECT LOCATION: CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ELEVATION: NOT PROVIDED BORING STARTED: 3/6/02 BORING COMPLETED: 3/6/02 DRILLING METHOD: WET ROTARY RIG TYPE: CME-45 HAMMER: ROPE AND CATHEAD GROUNDWATER: 3.5 FEET BORING DIAMETER (In.): 2 3/4' SHEET 2 OF 2 Remarks: ELEV. (FT.) DEPTH (FT.) 50 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION L S R STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (N ) 10 20 30 40 10 00 70 10 101 BLOWS /6" UMEROCK --70 —, —75-- —100— Boring t.rminat.d 50/1 APPENDIX B KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES CORRELATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE WITH RELATIVE COMPACTNESS AND CONSISTENCY Sand and Drava( Standard Penetration Resistance Blows/Foot Relative Compactness 0-4 Very Loose 5-10 Loose 11 -20 Firm 21 -30 Very Firm 31 -50 Dense Over 50 Very Dense Sid+ and (day Standard Penetration Resistance Blows/Foot Consistency 0-1 Very Soft 2-4 Soft 5-8 Firm 9-15 Stiff 16-30 Very Stiff 31 -50 - Hard Over 50 Very Hard QORE�' IIOPEETT SCIENCES UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION (After U.S. Walorways Experiment Slalion and ASTM D 2487.661) Major Division Coarse - grained (Over 50% by weight coarser han No. 200 eve) Fine - grained over 50% by weight finer than No. 200 sieve) Solis with fibrous !organic matter Gravelly soils (over half of CORM fraction larger than No. 4) Group Symbol GW GP GM GC Finer than 200 Siovo 0.5• Laboratory Classification Criteria Supplementary Requirements Soil Doscription 0-5• 12 or more* 12 or more D6JDio greater than 4, Dao /060X010) botwoon 18.3 Not meeting above gradation for GW PL loss than 4 or below A -lino PL ovor 7 and abovo A -lino Well- graded gravels, sandy gravels Gap - graded or uniform gravels, sandy gravels Silly gravels, silty sandy-gravels, Clayey gravols, clayey sandy gravels Sandy soils soils (over half of C011130 fraction liner than No. 4 Low com- pressibility (liquid limit less than 50) High com- pressibility Olquld limit mom than 59 SW SP SM SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT 0.5• 0-5• 12 or more' 12 or more' Plasticity chart D60IDto groator than 4, D3o2 /D60XD10) between 18.3 Not meeting above gradation for requirements PL loss than 4 or below A -lino PL over 7 and abovo A -lino Plasticity chart Plasticity chart, organic odor or color Plasticity chart Plasticity Chad Plasticity chart, organic odor or color Fibrous organic matter, will char, burn, or glow • For soils having 5 to 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, use a dual symbol such as GW-GC. Woll- graded sands, gravelly sands Gap - graded or uniform sands, gravelly sands Silly sands, silly gravelly sands Clayey sands, clayey gravelly sands Sills, very fine sands, silly or clayey fine sands, micaceous silts Low plasticity clays, sandy or silty Gays Organic silts and clays of low plasticity Micaceous sills, diatomaceous silts, volcanic ash Highly plastic clays and sandy clays Organic sills and clays of high plasticity Peal, sandy peals, and clayey peat I MN an — — — — NM Mt • • MI O — — — • — — • APPENDIX C LABORATORY TEST RESULTS 1 1 1 1 LABORATORY DATA SHEET Project: Community Sports Complex Job No.: 240670A Date: 03/22/02 Technician: RMT /GS Boring B2 @ 6 to 8 feet Brown clayey SAND (SC) 16 Boring B6 @ 2 to 4 feet Gray brown fine SAND (SP -SC) 8 Boring B6 @ 8 to 10 feet Brown clayey fine SAND (SC) 17 Boring B13 @ 4 to 6 feet Gray brown clayey fine SAND (SC) 10 Boring B14 @ 2 to 4 feet Light brown fine SAND (SP -SC) 19 Boring B1 @ 10 feet Green gray silty CLAY (CH) 100 40 60 Boring B3 @ 13 % feet Blue green CLAY (CL) 40 21 19 Boring B4 @ 13 Y2 feet Green CLAY (CH) 100 40 60 Boring B8 @ 18'/2 feet Blue green CLAY (CH) 53 24 29 Boring B12 @ 13% feet Green gray CLAY (CH) 49 22 27 QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT PROJECT: Community Sports Complex DATE: 03/20/02 JOB NO.: 240670A LAB NO.: S -1 CLIENT: City Of Clearwater CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: Brown clayey SAND (SC) LOCATION: B-2, 6-8 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 98.0 N/A No.20 97.0 N/A No. 40 93.0 N/A No. 60 77.0 N/A No. 80 56.0 N/A No.100 46.0 N/A No.140 27.0 N/A No.200 18.0 N/A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT: JOB NO.: CLIENT: DESCRIPTION: QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT Community Sports Complex 240670A City Of Clearwater Gray brown slightly clayey fine SAND (SP -SC) DATE: 03/20/02 LAB NO.: S -2 CONTRACTOR: LOCATION: B-6, 2-4 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 97.0 N/A No.20 96.0 N/A No. 40 91.0 N/A No. 60 72.0 N/A No. 80 48.0 N/A No.100 35.0 N/A No.140 17.0 N/A No.200 9.0 N/A PROJECT: JOB NO.: CLIENT: DESCRIPTION: QORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT Community Sports Complex 240670A City Of Clearwater Brown clayey SAND (SC) DATE: 03/20/02 LAB NO.: S -3 CONTRACTOR: LOCATION: B-6, 8-10 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 94.0 N/A No. 60 75.0 N/A No. 80 49.0 N/A No.100 39.0 N/A No.140 22.0 N/A No.200 14.0 N/A 1 1 Q.ORE" PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT PROJECT: Community Sports Complex DATE: 03/20/02 JOB NO.: 240670A LAB NO.: S-4 CLIENT: City Of Clearwater CONTRACTOR: DESCRIPTION: Gray brown clayey fine LOCATION: B-13, 4-6 feet SAND (SC) SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 93.0 N/A No. 60 72.0 N/A No. 80 47.0 N/A No.100 36.0 N/A No.140 19.0 N/A No.200 12.0 N/A PROJECT: JOB NO.: CLIENT: DESCRIPTION: QO RE"' PROPERTY SCIENCES SOILS CLASSIFICATION REPORT Community Sports Complex 240670A City Of Clearwater Light brown slightly clayey fine SAND (SP -SC) DATE: 03/20/02 LAB NO.: S -5 CONTRACTOR: LOCATION: B-14, 2-4 feet SIEVE ANALYSIS GRADIATION Sieve Size % Passing Specification No. 4 100 N/A No. 8 100 N/A No. 10 100 N/A No.20 99.0 N/A No. 40 94.0 N/A No. 60 71.0 N/A No. 80 42.0 N/A No.100 31.0 N/A No.140 13.0 N/A No.200 6.0 N/A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t MOISTURE / DENSITY RELATIONSHIPS OF SOIL Q O R E" (ASTM D 1557) PAO Y ICISNCFS PROJECT : Community Sports Complex CLIENT : Pinellas County JOB NO. : 240670 A DATE SAMPLED : 03/24/02 REPORT NO. : 45228 O REVIEWED BY : Hull SAMPLED BY : George SAMPLE LOCATION : NA SAMPLE NO.: P1 SOIL DESCRIPTION : Dark brown fine sand with some rock and clay PROCTOR TYPE : LBR PROCEDURE: D TEST DATE : 03/27/02 IN-SITU M.C., %: 2.8 LIQUID LIMIT , % : - i PLASTICITY INDEX , % : UNCORRECTED MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY, PCF : 108.7 FINES , % : OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT ,% : 12.7 TORY P ITY • 120.0 117.5 115.0 112.5 110.0 107.5 105.0 102.5 100.0 97.5 95.0 92.5 90.0 87.5 85.0 +3/4" ,% : USCS : - IAASHTO : CORRECTED MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY, PCF : 108.7 OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT ,% : 12.7 NMNNNEN■■iNN■■NN mum ■N■■ moo i ua Nun ■■®■N■ mum Nom NNNN1NMN maw ■■■M MINI ■ N1111 ■1 INN WEINN1 ■ ISM NMINNS um omen NN NN NNM MINN MU N ■N 1■N1 UM NM1 ME MN N111 MINI EMI N■•NN NN N■N 111NN■NNN11111EME MN mNNi11 11111 111111111111M111 MN= IMM MMI EMI ME■NINNN MIEN M■ SEMI MEI REM NiNN1MMIMNMI NNNNVNMINNNNNNNiNNMEMI EMI NN■umNMNm ■■ NN NN NMN NN NN NM NN■ NN NMI NM iiN MEW mil NN1 NM NN NiN NM■ NM NN 1111111 NN■ NNI MN NNE EMI MN N■■■ NMnNMN NmNN NN■ N■i ■EM MIN MEIMUM ON■ N■■ ■■■■■ N ■N HMI EMI N■N NN NNf■ NN ■■■■■N■N N!■■ UM NM MN ■■■A■ N■■■ NN Mill NN® 1NM11W1 ■11N1imNN111WNutm111111111111 N.111 ■N■ N ®a■ NNE■ N>.■■ Nm "MN ■ia■ ■NN NON MN ■N■ N m WM. - ELM EMI ii MN ■■11MNm■m1 mum ISM MUSS /■.■1BUM ism MEM NN NN■ NN EMI ■N■■■ ■N■■ ■MIN ■■■N Mill 1111111111 NE MI EMI NN NEMEN MIN MMi NN NM ■i■N SIMN ■1M■ ■■N EMI ■■N■ 1 ■111 N ■1■ NN MIN NNN•!N®NNNwmu MUM ■l1NNn■ MEN h uh mu NN ®NN■ NN N® NMI NN NMI NN NM• MEM NN1 NM1 ME NMI NNMMNN muu EMI NN■NMNEMI NM mu.1■■i■m■1 NN ®NMi !iN ■NM ■N■ MIN NN MN NN■ NN NN UM EMI NN NMI INN/ 11.67111.1 moo imp N uuuuiNNIINNminNm.■111NN■ NN N ® Nu NNW. ■ ■11:11 NN■ NN EMI NN hum MU NN■ N■N mN ®�MEI� N1■N■pMml�� ME MNN■■i NN■NN■R NNNNMINE MNIN■N■■MNNMNMNNMNNMNN1 NN MIME NM NNNM■muNN■N•uN1ENA EMI MilmNN11■ mu_____ NN®NNNNNNNNNNNNIN RAW M NMN NM NN NN NN NM■ NN REM NNM{NMEM■ NNM NMI NMI MEE MN1NN1N1■1NNi EMI -NN1NE M■MINNW _1111111111111111111111111111111111111 MR. MEMNMI. -.NNN - im11NNNNNNNM1N1A11■■N NN EMU Mm NMI NMi mi. NN■ NN MOM ■i■■■I NN NMI NM NN1 BIM NNE NN NM NON Nm ■ NN Nil. ME M= mum NM■ MN MEW saw MEE WWI NN ■ WINE REM 1u1■ EMI NW■uMNNNN■ NNW EMI Mai EMI NMI EMI NM/NNM1 ■Ni EMI WERE NNNN■NNiiiiiNm NMN EMI NN MEN NNN11■ INN ■ EIN■► IRO NMI EMI N■1N1N1N1■ mmmmhuM I EOM ■N■1 WWI ■1N1■11 NN►VN %MNNN11MNN1 ■11 m1■ REM NN ■M■■Ni■■111■N■N1■ MIME NE.INMUM INN EMI BM MIN NMNuu■■1NM1 NMI I N■■N■Niuiui uLI■Nmumuii■■i■m■1 NN Om mN NN ■1N1 N1 ■ ■ NN NN NMI NM Nn NNE ■1NI ■ N■i1 mNNMMNN■N M1 ■ ■iNm■■■■■■i■IMINE ■i EMI EN■am■■1■■■■N■■1 Ni1 ISM "NM MEM1 ■NNNi1■ RIME 1NN ISM ►ULL1■M11 REM t■iiluil■ mMNM1iNNNuNN1mN11Ni EMI Nni■► EINN■im■ ■111 NN Nm®u NN NN 11m MN Nom MIN NMI Mb: N111 MN NM N111 Nm ®i NN NN NN !m1 ■■N■ ■NN�N mu N& IN NN1 MME NN MIMI MIMI ERNE MEI NMI 0.1.11 111111111 Ni NNM N11 MN ■NM NMI■ N1■■ NN MRS ■►N' WEIN ml MIMI MN MEE IRM ■Bd NiNNMEN�1N ■iMN MN HIM MN NM Ni■ EMI NM NN Niu NN■ NMM MEN NN MOM NN■MEEMEENNNN I NNNNMN NM MIMI 1.11.11. SIMMN. 111. NN NN® S.G. 2.80 EMI NiMi 11111 NN mN NMM m1■ NM MIN NNNi7 1■NN1■N1f ■■■N■ NMI WOE NMI NN1■iN IIIMIL1111111111 EMI �NRIM NN■ NMI EMI NM1■iiNmnNNNNNN►MEIN■■■1M11 NN1 MEN NvNg■NMI NNiu1Bmu BMW NuiMMINI NM MN MIME NMNmNMMN1NNNNN1NNHNNm 1.Nmi LIMN MIN NM I= NNNNNMINNNN■NmNNNN/uNNuumNNi■ ■Bli mam. hi NN !®1 NN MEMEN WM ■ NNi -- mm1E1 N 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0 32.5 35.0 37.5 40.0 MOISTURE CONTENT ( % ) COPIES TO : Pinellas County 100 90 : 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Q O R E PROPERTY SCIENCES Limerock Bearing Ratio Test 130 120 110 100 Modified Proctor Test Results 8 LAB 196 10 12 MOISTURE CONTENT ( %) 14 T Date: Report No.: Job Name: Job No.: Sample No.: Client: Location Sampled: Visual Classification: 03/25/02 45228 Community Sports Complex 240670A L1 Pinellas County Boring B5 Dark brown fine sand with some clay and rock Maximum LBR Value: Maximum Density (pcf): Optimum Moisture ( %): 23 108.7 12.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX D FIELD AND LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES Penetration Test Borings The penetration test boring was made in general accordance with ASTM D 1586 -67, "Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils ". The boring was advanced to the water table by augering and, after encountering the groundwater table, further advanced by a rotary drilling technique using a circulating bentoriite fluid for borehole flushing and stability. At two-foot intervals within the upper 10 feet and at five -foot intervals thereafter, the drilling tools were removed from the borehole and a split - barrel sampler inserted to the borehole bottom and driven 18 inches into the material using a 140 -pound SPT hammer falling, on the average, 30 inches per hammer blow. The number of hammer blows for the final 12 inches of penetration is termed the "penetration resistance, blow count, or N- value." This value is an index to several in -place geotechnical properties of the material tested, such as relative density and Young's Modulus. After driving the sampler 18 inches (or less, if in hard rock or rock -like material) at each test interval, the sampler was retrieved from the borehole and a representative sample of the material within the split - barrel was placed in a glass jar and sealed. After completing the drilling operations, the samples for each boring were transported to our laboratory where our engineer examined them in order to verify the driller's field classifications. Tne samples will be kept in our laboratory for a period of six months, unless otherwise directed by the dent. Auger Boring The auger borings were performed manually by the use of a post -hole auger and in general accordance with ASTM D 1452 -80 'Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings'. Representative samples of the soils brought to the ground surface by the augering process were :laced in glass jars, sealed, and transported to our laboratory where they were examined by our engineer to verify the driller's field classification. 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V I• - MN I M ON MN I r I I ill - - - r I UM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACT BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 29 SectionV.docx Page i 3/25/2014 Bond No.: PB 11509800582 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (Front Page) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR Sports Venue Signs, LLC DBA TS Sports 2580 Esters Blvd. Suite 200 Dallas, TX 75261 (817) 284 -5677 SURETY Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company One Bala Plaza Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 (800) 765 -9749 OWNER City of Clearwater Purchasing 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562 -4630 PROJECT NAME: Bright House Networks Field — Video Boards Replacement PROJECT NO.: 14- 0030 -PR PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Design, construction and installation of a new scoreboard and video system to replace the failing existing scoreboard and video system for the Bright House Networks Field stadium located at 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater FL 33756. FRONT PAGE All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre - printed thereon. BOND NUMBER: PB11509800582 CONTRACT BOND (1) STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DALLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Snorts Venue Sims, LLC DBA TS Sports as Contractor and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company (Surety) whose home address is One Bala Plaza, Suite 100, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety ", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner ") in the penal sum of: BID OPTION NO. 3 in the amount of $582,890.00, PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS for BID OPTION NO. 3 in the amount of $10,000.00, TAXES for BID OPTION NO. 3 in the amount of $40,894, ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 in the amount of $46,200.00, AND PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS for ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 in the amount of $500.00, FOR A GRAND TOTAL OF SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY -FOUR DOLLARS ($680,484.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 20, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT PROJECT #14- 0030 -PR a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub - Contractor, or Sub - Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 1 of 27 3/25/2014 CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this of , 20 ATTEST: Print Name: WITNESS: Print Name: Diane Brown COUNTERSIGNED: Print Name: SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 2 of 27 day SPORTS VENUE SIGNS, LLC BA TS SPORTS (CONT ';; ,5► TOR) By: Print Name: Title: ass j c.rr Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company SURETY By: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: Fred A. Thetford, Jr. 3/25/2014 PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 231 St. Asaph's Rd., Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 -0950 Bond No: PB115O98OO582 2182 Power of Attorney KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: that PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint: Jared Young, Fred A. Thetford, Jr., Tobin Tucker, Tom Young and Fred A. Thetford III, OF CONTRACT BOND AGENCY, LLC IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH , STATE OF TEXAS. Its true and lawful Attorney(s) in fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed 525,000,000.00: This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called the 1" day of July, 2011. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company to: (1) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorney(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and biding upon the Company in the future with the respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 7'° DAY OF FEBRUARY 2013. (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this 7th day of February 2013, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. coM MO$W EALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA NOTARIAL'SEAL Lowy DANIELLE PORATH, Notary Pubic ye a �� Notary Public: residing at: (Notary Seal) My commission expires: 7014/k& Bala Cynwyd PA March 22 2016 1, Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do herby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attorney as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this day of 20 . Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call the Surety's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1- 877 -438 -7459 You may also write Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1- 800 - 252 -3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 - 475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection a(.tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the Surety first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. 1 1 ADVISO IMPORTANTE Para obener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1- 877 -438 -7459 Usted tanbien puede escribir a Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener information acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1- 800 - 252 -3439 Puede escribir al Departmento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 - 475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection @tdi .state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Surety primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarrse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this IQ" day of 776Y- -Un , 20 I 1 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and SPORTS VENUE SIGNS, LLC DBA TS SPORTS, of the City of Dallas, County of Dallas, and State of Texas, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) in the amount of $680,484.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 3 of 27 3/25/2014 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 4 of 27 3/25/2014 CONTRACT (3) The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 5 of 27 3/25/2014 CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Home, II City Manager Countersigned: By: qedo(vt(wAk George N. Cretekos, Mayor (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 6 of 27 Attest: (.4 U L.&4. Lc- Rosemarie Call City Clerk (SEAL Approved as to form: Ma w Smith Assistant City Attorney SPORTS VENUE SIGNS, LLC DBA TS SPORTS (ContractJ; ) By: Print Name: Title: PRE. a 0..2T- (SEAL) 3/25/2014 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DALLAS On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of SPORTS VENUE SIGNS, LLC DBA TS SPORTS, a Texas Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 2580 Esters Blvd, Suite 200, Dallas, TX 75261 (herein, the "Contractor "). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub - contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC AFFIANT BY: My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT SectionV - Legistar Draft.docx Page 7 of 27 3/25/2014 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond Bond No. PH1313 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we TS SPORTS , 2580 Esters Boulevard, Suite 200 , Dallas, TX 75261 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company , One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 , Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The City of Clearwater, Purchasing Office Municipal Services Building , 100 S. Myrtle Avenue , Clearwater, FL 33756 as Obligee, hereinafter called Obligee, in the sum of Ten Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars ( 10.00% ). For the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for: Bright House Networks Field - Video Boards Replacement Contract No. 14- 0030 -PR NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 10th day of September , 2014 . SPORTS VENUE S G A TS SPORTS (Witness) (Principal) (Title) Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company (Surety (Seal) Fre A. Thetford, III , TTORNEY -IN -FACT AIA DOCUMENT A310 *BID BOND * AIA * Feb. 1970 ED. * THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 N.Y. AVE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Bond No. PH1313 PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 231 St. Asaph's Rd., Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 -0950 Power of Attorney 2275 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: that PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint: Jared Young, Fred A. Thetford, Jr., Tobin Tucker, Tom Young and Fred A. Thetford III, OF CONTRACT BOND AGENCY, LLC IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH , STATE OF TEXAS. Its true and lawful Attorney(s) in fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000.00: This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called the l" day ofiuly, 2011. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company to: (1) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorney(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and biding upon the Company in the future with the respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEAL. TO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTFIORIZED OFFICE THIS 7T11 DAY OF FEBRUARY 2013. (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this 7d, day of February 2013, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. c0NMQNWEAUHOFPR NEtvt. eAMA NOTARIALBEAL DANIELLE P Notary Pubic Wean wp., Mo County My C otITSIO tME � bilAIA- ..n "_^ Notary Pubic: residing at: (Notary Seal) My commission expires: Bala Cynwyd, PA March 22, 2016 1, Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do herby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attorney as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 10th day of September Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 20 14 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call the Surety's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1- 877 -438 -7459 You may also write Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1- 800 - 252 -3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 - 475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection (a�tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the Surety first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. ADVISO IMPORTANTE Para obener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1- 877 -438 -7459 Usted tanbien puede escribir a Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener information acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1- 800 -252 -3439 Puede escribir al Departmento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 -475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection (c�tdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Surety primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarrse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Principal, and as Surety, who's address is , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Principal, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this day of , 20 (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Principal By: Title Surety SectionV.docx Page 8 of 27 3/25/2014 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF TEXAS ) COUNTY OF DALLAS ) GARRY WALDRUM being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is Secretary of TS SPORTS a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office at: 2580 Esters Blvd. Bldg 200 (Street & Number) Dallas Dallas TX (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of TS SPORTS (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that GARRY WALDRUM is PRESIDENT (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for TS SPORTS or said corporation by virtue of BY LAWS Sworn to before me this (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). `. Affiant .. Cl 141 day of Jepkr)'► h C c Q am/ n /� LI�.n.t4 Notary�Publi LOI7 o. 4 1'11 J/' inne i- e•.: P.g v a e;(1/111o% . Type /print/stamp name of Notary • Z -...1 P -ice '•.FkPIRE`..•'' �� tj/A. Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SectionV.docx Page 9 of 27 3/25/2014 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DALLAS ) GARRY WALDRUM being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is PRESIDENT of TS SPORTS the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged info tion or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of Jep1-0v7& - , 20 / l/ . Notar • 0 Z ,\ , = • sf `% ▪ qjf (MS.•' . 'i, • . fi.. .... . , ,/ l 06_ 27 -r.\\\ -.-. L pU.�l 4 1 UZiZ J% Public SectionV.docx Page 10 of 27 3/25/2014 3 S 7 3 1 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.docx Page 11 of 27 3/25/2014 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a Millipr certified check on Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company Bank, for the sum of 10% of the greatest amount bid - see attached bid bond ($ N/A ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: GARRY WALDRUM - PRESIDENT - 2580 Esters Blvd Bldg 200 Dallas, TX 75261 MATT RITTER - VICE PRESIDENT - 2580 Esters Blvd Bldg 200 Dallas, TX 75261 Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Ind' idual). SectionV.docx Page 12 of 27 3/25/2014 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show hisiority, to bind thebrporation. Principal: By: u rry y l(-Jet Title: Business Address of Bidder: 2580 ESTERS BLVD. BLDG. 200 City and State: DALLAS, TEXAS Zip Code 75261 Dated at 4:00 SectionV.docx , this 9TH day of SEPTEMBER A.D. 2014. Page 13 of27 3/25/2014 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 8/13/14 Addendum No. 2 Date: 8/19/14 Addendum No. 3 Date: 8/27/14 Addendum No. 4 Date: 9/4/14 Addendum No. 5 Date: 9/5/14 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: SectionV.docx (Signature o fficer) President (Title of Officer) September 9, 2014 (Date) Page 14of27 3/25/2014 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE NETWORKS FIELD — VIDEO BOARDS REPLACEMENT (14- 0030 -PR) CONTRACTOR: TS SPORTS BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: --$ 570,130700 SO,tt9D.0u (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: tythousand one-hundred thirty dollars and xx /100 1'+vc riuNpczc +� ThlG+nyA,i 5,k (A",6ZC6 t...30.3e1 1 (Words) SEE BID TAB ON NEXT PAGE SectionV.docx Page 15 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO. 1 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1. Bid Option No. 1 Left field main display assembly (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -1) Scoring control console Video scoring display control system Baseline fascia at right field. (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -31 Time and temperature display (new) Naming rights, facility or team identification signage.(existing to remain) Inspection, testing, evaluating all existing steel and foundation supporting current video display and signage elements. Engineering the existing steel support system including any reinforcing required to support new video board and new or existing signage elements. Cleaning and coating steel with high performance painting system (minimum 10 year warranty) for local environmental conditions. All electrical, mechanical and structural engineering and construction elements for new display All professional engineering services by a registered professional structural, electrical and mechanical engineer in the State of Florida including obtaining all permitting requirements The bid price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs Unit Cost Quantity Price 1.a. Display Price $195,000 1 $ 195,000 1.b. Control System Price $ 64,800 1 $ 64,800 1.c Installation Price $172,000 1 $ 172,000 1.d. Subtotal of Bid Option No. 1 (Items l.a. — 1.c.) $ 431,800 2. Include repairs as required to the existing scoreboard framing per Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing recommendations, report by McCarthy & Associates, Inc dated July 15, 2014 1 Lump Sum $ 4,800 3. Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts: Maintain spare parts inventory on -site as listed in this specification from end of initial warranty period through year 10 of display life. Within 72 hours of notification that spare part has been used, that part (excluding bulbs) shall be replaced by the service representative /manufacturer. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major components and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Final Acceptance shall occur after the displays have functioned without failure for: Unit Cost Quantity Price 3.a Soft opening events: $ 300 3 $ 900 3.b Phillies Spring Training Games $ 300 5 $1,500 3.c Clearwater Threshers Games $ 300 5 $1,500 3.d. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. $ N/A 5 $ 12,600 SectionV.docx Page 16 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO. 1 (continued) 3.e. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season 3.f. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 3 and 5. 3.f Cont' d. Spare Parts: The Video Board Contractor shall be required to provide spare part as a requirement to this project and stored on site by the Owner for utilization for the duration of the maintenance by the Video Board Contractor. These spare partsare described in the Technical Specification developed by Ewing Cole Section 11 63 10 – VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEM and are included in the in the following sections listed below. The Video Board Contractor shall verify all the spare part is included, if there is a discrepancy between the technical specifications and the bill of quantities shall be brought to the attention of the Owner /Engineer. PHYSICAL DESIGN CRITERIA - Unless otherwise noted the following is the requirement for Spares throughout the Scoring and Matrix system (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2): $600 5 $ 3,000 2 $ 3,000 $ 6,000 Quantity Unit Price 3.g. Provide 10% (or four (4) if 10% is less than four (4)) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, LED modules, processors, power supplies, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2, M.): 3.h. Provide two (2) spare printed circuit cards and transmit/receive interface of each type used in the system. 1 3.i. Provide 25% spares of any air filters —after final acceptance. 1 3.j. Provide extenders where required for service and maintenance of equipment. 1 3.k. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display. 1 3.1. Provide lockable; weatherized storage cabinets within scoreboard enclosure (where available for that display) for storage of spare parts inventory. Storage cabinet to include laminated parts list of each item included in cabinet inventory attached to lid/door of cabinet. 1 3.m. Redundant Fiber Optic Line 12 strand and conduit 1 3.n. Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum $ Included $ Included $ Included Lump Sum $ Included Lump Sum $ Included Subtotal of Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts (Items 3.a. – 3.m.) Lump Sum Lump Sum $ 600 $ 8,400 All Exposed 4. LED DISPLAYS - Electronic connection between replay system and LED video boards. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. One complete backup set of transmitters and receivers shall be provided. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.3): 1 34, 5a 00 Lump Sum $ Included 5. 6. 7. VIDEO DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.4): 1 Lump Sum $ Included DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.5): CONTROLCABLING (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.11): 1 Lump Sum $ Included 7.a. Provide a single spare for each transceiver (line driver) type used by the scoring/matrix system. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 7.b. Provide back -up to any cabling sufficient to maintain game in progress clock functions /displays. Provide one spare cable of each type to each display. It is not acceptable to use spare pairs within the Same cable. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 8. Provide cost for development of material submittals; shop drawings (signed sealed structural engineering, mechanical, electrical drawings); correction of shop drawings after review by Ewing Cole, processing drawings for Building Permit with City of Clearwater Building Department and collection of Building Permit this process shall begin upon notice to Video Board Contractor intent to award contract for and after Pre - Construction Meeting an actual Award of Contract by City Council 1 Lump Sum $ 4,800 SectionV.docx Page 17 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO. 1 (continued) 9. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO. 1 (Items 1 -8 above) $476,300.8 10. *10% CONTINGENCY $ 47,630.00 11. TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO. 1 (Items 9 & 10) $ 523,930.00 '115,10c * 5 Z399o.0 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: gy Bid Option #1 Add: $ 9,000 If taxes are selected for the projects please add 7% Add: $ 36,673 SectionV.docx Page 18 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO.2 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1. All scope elements for Bid Option No. 1 except as follows: 1 Lump Sum $ 513,700 — Provide new structural steel instead of using the existing steel support. — All steel shall be prepared and painted with high performance painting system with a minimum of 10 year labor and material warranty. — The Bid Option No. 2 price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO.2 $ 513,700.00 3. *10% CONTINGENCY $ 51,370.00 4. TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO.2 (Items 2 & 3) 4-5-7-5.4.7.0.40.. 50, Olo 01-) If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Bid Option #2 Add: $ 9,500 If taxes are selected for the projects please add 7% Add: $ 40,300 SectionV.docx Page 19 of 27 3/25/2014 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 1 or Bid Option No. 2) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. 1. DESCRIPTION Provide warranty including labor, equipment and materials to cover years 6 through 10 Unit Cost Quantity Price 1.a. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the extended warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. $4,000 5 $ 20,000 1.b. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $1,200 5 $ 6,000 1.c. 1.d. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. $ 3,000 2 $ 6,000 Sub -total of Items 1.a. -1.c. TOTAL PRICE $ 32,000 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Item 1.d.) 3. 4. *10% CONTINGENCY $ 32,000.00 $ 3,200.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Items 2 & 3) ( $ 35,200.00 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Additive Alternate No. 1 Add: $ 500 SectionV.docx Page 20 of 27 3/25/2014 Item No. 1.a. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 1 or Bid Option No. 2) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding DESCRIPTION Service Contract for parts and labor for Years 6 through 10 for the scope of work covered under 10 63 10. Pricing shall remain in effect until the end of the warranty period or until the Owner accepts or declines this service contract whichever occurs first. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major component and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Requirement of service contract: All cost for US factory parts repair or replacement shall included. - Following expiration of warranty period, Owner will removed failed components from display (scoring or video) and ship, at Owner's expense, to US repair depot. - Installer (or installer's Supplier) shall repair or replace components and ship to Owner, at installer's expense using next -day delivery for Tuesday to Saturday deliveries (in Clearwater, Florida). Installer shall ship repair parts, within 24hours to request of Owner, prior to their receipt of failed part. - Repair and return shipment shall be in a timely fashion to maintain display operations. - In the event of parts failure of more than 5% of display(s), the installer shall dispatch to the site, at installer's cost, factory technicians to assess the cause, and means of returning to operation. Site visit timing shall be coordinated with Owner, and in the event that adequate notice is provided (36 -48 hours), shall be provided prior to stadium events where more than 50% of the facilities seating capacity is expected. UANTITY UNIT 1 Unit Cost TOTAL PRICE Lump Sum $ 10,000 Quantity Price Warranty, labor & materials for years 6 - 10, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event 1.c. — 1.d. — As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. 1.e. Subtotal of Items 1.a.-1.d. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $ 4,000 $ 20,000 $ 3,000 2 $ 6,000 SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Item 1.e.) $ 42,000.00 *10% CONTINGENCY $ 4,200.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2 (Items 2 & 3) $ 46,200.00 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Additive Alternate No. 2 Add: $ 500 SectionV.docx Page 21 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO.3 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1. Bid Option No. 3 Left field main display assembly (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -2) Scoring control console Video scoring display system Baseline fascia at right field. (see Ewing Cole Sketch SK -3) New temperature and time control Reuse Exis Inspection, testing, evaluating all existing steel and foundation supporting current video display and signage elements. Engineering the existing steel support system including any reinforcing required to support new video board and new or existing signage elements. Cleaning and coating steel with high performance painting system (minimum 10 year warranty) for local environmental conditions. All electrical, mechanical and structural engineering and construction elements for new display. All professional engineering services by a registered professional structural, electrical and mechanical engineer in the State of Florida including obtaining all permits. The bid price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering. demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs :ing Unit Cost Quantity Price l.a. Display Price $ 219,000 I $ 219,000 1.b. Control System Price $ 64,800 1 $ 64,800 1.c Installation Price $202,000 1 $ 202,000 1.d. 2. 3.a 3.b 3.c Subtotal of Bid Option No. 1 (Items l.a. — 1.c.) Include repairs as required to the existing scoreboard framing per Bright House Field Structural Assessment of the Scoreboard Framing recommendations, report by McCarthy & Associates, Inc dated July 15, 2014 Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts: Maintain spare parts inventory on -site as listed in this specification from end of initial warranty period through year 10 of display life. Within 72 hours of notification that spare part has been used, that part (excluding bulbs) shall be replaced by the service representative /manufacturer. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major components and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Final Acceptance shall occur after the displays have functioned without failure for: Soft opening events: Phillies Spring Training Games Clearwater Threshers Games SectionV.docx Lump Sum $ 485 800 $ 4,800 Page 22 of 27 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO. 3 (continued 3.d. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. 3.e. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season 3.E As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 3 and 5. 3.f. Spare Parts: The Video Board Contractor shall be required to provide cont' spare part as a requirement to this project and stored on site by the d. Owner for utilization for the duration of the maintenance by the Video Board Contractor. These spare parts are described in the Technical Specification developed by Ewing Cole Section 11 63 10 – VIDEO, SCORING AND MATRIX DISPLAY SYSTEM and are included in the in the following sections listed below. The Video Board Contractor shall verify all the spare part is included, if there is a discrepancy between the technical specifications and the bill of quantities shall be brought to the attention of the Owner/Engineer. PHYSICAL DESIGN CRITERIA - Unless otherwise noted the following is the requirement for Spares throughout the Scoring and Matrix system (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2): 3.g. Provide 10% (or two (4) if 10% is less than two (4)) spare parts of lighting units, lamps, LED modules, processors, power supplies, fans, and elements, including cables, jigs and the like. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.2, M.): 3.h. Provide two (2) spare printed circuit cards and transmit /receive interface of each type used in the system. $ N/A $ 600 5 $ 12,600 5 $ 3,000 Quantity Unit Price 1 Lump Sum $ Included 3.i. Provide 25% spares of any air filters —after final acceptance. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 3.j. Provide extenders where required for service and maintenance of equipment. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 3.k. A minimum of one of any specialized or custom tool required for maintenance of the display. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 3.1. Provide lockable; weatherized storage cabinets within scoreboard enclosure (where available for that display) for storage of spare parts inventory. Storage cabinet to include laminated parts list of each item included in cabinet inventory attached to lid/door of cabinet. 1 Lump Sum $ 600 3.m. Redundant Fiber Optic Line 12 strand and conduit 1 Lump Sum $ 8,400 3.n. Subtotal of Warranty, Operation & Maintenance and Spare Parts (Items 3.a. – 3.m.) 4. LED DISPLAYS - Electronic connection between replay system and LED video boards. Include electronics required at Control Room and video display to accept appropriate cabling. One complete backup set of transmitters and receivers shall be provided. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.3): 1 $ 34,900 / 3�, 5°o 1#1./ Lump Sum $ Included VIDEO DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.4): 1 Lump Sum $ Included 6. DISPLAY CONTROL COMPONENTS - Spares: Provide one set of back -up disks of all software. (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.5): 7. CONTROLCABLING (as referenced in Section IVa, 2.11): 1 Lump Sum $ Included 7.a. Provide a single spare for each transceiver (line driver) type used by the scoring/matrix system. 1 Lump Sum $ Included 7.b. Provide back -up to any cabling sufficient to maintain game in progress clock functions /displays. Provide one spare cable of each type to each display. It is not acceptable to use spare pairs within the Same cable. 1 Lump Sum $Included SectionV.docx Page 23 of 27 3/25/2014 • 4 • M 1 • • If taxes are selected for the projects please add 7% BID OPTION NO. 3 (continued) 8. Provide cost for development of material submittals; shop drawings (signed sealed structural engineering, mechanical, electrical drawings); correction of shop drawings after review by Ewing Cole, processing drawings for Building Permit with City of Clearwater Building Department and collection of Building Permit this process shall begin upon notice to Video Board Contractor intent to award contract for and after Pre - Construction Meeting an actual Award of Contract by City Council 1 Lump Sum $ 4,800 9. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO. 3 (Items 1 -8 above) -5-531 1O 91- 10. *10% CONTINGENCY _$- X1869• 11. I TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO. 3 (Items 9 & 10) 1$- 584;2re -ee, If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Bid Option #3 Add: $10,000 410. Add: $ 40,894 4 • r 4 Ark • 1. 4 4 1 SectionV.docx 4 Page 24 of 27 9 452.9,9o0 ‘04 $52., `iw H I $ 582 890,00 3/25/2014 BID OPTION NO.4 Item No. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE I. All scope elements for Bid Option No. 3 except as follows: 1 Lump Sum $ 567,700 • Provide new structural steel instead of using the existing steel support. • All steel shall be prepared and painted with high performance painting system with a minimum of 10 year labor and material warranty. • The Bid Option No. 4 price is for a total system to comply with specifications inclusive of design, labor, material, testing inspection, engineering, demolition, new installation, performance, warranty, stock material, etc. in compliance with the specifications. The bid price includes contractor's overhead, profit, fees, taxes, all insurance and general conditions related costs. 2. SUB -TOTAL OF BID OPTION NO.4 $ 567,700.00 3. *10% CONTINGENCY $ 56,770.00 4. I TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID OPTION NO. 4 (Items 2 & 3) I $624,470.00 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Bid Option #4 Add: $12,000 If taxes are selected for the projects please add 7% Add: $ 43,713 SectionV.docx Page 25 of 27 3/25/2014 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 3 or Bid Option No. 4) • Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding Item No. DESCRIPTION 1. Provide warranty including labor, equipment and materials to cover years 6 through 10 Unit Cost Quantity Price 1.a. Warranty, labor & materials for five years, within the extended warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event. $ 4,000 5 $ 20,000 1 .b. Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $ 1,200 5 $ 6,000 1.c. As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. $ 3,000 2 $ 6,000 1.d. Sub -total of Items 1.2.-1.c. TOTAL PRICE $ 32,000 2. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Item 1.d.) $ 32,000.00 3. 4. *10% CONTINGENCY $ 3,200.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 3 (Items 2 & 3) $ 35,200.00 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Additive Alternate No. 3 Add: $500 SectionV.docx Page 26 of 27 3/25/2014 Item No. 1.a. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 • (May be chosen for Bid Option No. 3 or Bid Option No. 4) Approval by the Owner and Engineer is Required Prior to Proceeding DESCRIPTION Service Contract for parts and labor for Years 6 through 10 for the scope of work covered under 10 63 10. Pricing shall remain in effect until the end of the warranty period or until the Owner accepts or declines this service contract whichever occurs first. The Owner may elect to develop a new purchase order upon completion of the major construction and training of equipment sessions is complete of the project and transfer remain funds of the following items to a new purchase order. The following items represent major component and does not alleviate the contractor of their obligations as dictated in the scope of work and specifications of the construction documents. Requirement of service contract: All cost for US factory parts repair or replacement shall included. — Following expiration of warranty period, Owner will removed failed components from display (scoring or video) and ship, at Owner's expense, to US repair depot. — Installer (or installer's Supplier) shall repair or replace components and ship to Owner, at installer's expense using next -day delivery for Tuesday to Saturday deliveries (in Clearwater, Florida). Installer shall ship repair parts, within 24hours to request of Owner, prior to their receipt of failed part. - Repair and return shipment shall be in a timely fashion to maintain display operations. - In the event of parts failure of more than 5% of display(s), the installer shall dispatch to the site, at installer's cost, factory technicians to assess the cause, and means of returning to operation. Site visit timing shall be coordinated with Owner, and in the event that adequate notice is provided (36 -48 hours), shall be provided prior to stadium events where more than 50% of the facilities seating capacity is expected. QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL PRICE 1 Lump Sum 1.b. 1.c. Warranty, labor & materials for years 6 - 10, within the warranty period, answer service calls within 1 hour, and correct the problem within twenty four hours. Provide local representation with service personnel available upon call within 3 hours prior to an event and throughout the time of the event — Preventative inspections and cleaning, preventative inspections shall occur 30 days before the start of each warranted season $ 4,000 5 $ 20,000 1.d. 1.e. — As part of the inspection, clean or wash all LED displays installed under this scope in years 7 and 10. Subtotal of Items 1.a.-1.d. $ 1,200 5 $ 3,000 2 $ 6,000 $ 6,000 $ 10 000 2. $ 42,000 3. 4. SUB -TOTAL OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Item 1.e.) *10% CONTINGENCY TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 4 (Items 2 & 3) $ 42,000.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 46,200.00 If the decision making committee decides to add Payment and Performance Bonds please add the following: Additive Alternate No. 4 Add: $500 SectionV.docx Page 27 of 27 3/25/2014 THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. *CONTINGENCY LINE ITEM SHALL ONLY BE UTILIZED FOR ITEMS NOT IN THE SCOPE OF WORK AS OUTLINED IN THE BID PACKAGE, UTILIZATION OF CONTINGENCY FUND MUST BE IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR OF ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THE BIDDING PACKAGE TO THE OWNER FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE OF WORK AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER IN THE UTILIZATION OF THE CONTINGENCY FUNDS. CONTINGENCY FUNDS NOT UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER UPON CLOSING OUT PURCHASE ORDER SHORT. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY LINE ITEMS AND /OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON LINE ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SectionV.docx Page 28 of 27 3/25/2014 BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL 10% Bid Proposal Bond shall be calculated based on Bidder's Grand Total Item No. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 1. Total Amount of Bid Option No. 1 2 3-, 523 `-ii i 2. Total Amount of Additive Alternate No. 2 $ 46,200.00 3• BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (Items 1 -2) i 1 $ 576,136-.430 50,690 THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. *CONTINGENCY LINE ITEM SHALL ONLY BE UTILIZED FOR ITEMS NOT IN THE SCOPE OF WORK AS OUTLINED IN THE BID PACKAGE, UTILIZATION OF CONTINGENCY FUND MUST BE IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR OF ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THE BIDDING PACKAGE TO THE OWNER FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE OF WORK AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER IN THE UTILIZATION OF THE CONTINGENCY FUNDS. CONTINGENCY FUNDS NOT UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER UPON CLOSING OUT PURCHASE ORDER SHORT. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY LINE ITEMS AND /OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON LINE ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SectionV.docx Page 28 of 27 3/25/2014 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Compani with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Petroleum Sec s List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Si ature GARRY WALDRUM Printed Name PRESIDENT Title TS SPORTS Name of Entity /Corporation STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DALLAS The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this g" ' day of , 20 (L , by 610,4- y lAl al cif- um4 (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the Presi d e,1 (title) of Ts spof.•IS (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as descr ooduhe ,ii , , or produced a (type of identification) as iden ii alipnWan6l, �l1i.t›,Slid /did not take an oath. , ' 0 / ' \V" Y P(;6 ,.'..1 ii / • l �"/"(t t �� Notary Public _ 2 —.y rY Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SectionV.docx - Ol Page 29 of 27 3/25/2014 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond Bond No. PH1313 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we TS SPORTS , 2580 Esters Boulevard, Suite 200 , Dallas, TX 75261 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company , One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 , Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and thinly bound unto The City of Clearwater, Purchasing Office Municipal Services Building , 100 S. Myrtle Avenue , Clearwater, FL 33756 as Obligee, hereinafter called Obligee, in the sum of Ten Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars ( 10.00% ). For the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for: Bright House Networks Field - Video Boards Replacement Contract No. 14- 0030 -PR NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 10th day of September , 2014 . (Witness) SPORTS VENUE S G (Principal)] Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company (Surety (Seal) Fre . A. Thetford, III , TTORNEY -IN -FACT AIA DOCUMENT A310 *BID BOND * AIA * Feb. 1970 ED. * THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 N.Y. AVE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Bond No. PH1313 PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY 231 St. Asaph's Rd., Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 -0950 Power of Attorney 2275 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: that PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, does hereby constitute and appoint: Jared Young, Fred A. Thetford, Jr., Tobin Tucker, Tom Young and Fred A. Thetford III, OF CONTRACT BOND AGENCY, LLC IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH , STATE OF TEXAS. Its true and lawful Attorney(s) in fact with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business and to bind the Company thereby, in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000.00: This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called the day ofJuly, 2011. RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the President or any Vice President of the Company to: (1) Appoint Attorney(s) in Fact and authorize the Attorney(s) in Fact to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and to attach the seal of the Company thereto; and (2) to remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke the authority given. And, be it FURTHER RESOLVED: That the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and biding upon the Company in the future with the respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY HAS CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE SIGNED AND ITS CORPORATE SEALTO BE AFFIXED BY ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICE THIS 7TH DAY OF FEBRUARY 2013. (Seal) Robert D. O'Leary Jr., President & CEO Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company On this 7"' day of February 2013, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and being by me duly sworn said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed. COMMONWEALTH OF FENNSYLVAMA NOTARIAL SEAL DANIELLE PORATH, Notary Public Lower Merlon TwP Mon County lety Caron ton Expaes Maedt 22, 2070 Notary Public: residing at: (Notary Seal) My commission expires: kiva, Bala Cynwyd, PA March 22 2016 I, Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do herby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Board of Directors and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. I do further certify that Robert D. O'Leary Jr., who executed the Power of Attomey as President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected President of PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 10th day of September 20 14 Craig P. Keller, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call the Surety's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1- 877 - 438 -7459 You may also write Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1- 800 - 252 -3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 - 475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection(a tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the Surety first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. ADVISO IMPORTANTE Para obener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1- 877 - 438 -7459 Usted tanbien puede escribir a Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company at: One Bala Plaza, Suite 100 Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004 Attention: Senior Vice President and Director of Surety Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener information acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1- 800 - 252 -3439 Puede escribir al Departmento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 Fax# 512 - 475 -1771 Web: http: / /www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection [a�tdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Surety primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarrse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. V l R R. I(�`,.. 1 }f?.'IIIAI \t TS Sports Attn: Mr. Jeremy Riley P. 0. Box 612528 Dallas, TX 75261 CITY OF CLEAR WATER )1), i• ti� �.� 4— ±8. t i.r u�v‘.v r,:. h 33-58-4--48 tirss.i.r.,„ 1OO ti .i :1vv1vt1. (,;I:m ;ww:1 :. Fioitm.\ 33756 5() )-1801) 12\ \ ib2 -I8 ?5 Re: Pre - Qualification to Bid - City of Clearwater Bright House Networks Field — Video Board Replacement — Project No. 14- 0030 -PR Dear Mr. Riley The City of Clearwater has pre - qualified your firm for construction in Clearwater as shown below: Maximum Project Bid Value: $2,700,000.00 Approved for the following construction categories: Video, Scoring & Display Systems Pre - Qualification Expires: September 4, 2017 Bid limits have been established based upon information submitted. The Engineering Construction Manager reserves the right to adjust the maximum project bid value and construction type during the three -year approval period on the basis of direct work experience. This pre- qualification applies to standard types of construction projects. Projects requiring special expertise or unusually difficult construction may require separate pre- qualifications. The financial statement provided you are being returned with this letter by USPS. We appreciate your interest and look forward to receiving your bids on City of Clearwater projects. Sincerely, Leroj+ Chin Park, Planning & Project Manager Attachment cc: Pre- qualification file